12:10Max Perzon · Reaction
Alex Hormozi's Advice on Selling Courses
A Skool course operator plays five Alex Hormozi clips on selling online education and translates each into his own pricing and community playbook.
July 6thThe argument in one line.
An online course business in 2026 is built backward from a presold offer to a tiny niche audience, glued together by a retargeting funnel that turns free organic content into paid customers — and you can run that whole machine for someone else as their operator and split the revenue.
Read if. Skip if.
READ IF YOU ARE…
- A first-time founder choosing between agency, e-com, software, or courses — and tired of being told all four are equally good.
- A coach, consultant, or expert with knowledge to sell who has never shipped a course because the tech stack always stalls them.
- Someone with marketing and ops skills but no audience who wants to partner with educational creators and earn a revenue share.
- An existing course seller running on Kajabi, Teachable, or Circle who keeps hearing Skool is better and wants the full Skool-plus-HighLevel setup.
- A creator who has tried cold ads and burned cash, and wants to see how organic-plus-retargeting actually wires together end-to-end.
SKIP IF…
- You want a $500-product info hustle — this is a high-ticket coaching and community model, not a $47 PDF play.
- You are deeply opposed to the Skool + HighLevel stack and want a platform-agnostic walkthrough — this whole tech section is opinionated.
- You only have 20 minutes to learn courses — the seven and a half hour runtime is the point, not a flaw to skim.
- You are looking for SEO, paid-ad media buying, or YouTube algorithm tactics in depth — those are mentioned but not the focus.
The full version, fast.
The thesis is that online courses are the highest-margin, most scalable knowledge business available — but only if you build the whole machine, not just the videos. Max teaches a seven-section system: lock down a tech stack (Skool for community-plus-course, HighLevel for the funnel, calendar, automations, and email), presell to five to twenty buyers before building anything, build the best-in-class course rather than the first-to-market one (the Apple Strategy), pour organic content into Instagram and YouTube, retarget that audience with ads instead of running cold traffic, close on SPIN-selling calls, then build a five-module course where each module has roughly ten videos. The same playbook becomes the operator path: run that engine for an educational creator who already has audience and trust, and split 20 to 50 percent of revenue.
Free for members
Chat with this breakdown — free.
Sign in and you get 23 free chat messages on us — ask for the hook, quote a framework, find the exact transcript moment, generate a markdown action plan. Bring your own key when you want unlimited.
Create a free account →Where the time goes.
00:00 – 01:54
01 · Intro
Pattern interrupt with the $4.2M, $230K MRR, and $100K Hormozi check credentials, then frames the two paths: creator vs operator.
01:54 – 35:35
02 · The Road Ahead
Compares the four common online business models — services, physical products, software, and knowledge — and explains why courses win on margin, scalability, and startup cost.
35:35 – 36:10
03 · Section 1: Tech Stack
Opens the workbook and previews every piece of software the course business runs on.
36:10 – 38:55
04 · Best Course Platform
Walks through Kajabi, Teachable, Mighty Networks, Circle, LearnWorlds, and Skool, and explains why Skool's discovery network is the differentiator.
38:55 – 54:38
05 · Skool
Sets up the Skool community step by step — pricing plans, transaction fees, community settings, classroom structure.
54:38 – 1:02:23
06 · Back-End System
Introduces HighLevel as the back-end CRM, calendar, automation, phone, and email hub running behind the Skool front-end.
1:02:23 – 1:06:49
07 · My $5,000 Gift
Walks through Max's free HighLevel snapshot — the entire course-business back-end pre-built and importable into any sub-account.
1:06:49 – 1:21:31
08 · HighLevel
Sets up the HighLevel account, sub-accounts, and the core configuration the snapshot will plug into.
1:21:31 – 1:48:47
09 · Snapshot
Installs and configures the pre-built snapshot — pipelines, opportunities, forms, surveys, and the funnel skeleton.
1:48:47 – 1:58:35
10 · Domain
Buys a domain, points DNS at HighLevel, and configures sub-domains for the funnel and the community.
1:58:35 – 2:12:33
11 · Google Workspace
Creates Google Workspace business email, configures DKIM/SPF, and prepares the inbox for sales conversations.
2:12:33 – 2:30:07
12 · White-Label
White-labels HighLevel under your own domain so the customer never sees the underlying vendor — critical for the operator brand.
2:30:07 – 2:55:04
13 · Funnel
Builds the VSL funnel page by page — landing page, application form, thank-you page, and the call-booking handoff.
2:55:04 – 3:21:14
14 · Calendar
Connects Google Calendar, sets working hours, builds the call schedule, and wires the calendar into the funnel and the CRM.
3:21:14 – 3:37:38
15 · Automations
Builds automations for new opt-ins, no-shows, follow-up sequences, and pipeline stage transitions.
3:37:38 – 3:49:05
16 · Phone Integration
Spins up a business phone number inside HighLevel and routes inbound calls and SMS into the CRM.
3:49:05 – 3:57:23
17 · Email Integration
Connects the business inbox to HighLevel so every outbound and inbound email lands on the contact record.
3:57:23 – 4:10:03
18 · Email Deliverability
Sets up a transactional email service for system emails, plus DKIM, SPF, and DMARC so booking confirmations land in the inbox.
4:10:03 – 4:21:34
19 · Test
Runs an end-to-end test of the funnel — opt-in, booking, calendar, email, automation, and the operator hand-off.
4:21:34 – 4:27:11
20 · Section 2: Pre-Sell
Introduces the presell offer — selling the course before it exists to validate demand and fund the build.
4:27:11 – 4:37:10
21 · Apple Strategy
Don't be first, be best — Steve Jobs and Tim Cook framing for picking a proven niche and building the best-in-class product inside it.
4:37:10 – 4:49:41
22 · Refine Your Niche
Uses competitor research plus AI prompts to nail target market, problem, current situation, and desired situation in one paragraph each.
4:49:41 – 5:00:36
23 · Offer
Builds the presell offer — scarcity (5-20 spots), urgency (deadline), and the discount versus full launch price math.
5:00:36 – 5:06:33
24 · Section 3: Traffic
Frames traffic as the next domino once the offer is built, and previews the organic-plus-paid combo.
5:06:33 – 5:12:20
25 · Traffic Nirvana
Names the model: free organic reach for trust, paid retargeting for conversion — the combination that lets seven-figure course businesses scale.
5:12:20 – 5:17:25
26 · Instagram
Walks through reels strategy and ManyChat keyword-to-DM automations using Shelby Sapp's million-per-week funnel as the case study.
5:17:25 – 5:25:03
27 · YouTube
Frames YouTube as a search engine, not social media — videos that rank can drive funnel entries for years.
5:25:03 – 5:29:51
28 · Content Plan
Lays out the weekly content cadence and pillar topics that feed both Instagram and YouTube without burning out.
5:29:51 – 5:34:41
29 · Section 4: Promotion
Splits promotion from traffic — promotion is what you say to the warm audience the organic content already built.
5:34:41 – 5:45:59
30 · Promotion Plan
Audits competitor promotion stacks — retargeting ads, VSL pages, webinars, ManyChat, free community, email — and builds your own from the menu.
5:45:59 – 5:51:34
31 · Section 5: Sales
Sets up the sales section and reframes the call as a structured conversation, not a pitch.
5:51:34 – 6:12:17
32 · SPIN Selling
Teaches Neil Rackham's four-phase call structure — Situation, Problem, Implication, Need-payoff — with examples for each phase.
6:12:17 – 6:29:50
33 · Sales Script
The full call script in order — reflect their story back, present the solution, handle objections, close with a clear yes-or-no ask.
6:29:50 – 6:36:43
34 · Section 6: Course
Pivots from selling to building — now that you have presold customers, plan the course they will actually use.
6:36:43 – 6:37:39
35 · Framework
The five-module, ten-videos-per-module skeleton — modules are the big steps, videos are the inner steps inside each.
6:37:39 – 6:43:40
36 · Tools
Trello for module planning, Claude or ChatGPT for outlining, Keynote or Google Slides for keynotes, Loom or Riverside for recording.
6:43:40 – 6:57:25
37 · Planning
Live screen-share of mapping a five-week, fifty-video course skeleton in the workbook — module names, video topics, and step counts.
6:57:25 – 7:04:41
38 · Section 7: Operator
Defines the operator path — partner with an existing educational creator, build the back-end, run the business, split 20 to 50 percent of revenue.
7:04:41 – 7:25:18
39 · Find Creators
Outreach playbook — research, personal Loom, relentless follow-up, partnership call one for fit, partnership call two for the deal.
7:25:18 – 7:30:00
40 · Next Steps
Closes with what Kourse (the paid program) adds — full templates, contracts, operator onboarding, weekly Q&A, and the community.
Lines worth screenshotting.
- Online courses beat services, e-com, and software on margin — 70 to 90 percent profit margin is normal once organic content carries the traffic.
- Pick the platform that makes your community visible to other communities — Skool's 25 million-user discovery network is the moat, not the course player itself.
- Presell to five to twenty buyers before building a single module — if you can't sell the vision, the finished product won't save you.
- Don't be first, be best — Steve Jobs didn't invent the phone, he just built the best one, and that's the niche-entry rule.
- Cold ads sell solutions to strangers; retargeting ads sell solutions to people who already trust your face — only one of those converts cheaply.
- The traffic nirvana stack is organic content for free reach plus paid retargeting for conversion — neither leg works alone at scale.
- Run every prospect through SPIN: Situation, Problem, Implication, Need-payoff — situation is for you, the other three are for them.
- Build the course in five modules of roughly ten videos each — anything more is bloat, anything less leaves the transformation incomplete.
- ManyChat comment-to-DM automations convert Instagram engagement into funnel entries while feeding the algorithm at the same time.
- Plan for a 2 to 5 percent close rate from organic-to-call — your funnel job is to maximize qualified calls, not raw views.
- The course operator role is the highest-leverage entry point for non-creators — you bring the system, they bring the audience, you split 20 to 50 percent of every sale.
- Outreach to creators is won by relentless follow-up plus a personal Loom video — one of Max's partners landed him with seventy-two days of follow-ups.
- Email deliverability is a separate problem from email sending — use a transactional service like Mailgun or SendGrid for system emails, not your marketing tool.
- White-labeling HighLevel lets the operator hide the back-end software and show the creator a branded product worth charging for.
- Every educational creator with an audience and no product is an operator deal waiting to happen — the constraint is outreach volume, not market size.
The seven sections that make a course business an actual business.
WHAT TO LEARN
Online courses win on margin because the system around the course — tech stack, presell offer, traffic stack, sales call, and operator partnership — does more work than the videos do.
02The Road Ahead
- Courses beat services, e-com, and software because 70 to 90 percent margins are achievable once organic content carries the traffic and there is no physical inventory.
- Pick Skool over Kajabi or Teachable not for the course player but for the 25 million-user discovery network that pushes new traffic into your community for free.
06Back-End System / Snapshot
- Run HighLevel as the back-end CRM and use a pre-built snapshot to skip the manual setup of pipelines, automations, calendar, and email — it's the operator's leverage.
- Buy a real domain, wire DKIM and SPF on Google Workspace, and put a transactional email service in front of system emails so booking confirmations actually land.
20Pre-Sell
- Presell five to twenty seats before you build a single module — if you cannot sell the vision, the finished product will not save you.
- Apply the Apple Strategy when choosing a niche — pick a market that already buys, then build the best-in-class product in it rather than chasing a blue-ocean nobody.
22Refine Your Niche
- Define niche, problem, current situation, and desired situation in one paragraph each — use competitor research piped into Claude to fill those paragraphs from real market data.
25Traffic Nirvana / Instagram / YouTube
- Run Traffic Nirvana — free organic content on Instagram and YouTube to build trust at scale, paid retargeting ads to convert the same warm audience into calls.
- Use ManyChat keyword-to-DM automations on Instagram reels so engagement on the post and the conversion in the DM happen in the same loop.
30Promotion Plan
- Audit three competitors on promotion before you write your own — webinars, VSLs, free communities, email — and steal the stack that fits your offer.
32SPIN Selling
- Run every sales call through SPIN — keep situation questions short, spend the rest of the call making the prospect articulate their own problem, implications, and payoff.
35Course Framework
- Build the course in five modules of roughly ten videos, where each video has its own step-by-step inner structure, and stop adding modules past five.
- Use Trello to map module skeletons, AI to outline, Keynote or Google Slides for the keynotes, and Loom or Riverside to record — keep the toolkit boring.
39Section 7: Operator & Find Creators
- Run the same playbook as an operator — partner with an educational creator who has the audience, build the back-end, split 20 to 50 percent of every sale.
- Land creator partnerships with a personal Loom and relentless follow-up — one of Max's eventual partners took seventy-two days of follow-ups before the first reply.
Terms worth knowing.
- Course Creator
- The person who teaches their own knowledge in an online course and owns the brand, audience, and product.
- Course Operator
- A partner who builds and runs the back-end course business for an educational creator who already has an audience, in exchange for 20 to 50 percent of the revenue.
- Skool
- An all-in-one community-plus-course platform with a built-in discovery network of 25 million users; charges a flat fee plus a 2.9 percent transaction fee on the Pro plan.
- HighLevel
- A white-label CRM and marketing platform used for the funnel, calendar, automations, phone, and email integrations behind a course business.
- Snapshot (HighLevel)
- A pre-built HighLevel account template that can be imported into a new sub-account to skip the manual setup of pipelines, automations, and forms.
- Apple Strategy
- Don't try to invent the category — find a proven market and build the best product in it, the way Apple built the best phone rather than the first phone.
- Presell
- Selling the course to a small group of buyers at a discount before the modules exist, both to validate demand and to fund the build.
- Traffic Nirvana
- Max's name for the combined system of free organic content for reach and paid retargeting ads for conversion, run in tandem.
- Retargeting Ad
- A paid ad shown only to people who have already seen the brand's organic content, which converts cheaper than cold ads because trust is already built.
- SPIN Selling
- Neil Rackham's four-stage call structure — Situation, Problem, Implication, Need-payoff — that guides a prospect to articulate their own pain and desired outcome.
- VSL
- Video sales letter — a long-form video pitch on a sales page that warms a lead before they book a call or buy.
- ManyChat
- A messenger automation tool that lets a creator trigger a DM to anyone who comments a specific keyword on an Instagram reel, turning engagement into funnel entries.
- White-Label
- Reselling a software product under your own brand so the customer never sees the underlying vendor — used to present HighLevel as the operator's own platform.
- Snapshot Gift
- Max's free $5,000 HighLevel snapshot that imports the entire course-business back-end so beginners don't have to wire it up from scratch.
Things they pointed at.
36:28toolKajabi
36:28toolMighty Networks
36:28toolCircle
36:28toolLearnWorlds
1:06:49toolHighLevel
1:58:35toolGoogle Workspace
3:57:23toolMailgun / SendGrid
5:12:57channelShelby Sapp (case study)
5:12:20toolManyChat
5:51:34bookNeil Rackham — SPIN Selling
4:27:30linkTim Cook / MKBHD interview
6:37:38toolTrello
6:37:38toolClaude (Anthropic)
7:05:51toolLoom
Lines you could clip.
04:50
“It's all instant service delivery. When you sell it to someone, they get it immediately.”
4:27:30
“We at Apple, we don't care about being the first. We only care about being the best.”
5:07:23
“Trust is really the thing that we wanna optimize for. If we can build trust first in mass, then it also becomes a lot easier to sell.”
4:22:19
“When it's gone, it's gone. Scarcity is real when you enforce it.”
7:05:07
“This guy was following up with me for seventy-two days. I think it was. And I just I didn't even respond because the timing wasn't good.”
7:05:51
“Generic outreach gets ignored. Send a personal message, a personal Loom video — that's the thing.”
5:52:14
“Beginner sales reps spend too much time asking situation questions. The prospect doesn't get any value from those.”
Word for word.
Read-along
Don't just watch it. Burn it in.
See every word as it's spoken — crank it to 2× and still catch all of it. The same dual-channel trick behind Amazon's Kindle + Audible.
metaphoranalogy
If you've ever wanted to start an online business, create more freedom in your life, or make money online, this free training is for you. Because I'm going to show you exactly how to build a scalable online course business, whether you want to become a course creator and sell your own knowledge, or become a course operator and help other educational creators build and scale their online course business while earning revenue share from all their sales, you will learn exactly how both models work step by step in this training.
Now, why should you listen to me though? Well, over the last two years, I've generated more than $4,200,000 in online education, built a $230,000 per month online course business in just thirty days.
I won a $100,000 check plus this award from Alex Ramosy, Sam Evans, and the school team. And I've also helped thousands of people enter the online education industry as well.
And the opportunity today is absolutely massive because the online education industry is already worth over $250,000,000,000, and it's projected to exceed over half $1,000,000,000,000 in the coming few years.
At the same time, the creator economy is absolutely exploding as well as millions of creators, coaches, consultants, and experts, and business owners look for ways to monetize their audience and knowledge online. So here's the plan.
I put together a complete step by step, click by click training for you designed specifically for beginners. And I will walk you through everything from setting up all of the tech, choosing your niche, building your course, creating your offer, getting customers, and growing your online course business as a creator or as an operator.
I've also created a free workbook that you can download and follow along with throughout this training so that you can take action as we go as well. And you can go to course.com/workbook to download it right now before we begin.
So with that said, grab the workbook, get a cup of coffee, get ready to take action, and let's get to work.
We're inside of my computer. Without further ado, let's just dive right into it. So the first thing I wanna talk about is just go over what actually is the best business model to start, and I want to talk about the biggest opportunity that almost nobody's talking about, which obviously is the online education industry, but there's two different ways we can go into this industry.
So before we begin, it's important for you to know the different business models available to you and how they compare to each other. Because you might be somebody right now who's looking and thinking through different models, and I just want to compare the four most common ways to make money online and why I think the online education industry is the absolute best industry to dive into.
Right? So the first one that people normally go into is a service based business. Right?
You're a freelancer or consulting business, so you have an agency, and you have no physical product. You can still sell for high ticket, which is great.
It's pretty tough to keep high margins as you scale because you need to start hiring people. And I had a friend who made $250,000 in revenue when he was running his agency, but he kept $50,000 in profit.
I had my agency making around $6,065,000 dollars in revenue, and I kept the same profit as him. So as you scale, the margins with the service based business normally declines a lot.
It's very tough to scale because you need to hire people. The margins disappear. It's good, though, because you have no start up cost.
You can literally just start selling your time, and there's no team required, at least when you start, unless you want to scale. The second common way to make money online is selling physical products. Right?
A lot of people talk about starting an e com stores or Shopify or drop shipping and all of this. Right? Now you have physical products to work with.
Right? Which is you have to ship them, you have to store them, you have to create them, you have to pay to design them, people refund them. It it it's pretty, pretty tough.
Also, normally, you don't really sell this for high ticket, which we definitely wanna do when we sell online. High margins.
When you sell physical products, if like, under 20%. 20% is pretty damn good. So when people tell you they're making $102,100 k per month with an ecommerce business, they're only really keeping sub 20% profit from that.
It is scalable though, which is really good because now you're selling a product, Low startup cost, not really, because now you have to design the product, not, like, actually create it. You need to buy it.
You need to ship it. You need to do all of these things, which is pretty tough with physical products, and you definitely need a team as you start to scale this as well. The third option is to start a software company.
Like, some of the biggest companies in the world are software companies, which are great. And you have no physical product. You can still sell it for high ticket or you can sell it for subscription or or annual subscriptions as well.
You can keep pretty good profit margins on it also. It is very, scalable, but it's extremely expensive to start.
Like, when you're starting a software company, you need to hire developers and engineers, and they cost a lot of money if you want the really good ones and you'd 100% need a team. And then the fourth one that we're gonna talk about in this training is a knowledge business, an online course.
They're selling digital products, which is really the ultimate type of product you can sell online if you ask me. Right?
You have no physical products. Everything is data. It's all .
When when you sell it to someone, they get it immediately. It's on demand. You can sell it for high ticket, very high ticket.
You can have extremely high profit margins. Like, when you're selling an online product and you're leveraging a lot of organic content, you can keep, like, seventy, eighty. Some people even have 90% profit margins with this model, which is absolutely insane.
It's extremely scalable. You can sell it to 10 people, 100 people, thousand people, 10,000 people. You can sell it to a lot of people.
Right? And that low startup cost as well. Like, you you literally use your knowledge.
You create the product. You do it once. It's free.
All you need is a computer, an Internet connection, or something to record your videos with, and then you can start selling it. And you don't really need a team to get started. Like, you can get started yourself either as a course creator.
I scaled my online course to $55,000 per month, then I started building out a team. But you don't need to hire a team for service delivery.
You can hire sales reps, pay people on commission, and it's really, really good as well. And yeah. So, obviously, we're gonna talk about the knowledge business in this training.
Right? So the online education industry is worth $250,000,000,000 right now.
Right? And it's on track to hit $500,000,000,000 within the next few years, which is absolutely insane.
If if you read this text underneath, the global elearning market size in 2022 was approximately 194,000,000,000, is and it's projected to reach around half $1,000,000,000,000 by 2030 with a compound annual growth rate at about 13.81% between 2023 and 2030.
Right? It's growing like a hockey stick. It's absolutely insane.
And, also, if you combine this with the creator economy, which could also reach a half $1,000,000,000,000 industry by 2027, and this is from Goldman Sachs.
If you understand this, that the online education industry is booming like never before, selling digital products, and then you have the creator economy growing like crazy as well, if you can learn how to leverage these two, you're in a pretty good spot. Either you become a course creator, as wanna talk about, as you do all of this yourself, your own audience, your own brand, your own digital product as well, or you become a course operator and you partner with somebody who already has audience.
So we're gonna talk all about that in this video, right, or in this training. And everyone's attention right now is on social media. You can just look around.
Everybody's staring down their phones even when they're driving their cars or, like, walking their babies in their stroller. Like, everybody is glued to their phones. And the creator economy plus online education is the max leverage that you can have.
Like, the average American right now, I think, is spending, like, seven hours per day watching those screens. It's nuts, and it's only growing.
Right? But there is a problem with those industries. There is a problem with online education industry, and there is a problem with the creator economy as well.
Not everyone has an audience. Right? And nor does everyone have something to teach in a course.
Right? And I know for a fact that there are a lot of people out there who see the online education industry. They see people selling digital products and selling courses, and they're making a lot of money, having fun businesses.
They they're they're building a business around something they're passionate about. But a lot of people are, like, killing the dream right away because they're like, I I don't have something to teach. I don't know what to teach, nor do I have an audience.
And then they just give up and then they go into, I don't know, ecommerce or affiliate marketing or whatever now might be. Right?
So most people ignore this opportunity completely, and they skip it because they think they need to have a course, make money with courses, and they think need to that that they need to have an audience to be able to leverage the creator economy, but you don't, which sounds very weird. And I'm gonna talk about that soon.
And I understand those people. Right? I don't think someone should start to sell a course if they don't have something to teach.
That's dumb. We we shouldn't do that. Right?
But there is a way to sell courses without having a course or growing a personal brand, which sounds absolutely crazy. And a few people are and and and few people are aware of this opportunity, and they're making millions on this. Right?
And this is the course operator opportunity that I wanna talk about. So instead, most people just start something else.
Right? They're like, okay. I see the power of the online education industry.
I see the power of the creator economy, but I don't have an audience. I don't wanna build an audience, and I don't have anything to teach. So I should start doing some trading or SMA or drop shipping or affiliate marketing or whatever it is.
So and here's something that most people miss as well. Right?
Like, everyone online is telling you different things. Everybody is telling you, like, you should start a social media marketing agency, or you should start an ecommerce business, or you should start with affiliate marketing, or you should start in sales, or you should start doing trading, whatever now might be.
But don't listen to what those people tell you. Instead, what I urge you to do. Right?
Look at what they do. So all of these people will tell you through affiliate marketing or start in sales, which is great, by the way.
We should all learn sales, but not as the main vehicle, or start affiliate marketing or start trading. Like, all of these people online will tell you to do this thing.
Don't listen to what they say. Look at what they are actually doing. What business do they run?
Well, every single one of them who are telling you to do this, they're running an online education business. Why? Because they see the this opportunity.
They see the the the power of digital products. They see the rise of online education, and it's, like, growing like a hockey stick, and they also see how powerful it is to leverage this when you combine it with the creator economy. Right?
They sell the course, teaching you their actual model. They run communities.
They sell high ticket courses. They sell masterminds, and the model that they're using is online education.
Right? And I think I'm making it pretty clear why they're doing this right now. Right?
So online education is the model because it's the most scalable and profitable business model on the Internet. And in this training, I wanna teach you how to go into this industry for free. You have this training.
You have this free training that I'm putting on YouTube. You have my workbook as well that I put a ton of attention and and money and energy into, and I'm teaching you how to get into this industry for free in two different ways. Right?
And the good thing about this industry, you have no physical industry or inventory. You have no physical products. You're not trading your time for money.
Right? You're selling a digital product. When you sell it, you have instant service delivery.
You don't have to do any service delivery. It's it's automated, and your customers can go through the digital product on demand. You have no cap on how many people you can help.
No cap on the type of like, you can have a huge impact with this business model as well. And you can sell the same product to 10 people or to 10,000 people, and you can build this product around something that you're passionate about.
And again, if you don't wanna build your own product around something you're passionate about, and let's say I'm super passionate about golf, but I'm not the best golf instructor in the world, and I don't have an audience in golf, but I'm super passionate about it, I love to play golf, I can still find an educational creator and partner with them and run the operator model with them that I will explain more to you now as we as we progress through this training.
With and also this this business model has margins, profit margins, that most businesses would only dream about. Like, when you run an online education business and you tell an entrepreneur who's been in the game for years, maybe they're 40, 50, 60 years old, and you tell them that you're making sixty, seventy, 80% profit margins, they're like, it's insane.
It's absolutely crazy, and you can scale it like nothing else. And again, industry training, I'm gonna show you exactly how to get into this industry to leverage the online education industry and the creator economy, even if you're a complete beginner who have no idea what to teach in a course, or if you're somebody who knows what to teach in your own course, I will teach you how to do that as well.
And also, make sure that you go to course.com/workbook, you download this workbook, and you start to go through it.
Like, we have exercises in this workbook. We have links in this workbook that I will show you as well. Actually, let's open it up right now, and I can show you what it looks like.
Here's the workbook that you can download. Right? We have an introduction.
Here's an image of me when I won the the school games. I won a I built an online course at two hundred thirty thousand dollars per month in just thirty days. I won a $100,000 check from Alex from OC and some events.
I explained how to use this workbook. And as we progress, we will have certain exercises in here as well that I will show you how to go through. So let's go back into the presentation.
So it doesn't matter if you have a skill and you wanna build your own course, that's great. If you're watching this training now and you might you might already have an audience or you wanna build an audience or you have something you wanna wanna teach and build your own course about, this training is gonna be perfect for you.
And it doesn't matter if you have a zero audience or zero experience. Maybe you're like, I have no idea what to create a course. I don't even have a skill that I can teach or create a course about, and I have no audience.
And maybe you're like, you don't maybe you don't even wanna build an Maybe you don't even wanna even wanna put yourself out there on the Internet and and be in front of the camera and teaching people and creating content and creating videos and Instagram reels and all of this stuff. Maybe you don't wanna do that. Maybe you wanna be behind the scenes and working on the operational stuff and still make a lot of money from that, and I'll teach you exactly how that works.
Because there are two paths into this industry. Right? Both of them work.
Both of them are proven to work, and people are making an insane amount of money with both of these models as as I will show you. And I've literally helped thousands of people by now to walk both of them, to get in and to leverage both of them. But first, before we dive into this, who am I, and why should you listen to me?
You might be like, who is this random guy from Sweden with a weird accent? I don't like trust him yet.
And why should I listen to you, Max? If that's the case, great. I would be very skeptical skeptical myself as well.
And let me just tell you very quickly about what I've done and my story so that you know why you should listen to me. My name is Max. I started my first online course 01/15/2024, and I competed in this thing called the school games where I generated over 230 I I basically built an online course, and I I added 230,000 in monthly recurring revenue per month, right, in thirty days.
And then in the last twenty four hours of this contest, as you can see, I added $63,000 per month. I literally didn't sleep.
I stayed up. I did a livestream. Like, I went absolutely nuts.
So I basically added $63,000 a month in my business at the last twenty four hours of this contest using everything that I will teach you inside of this course. So turned $30,000 a month, $63,000 a month, last twenty four hours, and I won this award that is right here from Alex and and Sam Evans who run this platform called Skoo, which is an an amazing platform.
And I actually won the first ever one, which is pretty fun as well. And I did that after generating this money in thirty days.
And I also won this $100,000 from from the school team. $100,000 check because I became the number one, which is pretty cool as well.
And I got this plaque, and I got to meet all of the other winners as well. And, yeah, because there were 10 winners that could win, and I became the number one.
Also, we could win. Like, it it was either you win a Tesla Cybertruck or you take $100,000. I like, we actually rented this Tesla Cybertruck when we won because we wanted a picture of it, but we took the $100,000.
Because back then, was living in Sweden, and we're like, you you're not even allowed to have those cars in Sweden. So I took the $100,000 and I gave my team a nice bonus as well. And then from there, I generated over over $4,200,000 in my first twenty four months with my first ever online course.
Right? And I also started helping a lot of other people to do the same thing, like Harut, 200 in ninety days, forty eight k in January 2026, 90% cash collected, 80 k MRR in sixty four days.
Sebastian, 11 k, and I just started. Should I continue? Jiris, just made the launch, 66 k collected.
Atene, a $145,000 in the monthly recurring revenue in three weeks. Rupert, $8,000 in two days.
Biggest week so far, 20 k, $33,000 per month, zero to thirty k MRR. It all started here with course.
First $20,000 collected in the first thirty days. We just launched in twenty two minutes and got $20,000 in revenue, $59,000 in seven weeks, €85,000 in January in June 2025, like, first 30 k per month.
And I I actually went and visited Hunter when he did that as well. Like, we actually flew out to him, and we did a video with him. 33 k cash collected over Easter weekend.
Like, I don't like, we have a ton of these results. Like, I won the school games, 28 k in new monthly recurring revenue.
Like, I also started generating hundreds of beta test bundles and close to 1,005 star trust bullet reviews, which is pretty dang hard to get. And for the past two years, I've helped a ton of people by now to start, run, and grow, tend to even we have customers making over $200,000 a month with online education businesses as creators or as operators.
And I'm not say showing this to you, to brag to you, or to, like, show how great I am.
It's I I just want you to know that everything that I will be teaching you here is based on proven results. I'm not somebody online now creating a free training on YouTube where I'm just, like, teaching something and nobody what I'm talking about.
Everything that you will learn here for free and with this workbook is based on all of these results. So, hopefully, that gets you a bit excited to actually take this seriously and go all in with this. And in this 100% free training that I'm literally putting on YouTube, I'm going to show you exactly how we do this so you have a clear understanding of your road map into online education as a creator or as an operator.
There's gonna be no fluff. There can be no hype. Just a clear breakdown from someone who's actually done it and helped thousands of others do too.
You can even see, I even have, like, misspellings here on my slides because I've been writing it out, and it's fine. Like, it doesn't have to be perfect. And I wanted to keep this in mind as well as you're building your own course or if you become an operator and building this for other people as well.
The main thing is the information that you provide. Right? So how do you actually get into this industry?
Because there are two different paths that you can go into online education industry. Most people are aware of the first path, which is the course creator that I like to call it. You have your own audience.
You create your own course. You start to sell it. And this is like 99.99% of people when they think about an online course or the creator economy.
It's like you do it for yourself. Right? And but there is another way, which is super, super powerful.
And, again, here here are just some results we've had from people who've been become course creators. Sierra to 44 k per month, winning the school games. Thank you, Max.
59 k. Austin, again, at Tina. We had Jesper there.
We won the school games as well, 35 k per month. Like, these are all people that have helped to become course creators, launching their own courses and making money from that.
Then the other way to get in is a course operator. And most people don't have no idea about this opportunity.
And what you do as a course operator is that you partner like, there are literally hundreds of thousands of educational creators out there, micro creators. They might have, like, 30,000 followers in on Instagram or $50,000 or 50,000 followers on YouTube or maybe even 100,000 followers on YouTube or Instagram, but they have no product to sell.
And a lot of these people want to get into the online education industry, but either they have like, for example, I spoke with this guy.
He is a real estate investor. He has over a 100,000 followers on Instagram. And he he is he's two years ago, he started just posting stuff on Instagram, and then he grew in Instagram to over a 100,000 followers by just posting and teaching people.
But he's doing real estate investing and just posting stuff on his Instagram. And he's like, hey, Max. Like, I see all of these people making money with online courses.
I know that you help people as well, but I don't want to, like, do all of this back end tech stuff. I don't have time to do it. Like, could you help me with that?
I was like, right now, I don't have time to do it because I'm literally running my own business. And that was the first time I started to like that was one individual who came to me and needed help.
And I was like, that's interesting. You don't have time to do it. He doesn't wanna do all of these funnels and and, you know, automations and build a tech stack and all of that.
He doesn't wanna do that. He doesn't know how to plan and build a course, and he is literally looking for somebody to help him and is willing to give away 20 to 50% revenue share from the sales that the course generates by doing it.
But he he just don't wanna do it himself, and he needs help from someone. I was like, then another one started reaching out to us, another one, another one, another one. I was like, There's a huge opportunity here for people to learn all all of this stuff and then partner with those people.
Right? And here we have some results. We have a ton more of results.
Like, won the school games, 54 k MRR operator, 24 k MRR as a growth operator, 25 k in August with my creator, first $20,000 collected in thirty days. Signed a 20 deal plus third 30% revenue of of revenue generated.
Brian is also an operator, $234,000 in annual memberships. Like all like, we have a ton of more of these.
People are partnering with educational creators, earning 20 to 50% revenue share. Right? So the course creator is you have the skill, you have the knowledge, you have the expertise, and you wanna build your own own online online course.
And you also want to build your own audience. You want to, like, run the business yourself. Right?
And then you have the course operator, and this is where you partner with an educational creator, and you run the business side for them. And, again, you earn 20 to 50% revenue share by doing so.
And this is a huge opportunity. There are, again, hundreds of thousands of educational creators out there who need help to launch their course and their online course business selling digital products.
There are very, very few operators. There are very, very few. And there are people operators making $5.06, even 7 figures per month by being operators.
There's not a lot of them who are making 7 figures per month, but they do exist. But you have no idea who they are because they don't have social media. They're not not out there, like, shouting on social media.
Like, they're literally working with one creator behind the scenes making a ton of money, and they have no idea who they are. And I want to help people to become operators as well, creators and also operators.
Both paths work really, really, really well. Both are proven. So let me break down exactly how each one works.
Right? First of all, you have the course creator. So who is the course creator?
You have a skill, you have a knowledge, and you have an area of expertise, and you wanna turn this into an online course. Right? I've helped thousands of people to do this by now, and this is what I did myself as well.
You wanna build your own brand, build your own audience, and you wanna own 100% of the business. It's your thing.
You're doing it. You're you're doing the marketing. You're doing the sales.
You're building the product. You're doing all of this. And that there's, like, people making money as course creators in the most obscure, weird niches that they're passionate about.
I will talk more about that soon. There's there's a lady right now on on or a woman on school right now, this platform that we use, making over $30,000 a month, teaching other moms how to organize their photos, making 30 k per month, and she's a creator.
Right? So it's absolute it's it's insane, the the the obscure niches that people make money in as as course creators.
You want to run and operate the business yourself as well. Right? You are kinda the creator, and you're also the operator, and eventually, you can start building out a team as well.
Now who is the course operator? Alright? You, the operator, you partner with an educational creator who already has an audience and already has an expertise.
Again, as this guy as I talked with, he spent two years building an audience on Instagram, 100,000 followers. He spent, I don't know, a decade or more, probably more than that, I should ask him that, learning real estate investing.
He's a an expert at real estate investing, and he's teaching other people for free on Instagram how to do it, but he has no idea how to launch a course. Right? So then you you basically partner with them, and you build the entire core course business back and forth.
The marketing systems, the sales systems, help them plan out the course. Obviously, you're not recording the course material for them, but you help them to plan it out. And I'd like you use all of these frameworks that we will talk about in this retraining, and you help them to launch it and making sales from it.
And using all of these strategies, we will talk about the industry training, you can earn 20 to 50% revenue share by doing so. You run their funnel.
You run their ads. You run their sales system. You run their email.
You're basically behind the scenes doing all of this work for them, and you help them launch and sell their course. Right? And you earn a setup fee upfront and then a revenue split.
So a lot of people, they charge, like, 1 to $5,000 when the partnership begins to basically build everything and plan everything. And then when they launch it and start making sales, they earn 20 to 50% revenue split from that. Not profit share, revenue split.
Every single dollar that you generate, you earn 20 to 50% of that. It's nuts. Right?
And the creator are super happy because they don't wanna teach all of this back end stuff. They're busy doing their thing and busy running their their content, essentially.
Right? So here are the seven steps that I took to grow my online course to semi figures in seven months. Right?
And this is what we're gonna walk you through in this retraining as well. It all starts with tech.
We always start with the tech first. Right? And I will explain why.
So we start with the tech, the back end system, the platform we need to actually host the course and community on. So we start with all of the tech, and I will literally show you and will give you away all of this tech for free, which is absolutely insane.
Like, I've spent I don't know what like, I've spent over half $1,000,000 myself into my own online my own education to be able to learn all of this when I once I when I started. And then I've spent hundreds of thousands of dollars figuring out all of the tech and all of the settings.
I'm literally gonna give that away to you for free and a bunch of more things. You will get my entire tech stack with imported into your own business with one click, and it's gonna be extremely cheap. You don't have to pay me a single dollar for it, but you have to sign up to the actual platform for the tech, and I'll show you how to do that.
Then step two is that you learn how to presell. Right? Because you want to presell the course before it's built.
Most people make the mistake that they spent all this time building a course, and then they go and sell it.
And a lot of the time, they figure out that it doesn't work and it doesn't sell. So we wanna start to presell it with a presell offer because then you can get demand and verify that it's working. Right?
So let's say you partner with an educational creator. They have an audience of 100,000 followers. Right?
And then you can create an offer and start to presold out to five, ten, 15, even 20 people. Collect all of that money. Collect all of the cash.
Now you know the people are willing to pay for it, and then you start you take these these other steps that I will talk about here soon. I will circle back to this in a second. So we set up the tech, then we start to presale it or do a presale offer, then we start running traffic to the presale offer, Then we'll learn all of these different promotion strategies.
Right? Because as we start getting attention of the traffic, we need a way to actually convert that traffic. Right?
We can we can have a funnel, like a video sales letter funnel, like a VSL funnel. We can run webinars.
We can use many chat automations. We can send emails. We can run retargeting ads.
We can do all of these things, right, to bring that to our sales process. Then we also need to learn about sales. So when you generate calls from people and somebody's gonna invest $2,000, $3,000, $4.05, maybe even $10,000 into an online digital product like an online course, you need to do it over a sales call.
So either you do it yourself if you're a creator, or you learn how to do this for your educational creator that you're partnering with. I will lay out exactly how to do sales, then we build the course.
Right? So we're not starting by with building the course. That's step number one or step number two, but we set up the tech.
We create a presell offer. We run traffic to that presell offer. We create a conversion system to convert the traffic into sales calls.
Then we jump on sales calls. Then we sell this presale offer to five, ten, 20 people. We collect the money.
And once we have that money collected and we know people are willing to pay for it, meaning that we have an offer that people are actually willing to pay money for, then we build the course. And, obviously, a lot of people are like, oh, that sounds sketchy. That sounds weird.
Like, isn't that, like, almost scamming people if you're selling something that's not even built yet? No. Because we're telling people in the appraisal offer that the product is not built yet, and they're getting a really good deal because of that.
I will walk you through exactly how to do that. We'll let we I go through exactly how to do that in the workbook as well. So you 100% need to download the workbook if you haven't already, and go through all of the exercises we have there in the in there as well.
And then step number seven is where I will teach you, like, the more specific things you need to learn as an operator as well. If you're an operator that are watching this training, you have to watch all of the seven steps. Do not just jump to the operator section because you need to learn.
Even if you become an operator, you need to learn how to set up the tech. You need to learn how to create a presale offer for your educational creator. You need to learn how to drive traffic for them.
You need to learn how to do promotions, the sales, and build a course. You need to learn all of these steps. The only difference between the creator and the operator is that, obviously, the creator, you will build all of this for yourself as we go through this training.
And the operator, you will build this for them. And then the operator will also learn how to reach out and actually partner with an educational creator.
So the final step if you're an operator, I will show you, like, how do you reach out to them, how do you tie partnership with them, and all of these different things. Right? And in this retraining, I'll cover all of these steps.
So sit back, take notes, take action, and don't just consume this training. Like, actually, have the workbook. I can actually encourage you.
It's a 55 page workbook. I put a lot of time and energy into this workbook as you probably can imagine. And it's really good if you can print this out and you can have this alongside with you because then you can actually take notes in it, and you can do the exercises, and you can check off the checkboxes as we go through it.
So 100% download the workbook as well. Now we have a bunch of results as well, like Cam. He was running an agency, and he basically, we helped him to launch a course, and he collected over a $150,000 in contracted value and $50,000 in cash collected in three weeks.
Right? And he had not even built this product yet. He presold it.
And you can see in the top right corner, $30,000 today. Let's go. Scripting ads tomorrow.
So he had not even launched ads or anything. And he had, like, four or 5,000 followers on Instagram and, like, 5,000 followers on YouTube. And we helped him to launch this thing.
Since then, he has gone and built in a super, like, a super successful course. And I'm not the pure sole reason behind that. Not at all.
But it started with us, and we helped him to to launch it and, uh, consulted him on actually how to do it. And then he went on.
He's a super successful entrepreneur, so it's not only because of us. I just wanna make that clear. But it started with us, and he had a super successful launch when he did it, which is pretty cool.
Hunter, he was a coach consultant. He was stuck in one on one coaching. It'll make, like, 5 to 10 k per month.
He's helping people to quit, uh, watching those websites. And he, um, he built an online course and made it possible to scale while still providing amazing results, and he scaled it to $55,000 a month in six months.
And he has a clear path now to scale it past 100 k per month. And Hunter, I see him as a close friend.
He has been with us for a long time, and we're actually doing an event here here in Miami soon. He's gonna come here. So it's it's super, super cool.
David, he was running a brick and mortar business, a med spa business, and he built an online course and built a lean team helping other med spa businesses to scale their businesses because he had built a bunch of med spa businesses himself and actually exited from them and sold them.
And then he's like, I wanna teach other med spa business owners how to do this. He scaled it to 50 over 50 k per month. I've like, the latest update, I think he told us it was making, like, what was it?
60 or 80 or something. $80,000 a month, which is insane. He's a top runner in our school as well.
Super cool. Brian, you know, it's what he he there was a complete beginner, stuck in the nine to five, and he followed our system step by step.
He became an operator. Right? Because he was like, I don't really have anything I wanna teach.
I don't really have an audience. He partnered with an educational creator and collected over $80,000 in cash the first three months. Complete beginner.
He had never even taken a sales call in his entire life. So and here we have even more.
Marine, 24 k per month in one month, $63,000 per month in the in the sport niche, in basketball space, like, 63 k per month. Um, you know, 33 k per month over over Easter weekend, Josh.
Right? And then we have Dupree, 0 to 10 k per month. And but Dupree is making way more now.
We should actually update this. And I think he's doing at least 50, maybe even more by now.
He's absolutely crushing it. And also, I do here are some other people on school that I wanna just show you for inspiration. Right?
Megan, for example, she's on school. She's making over 30 k per month, and she's helping moms to organize their photos. I just wanna tell you about this is inspiration for you.
Like, you can build an online course for yourself in a bunch of different industries, and if you're an operator, you can find somebody. Like, let's say Megan didn't have a course right now. She's on Instagram teaching people how to organize their photos, teaching mom how moms how to organize their photos on Instagram.
If you can identify that, she's like a micro creator, like and you helped her launch. You can build, like, a $30.40, $50,000 per month business teaching people how to organize their photos. It's nuts.
Logan is on school as well. He's making over 600 k per month. I think he's making 700 k per month now almost, and he's in the blue collar niche.
He's up in blue collar businesses with their businesses. Right? He's also on school.
Uh, Samuel is on school. 155 k per month in the spirituality niche. Like Oscar, maybe you've seen him him on TikTok.
He's on school as well, making close to $300,000 a month, teaching people how to become more healthier and look better, like Luxmaxing. Maybe you've heard about that.
Right? Cycling, there these guys are also in school, almost 50 k per month in the cycling niche. Right?
And and Michael, he's in school as well, making a 100 k per month, and he's, like, uh, in the law school and bar exam prep, trust trusted by over a 100,000 law students. Right? So there are so many different people like Chanel here.
I don't wanna go over too much of it. Like game changer of course creators. Course is hands down the best investments I've ever made, and like a digital product creator.
You know, Max programming is extremely comprehensive. Max is the real deal. The best course I've ever taken, worth every penny.
You know, course is truly a step by step guide. Like, all of this stuff. I'm gonna teach you all of that here in this retraining on YouTube.
So hopefully, you're hyped up and you're ready to go, and let's dive into it.
This was just the introduction. So make sure you have the workbook downloaded as well. And now, what we're going to dive into is that we're gonna start with the tech.
So let's do that right now. Hey. Super quick before we dive into the tech part of the training.
If you're somebody who wants to become a course creator or course operator faster and easier with more help and support, then you can book a course advisory call with somebody on my team. And, uh, we've literally helped thousands of people by now to start running grow online education businesses and become course operators.
On this call, we will give you a a road map on what you should do and also explain to you how we can help you with some more one on one support as well. So, um, if you want that call, go to course.com/start. So let's start off with step number one, which is the tech.
And remember again, it's super important now that you have the online course workbook downloaded. You go to course.com/workbook, and let's actually open up this right now so that you know where we are.
And super important that you have this now because we will have a bunch of links and all of this that you will need. So we can scroll through the first page. We have the introduction again, how to use this workbook.
We have the contents. And now we're at step number one, the tech setup. But before we go any further, let's just go over everything here in the presentation first.
So first of all, right, when it comes to building an online education business, like, a lot of people are wondering, what is the best online course platform? Like and I've tested them all because I wanted to figure that out as well.
You know? Mighty Networks, we have that. A lot of people use.
We have WAP, which is a platform that a lot of people have been using as well. Kajabi, I've been using that as well, testing that out.
We have LearnWorlds. You know, we have Circle. We have Teachable.
We have Thinkific. We have a platform called School as well. And this is honestly, there's a bunch more of them.
Like and believe me, like, this is my this is what I do every single day. I basically earn my income from doing this.
I've tested all of these platforms. So, like, which one is the one that I think is the best and the cheapest and has not only the cheapest, but has the best it has everything we need. Like, in my case, I don't care.
Like, if if there's a platform that's 10 times more expensive, but it's the hands down the best, I don't mind spending that money. But, like, the only thing I care about is, like, what is the best platform? And, again, I've tested them all.
And school is by far the absolute best platform out there.
It's built by Alex Rumosi and Sam Evans. Sam Evans used to run an online education business himself that he scaled and generated over, like, $60,000,000 with it. If you're in the online business world on YouTube, you probably know who Alex Ramosy is.
He put his own personal brand behind school as well and became a co owner, and it's the hands down the best. So what we're gonna do now, we're gonna help you to set up school and teach you and give you a walkthrough of how school works, and you can start a fourteen day free trial, and then it's only $9 per month.
It's it's insanely cheap. They have a $99 plan as well.
You don't need to start with that. I recommend you use that, though, if you go all into this yourself or you start using this with your creator. It gives you a bunch of plugins.
They're very powerful, but you can get started for as low as $9 per month. And we're gonna start a free trial now so that you can give an introduction. You can cancel anytime if you don't wanna use it.
But for the online education industry, school is absolutely hands down the best.
So we're actually gonna start a free trial with this right now. And again, if we go into the workbook here, you'll find the links here as well. So let's read read through this.
School setup. I've tested virtually every online education platform out there, Kajabi Teachable, Myton Network, Circle WAP, and school is by far the best one. It's cleaner, simpler, and more community focused than anything else on the market, and it starts at just $9 a month, which is honestly a joke.
Like, you get so much for $9. It's absolutely insane. It's literally the cost of coffee built by Sam Owens and backed up by Alex Mosley, two of the most respected figures in the online education industry or online business industry in general on the Internet.
There is no better platform to build on. So what we're going to do is you're gonna go to course.com/school, and you will get a fourteen day free trial.
And, again, just to be a 100% transparent here, this is a just gonna make sure I'm on the right, uh, yes. This is an affiliate link. So if you sign up for this, I'm getting a little kickback from it, which is greatly appreciated.
I'm doing this training for free. If you don't wanna use the affiliate link, don't don't have to.
You can sign up using whatever. But if you wanna use this link, greatly, greatly appreciate it. And, again, I'm I'm running my entire business on this.
Like, I'm generating all my money. Have all my courses, all my customers in here. It's hands down the best.
You're literally just gonna click here to create your own community, and then you're gonna fill out this information that I will do right now, and then I will see you on the inside. Then when you come to this page, they have the hobby plan for nine bucks per month.
They have the pro plan for $99 per month. Here, you have, like, you have unlimited members, unlimited courses, unlimited videos, unlimited live calls.
They have a 10% transaction fee, and you get your you'd yeah.
You get 10% transaction fee. You cannot customize the URL for your community, and you cannot use affiliates. Like, you can start with a hobby plan.
If you just wanna follow along with the training, just sign up for the $9 one and start the free trial for that. If you're going all in and you're actually building a business and you actually like, I recommend the $99 plan. You get a 2.9% transaction fee, which is a lot lower.
We get a custom URL. You get custom affiliates, and you also get a bunch of plugins here. And also, if you just wanna sign up right away and save two months for free, you can do that as well.
You can get even cheaper for 7 and a half bucks a month or $82 per month. For now, I'm just gonna, like, use whatever plan you want. I personally use the $99 plan, but for the sake of this training, and you can just follow along, you can just test the hobby plan.
Or actually yeah. I'm gonna do the pro plan because I wanna show you all of the features. So I'm gonna click here, try for free, and then I will just I will just call this group name my own name right now.
It doesn't matter. You can change this later. So for now, don't don't get caught up on the name or group name.
Just call it your own name, and then I'm gonna put in my credit card details here, and then I will see you on the inside. After you've signed up, you they will ask you a couple of questions, like select your audience size. And so if you're a creator right now and you already have a big audience, put that in here because school actually has some pretty cool benefits for people that join school that already have a big audience.
So don't be surprised if they actually reach out to you if you have a bigger audience, and they will provide you with some cool benefits.
But again here, I'm just gonna say that I have under 10 k, let's say, right now. I'm just starting out. I'm gonna click on next.
And then you can just update your bio here. So I can say, like, CEO at course, and then you can just upload a profile picture here.
So I'll do that real quick. So I just uploaded a profile picture. I will click on complete, and there we go.
So now you can see you're signed up to school, and this is now your own community where we have community classroom calendar, members map, leaderboards, all of this stuff. I will walk you through this in a second. And also what you get access to, which is a really cool thing, as you sign up to school as like, you have your own community, you also get access to this community called Schoolers.
So this is run by Sam Evans, who is the CEO at school. And all of those people here see, almost 200,000 people.
All of these people are other school community owners. So this is a great place to just learn.
Like, here you can see, like, interview with Logan, for example, making over $700,000 a month on school.
They also have some free training here, like school one zero one, school news. It's a really, really cool place to be to just learn more about school and interact with other school community owners. And they also have a YouTube channel called school news where they do updates on school every single week.
Right? So this is just a great place to hang out, to learn more about what school is and how it works. Here's, like, Alex Mosse and Sam.
Here's Logan, etcetera, etcetera. Right?
So that is that. But for now, let's just go back to the training here, and we can just go through everything step by step.
So the and it's super important. You have to follow along the training and do the click by click.
That's how you learn. Right? And so start the free trial.
And now I wanna talk about a few different things. So wanna talk about the community. In school, they have a community tab.
They have a classroom tab. They have the calendar tab. They have the map tab, and then also schoolers.
Right? So let's go over all of these ones. So first of all, we have the community.
So if you go into the community, this is the community. And it's actually a good thing to just actually we can use schoolers as an example. Here you can see that people can create posts.
People, you know, you can go into a post here. I can say, like, I can go into a post here. Big thank you to school.
Boom. I can say, I don't know, I saw the school ad.
I can say, like, welcome. Comments. Boom.
Right? So it's the community tab. And, obviously, you can build your own this is where you're gonna have your own customers as well inside of the community.
And, also, if you partner with a creator and you build a community for them, that's kinda what you will manage. Right?
Then we have the classroom tab. So this is where you have your courses. Right?
So if I go into school one zero one here, they have a little course here on how to actually use school. It's pretty cool. Right?
And, obviously, I'm giving you a training here as well on how to use school, but this is how you can build courses. We're gonna talk more about this later in the training as well. Then we have the calendar.
So this is where you can create all of your events. So you can see here, in in schoolers, for example, every single Tuesday, they're doing the school news.
So you can watch this live, and then they also watch it on YouTube. So this is where, for example, you could have your q and a calls. And if I go into the actual community or my from my own community here, I go to calendar, you can click on let's say I wanna do q and a session here, and this is where you can do the dates.
Let's say I wanna do a call every single Tuesday. I wanna run it for at, let's say, I don't know, 9AM.
It's gonna be EST time for an hour, and it's gonna be a school call or a school webinar. So you get and I let's say it's a recurring webinar or a recurring thing as well every Tuesday, etcetera.
So they have an integrated like, you don't have to pay extra for Zoom or do anything. Like, you can literally do your q and a calls natively inside of school.
Like, they have all of this hosting, all of the features to run q and a calls and webinars. It's built into school for $9 a month. It's insane.
Right? So you have all of this here. If you wanna do Zoom or Google Meet, you can use that as well.
And then you can also give, like, who who is gonna have access to this, like all members or people at different levels, etcetera. Let's say all members are gonna have access to it, and then I can create my own event here inside of inside of my community.
It's pretty cool. Inside of members, obviously, you can see all of the members.
So if I go into schoolers here again, just to give an example, here, can see, like, all of the members that's inside of this community. Right?
Map feature as well. So this is where you can see inside of the community, where are everybody located? And on school right now, school community owners, you can see there's literally people from all over the world, which is absolutely insane.
So if I just zoom in to where I am right now in Miami, I can just start to see, like, maybe I wanna connect with somebody here. Maybe, like, let's see who are these people here.
There's somebody here, Miami Beach, Gabriel, Beau, and then I can see what he is doing here.
Right? And I can find his Instagram.
And, you know, almost 400,000 followers. He's on school, using school.
Pretty cool. Right? So this is the map feature, and you can see everybody who is on school.
Pretty, pretty cool. And then if we go back to my own community here again as well, we also have leaderboards.
So, actually, this is this is a feature of school. This is a little bit like, we don't have to go too deep into this, but the more active your community members are, you can give them different perks. So let's say somebody and, like, every single time you make a post in school or you you leave a like or or you make a post and somebody likes your post, you get points.
And the more points you get, you can level up inside of the community and you can unlock certain things. I'm not gonna go too deep into this right now because I want to keep the pace up, but all of this you can learn. The easiest way to learn of how all of these things work is literally how to, like, be active in schoolers and see how it works.
And, obviously, this is something we go a lot more deeper into. We're gonna talk more about this later in the training as well. And if you're somebody who just wanna go all in with this as well and learn everything, like, we teach that as well.
But for the sake now, I just wanna give you an overview of how school works. And then also here on the settings inside of school, you can do a bunch of different things. You can hit dashboard.
You can see how much money you're generating. School also has this thing called the discovery. So if I go to school.com/discovery, um, this is basically, you can find communities here.
So this brings you traffic, which is super, super, super cool. So you can literally get free traffic from school.
It's like a search engine for online courses. And a lot of people are hosting courses on school, and they're getting all of their traffic from you, making all of their sales from the discovery page. And school is charging you $0 for being on the discovery pay page.
Like, if you get free traffic, you make a sale from that. School doesn't charge you a dollar of that, which is very unique. There are other platform where it takes, like, 30% of the sale recurring from from doing that.
Right? So and you can also invite people here to general information. You can change your group name, group description, payouts, pricing of your community, affiliates.
They have a bunch of different cool plugins here. Like, you can ask people membership questions when they join your community. You can unlock chat at certain level.
You can unlock posting at certain levels. You can have you can auto DM people a message when they join your community. You can have an onboarding video, uh, Zapier integration.
If you're running Facebook ads to this, you have an integration with with your with your Meta Ads. We'll talk more about ads later in this training. If somebody's about to leave your community, you can have a cancellation video, Google Ads tracking links, instant approval, webhooks.
There's a bunch you can do here. Community, you can have rules, notifications. It it's it's everything you need and nothing you don't.
Right? It's it's a very simplistic platform.
It's just hand hands down the best to host your community for customers and also host your course inside. Alright? So this is just a quick walk through.
Again, if you wanna learn more, we're gonna talk more about this later, but also you have the schoolers to learn a lot in as well. Now, the next thing we're going to do so now we cover the community classroom calendar, the map, and the schoolers.
Now, I want to give you something to just make your a little bit more fun and just make your community look better because it helps to make it better. So I'm gonna give you this.
Inside of the in the workbook, you can see here that we have linked to your design assets.
Right? So use these resources to make your school community look professional from day one. So if you click on about page graphics here, we can open that up.
And classroom graphics, we can open that up. Calendar graphics, banner graphics, and icon graphics.
Right? Because inside of your school community, if if you go back here, right, when I when you create a classroom, for example, if I create a course here, you can upload different graphics here.
Right? And also in your community, you have a graphic here. And on your about page, this is the page that people will see when they're about to join your community.
So if I opened it this up in an incognito, if somebody wanna join my community now, like, there's no text here. There's no video here.
There's no banner image here. There's no description here at all.
Right? And if I go to, like, one of the top communities, let's just take a random one.
Let's take, like I don't know. Which one should we take?
Peach Club. Looks like fun. So you can hear, like, Alex Peach.
It has, like, a a banner here. It has some different descriptions here. They don't have a video, though, which I recommend.
And this is in not in English. It's by another in another language.
I'm not really sure what that is. But, like, we want to make the our school about page look as good as it can. Right?
So we've provided you with those graphics. Right? So here you have the about page graphics.
So we have here we have different graphics that you can use on your about page. You can literally open this up in Canva, and you can adjust it to your own community.
You can upload different images here that you want as well. So we're giving you that. Also, we have, like, the classroom graphics.
So this is what you can use for your classrooms. Different designs. We have your q and a templates, free q and a calls, live webinars, etcetera.
You can download this to Canva as well. It's free to use. You can start to customize it.
We also have the actual image of your community that you can adjust and, like, an icon for your community as well.
So these are just some very simple proven templates that we've been using. And like these templates right here, for example, we use like, it's generated me millions of dollars by using this.
I'm just giving it away for free. And you'll find all of this inside of the workbook here. So that's just to make it a little bit easier for you.
You can create whatever graphics you want, but here, we're basically giving you all of the graphics that you need to get started. So you can open up this in Canva, you can customize them, and you can then you can upload your cover photo here, your images for your school about page here, for your classroom, for your calendar.
You can just start to customize it. And if this is not something you want to do right now, keep it handy when you come back later and want to do this or when you're launching this for your creator, if you're an operator, you have all of these assets here. Right?
The easiest way to learn about school is literally just click around, be inside of school, join schoolers, and see how people are doing it and take inspiration from it. Also go to the discover page and take inspiration from how people are designing their communities as well. Also, we have needle your copyright.
So you're copywriting the text. Right? Just your school community lives or dies on two pieces of copy, your about page and a welcome post.
These are the first things a new member reads, so use these templates below to get them right. So first of all, we can open up the about page copy. So this is the copy that we have on the our about page here.
Right? So right now, we can add a description here. So right now, we have to have no text here.
So if you just open up this text. Right? So use this template to build a high converting school about page.
It's the same framework we used to generate over $4,000,000 in our first years of school. It's proven. It works.
For best, you can pair this with the school design pack as well that I have provided you with. So community name, I go over how to do that. Community cover.
Right? So these are basically the designs. And then we have the description.
If you do a free community, you can just copy paste this. So let's say I copy this into my community here.
Boom. So then we can say join Max Paypal community and learn how to train your dog or whatever the community is about.
Here's what's inside Max Paypal community. You get a free course, weekly q and a calls, tools and templates, exclusive bonuses, community. Click join group now and get access to a bunch of free resources.
This is if you wanna build a free community. If you have a paid community, which we obviously wanna do as well, right, and charge money for it, we can adjust this as well. So you can take a lot of inspiration from other people's communities inside of schoolers as well to adjust this.
So this is a quick crash course on how to use school and how to set up your school community, and have you have all of your your copy here, your design assets. And, again, we will refer back to this, uh, later in the training as well.
But this is the introduction to school. It's cool.
It's the best platform you can use. So now let's continue with the training. We talked about the school design pack, the about page template.
Now what we're gonna talk about is the whole back end system that we need because just having the school as the platform where we host our community and our course in is not enough. We also need a lot of other things. Right?
So We prepared all of this for you. This is the really, really cool stuff.
When you run an online business, you need a website. You need to be able to build a website. You need a website builder.
You need be able to you need a to domain. You need to host your website somewhere. You need a website hosting platform.
You also need to be able to do some tracking analytics to see how many website visitors you're getting. You also need a funnel. Right?
We are when if you're an operator or a creator, we need to drive traffic to a funnel and to basically generate sales calls from.
We need basically a sales page somewhere that explains what we do and how people can work with us if they're interested. So we also need a funnel.
We need that, we need a funnel builder. We need to have some type of service. We need forms.
Right? So people we can generate leads. If we have lead magnets, we're gonna talk about later as well.
We also need a calendar so we can get booked calls. We also need a CRM system, a customer relationship management system where all of the leads are in and we can track, like, where are all of our sales calls. Like, it's a lot.
Right? But we have to do this when we run an online business. And I'm gonna show you a way that we make this so super easy for you.
Right? Lead management, we need, like, a sales pipeline to see where all of the leads are. We need some type of tracking.
Again, if you're a course creator, you need to learn this for yourself. If you're a course operator, this is what you're gonna run for the creator that you partnered with. Automations.
Right? We need an automation builder for that. We need to be able to send, like, SMS automations and email automations.
Like, this is, an an overview of everything that we need for the back end system. School is like the front end system where we we have our customers in there.
We have our community there. We have our course that's in there. We have our q and a calls in there.
We have all of these things that the customers go through. Right? But this is the back end system that we need to, like, how to actually get people into school?
Like, how do we make sales? And we need all of these things to be able to make the sale online as well. Right?
So this is the back end tech that we need as a course creator or as a course operator. Right? If you're a course creator, obviously, you set this up yourself.
If you're an operator, this is what you're gonna help your educational creator to set up. So let's break down the cost of this because this can become extremely expensive. And you also need to learn what tools to use.
Right? And it can be super, super expensive, but, obviously, I have a solution for that. That.
That's why you're watching this training. Right? So first of all, you you need CRM and pipeline management.
You can use tools like HubSpot or ActiveCampaign for this. That's at least 99 bot dollars per month. Normally, even more.
You need to build sales funnels. You can click funnels or lead pages, another like almost 100 to $300 a month for that. You need a website builder, Wix or WordPress or Squarespace, another $30 per month at least.
Service and forms, survey gizmo or type form, all of these different ones, at least $50 per month.
Normally, like, 75 to $100 per month. You need to do email marketing. Again, you can use Mailchimp or like ActiveCampaign for that.
It can cost up to like $500 per month. You need to be able to send text messages with, Podium or whatever you wanna use, $100 per month. Booking and appointments, like, Calendly, another $30 per month.
I think it's even more expensive than than that right now. Automations, again, $170 per month.
Call tracking, you need a software for that. $50 per month. Document signing, when you're signing client in clients, another $50 per month.
Reputation management can be something that's really good as well, another $160 per month. They need some system to track for tracking analytics as well, another $300 per month. So total price of this, just to get started with an online business by using all of these different tools and learning all of the tools and gluing everything together, it's gonna cost, like, $59 per month.
And also, another thing that they only even have on this list is that if you're using all of these different tools and you need to glue them together, and what I mean by gluing together is that, let's say I use, you know, ClickFunnels for my funnel and then I use ActiveCampaign for my CRM, they need to be able to talk to each other.
When somebody opts in on ClickFunnels, I need to send that to my CRM system. I need some a system, then I need another system in between to connect them. And a lot of people use Zapier for that.
And I had like a Zapier build that was like, it was creeping up to like 18 to $20,000 per year, and I was just starting out. I was like, this is insane.
Like, it's costing so much money on top of all of these costs as well. I was like, there must be a better way to do it. Right?
And there obviously is. Right? So now I wanna introduce the absolute best software that you can use for your back end stuff, and it's the cheapest solutions as well.
And I've been using this since 02/2020, I think I started using this, maybe even 2019. I've been using it for a long time, and it's hands down the best, and that is HighLevel.
Right? HighLevel is it solves all of these things for us, and you everything that you need in one platform.
Instead of signing up for, like, twenty different softwares and gluing everything together with, like, Zapier, you get everything that you need in one platform. The calendars, the funnels, the service, the forms, the website, the funnel, everything in one platform.
Right? So with HighLevel, you get all of this in one platform. That's why high level like, most people are using high level because you you you save money, you get everything in one place.
You don't need to use SAPI for everything. And it starts at $97 per month, which is dirt cheap. Right?
If you could start a business back in the fifties or sixties or seventies for, like, $97 per month, not having, you know, renting, an office space and buying a bunch of products, you can literally start an online education business for $97 per month, but for all of this tech as well.
And I'm gonna make it even better for you because I prepared some really cool things for you I'll talk about soon. So HighLevel, everything you need in one platform. You get extended thirty day free trial.
If you just go to HighLevel right now and sign up, it's gonna be a fourteen day free trial. But I made a deal with HighLevel. So if you sign up using our link, you're gonna get gonna get an extended thirty day free trial.
You can cancel anytime. It's not gonna charge you a single dollar. And I will show you I will give you I'm getting a little bit ahead of myself, but I prefer something really cool for you.
All this you're gonna get all the settings and everything. And then it's only 9 to $7 a month. And again, you get an extended thirty day free trial when you sign up to HighLevel.
So if you go to course.com/highlevel, you you're gonna get that extended free trial.
And I also want to I'm gonna give you something here real soon. But let's just go to that page first. So if we just close all of the tabs here.
Here and you go to course.com/highlevel, you will be taken to this page which is a custom page. You can see my face here.
A friend of Max is a friend of ours. Right? So sign up today and enjoy a fourteen day.
No. You're gonna get an extended thirty day free trial, which is really, really, really cool.
So we're gonna sign up with this now really, really soon, but I'm also wanna and again, 100% transparency.
This is also an affiliate link. When you sign up to HighLevel and and with an extended free trial and you wanna continue using HighLevel, I get a kickback from that. Again, if you don't wanna do that, if you don't wanna sign up to the affiliate link, you can just go to highlevel.com, and you can sign up here, and you get a fourteen day free trial.
If you wanna use an extended one, you can use this. But I just wanna make it clear as well. If you're like, I don't like this random guy, Swedish guy.
I don't like I I don't like him. I I don't wanna skip the thirty day free trial. Use the fourteen day free trial so it's not the affiliate link.
100% do that. Like, honestly, if as long as you go through the training, I'm super, super happy.
Right? So feel free to use whichever one you want. But it's a cool benefit to use the link.
But here's the thing. I don't only wanna give you a thirty day free trial, I also wanna give you something. I wanna give you something pretty cool.
Right? So here's my gift to you.
I have built a custom built funnel for if you're a course creator or if you're course operator. Right?
So you don't have to sign up to HighLevel. Like, when I first signed up to HighLevel, I had to figure out everything from the ground up myself.
I had to figure out how does this tool work. I paid HighLevel, like, 1,500 or $1,000 per month just to get some consulting from them.
I even paid another guy who already knew high level. I paid him $1,500 per month as well for three months just to learn it.
And then I have paid designers, I've paid all of these different funnel builders and all of these different people. I invested a lot of my money to learn the software and build everything that I needed, which you don't have to do.
I'm just going to give that to you. So we have built a custom built funnel for you, which is a beautiful funnel and it works really good, and it's what our customers are using as well. So I and I put that price at, like, $1,500.
Like, I I don't even wanna know. Don't even ask me how much money I've invested into course, like, funnel designers and funnel builders.
Uh, it's a lot more than $1,500. So, uh, but let's say it's $1,500. Right?
So this is the beautiful funnel we're gonna give you. Right? Ready to launch an online course for your audience.
Right? So this is like the the operator funnel. You have a beautiful funnel, beautifully designed, and I will show you how to customize this as well.
And, uh, you will have a video there. We will talk about that as well. Uh, also, we custom built the actual calendar page for you.
Right? So where you have your calendar and all of the settings for that, and also then the confirmation page. When somebody books a call with you, we get them to a confirmation page.
Super minimalistic, super clean website. If you're an operator and use this, you're gonna be just seen as so much more professional.
And also, we have a custom funnel as well if you are a creator and you actually wanna sell your course. So we're giving you that. Also, we're giving you our pre built automations.
I put that at $250. It's literally a joke. Like, but, like, if if I were to put a price that it's worth $5,000, which I've I've invested more than $5,000 to, like, first of figure out how to build those automations, but then also what to write in the automations.
But if you if I put 5 k there, you would be like, oh, that's bullshit. But let's say $250 then.
Right? So, like, prebuilt automations. So these are basically automations.
When people are like when you're when somebody becomes a lead for you, we can send them automated texts and emails, and we prebuilt these automations for you. And we've given you everything you need and nothing you don't. We've even prewritten those automations for you.
It's it's in there, all of the copy. You just need to adjust a little bit. I'm gonna give you that.
Also, calendar sites sales pipeline and custom settings instead of high level, another $250. Again, that's a joke. Uh, I invested thousands of dollars just to learn it.
And then over the, now, seven or six years I've been using HighLevel, I'd, like, figure out all of the best settings to use specifically for the online education industry if you're a creator or an operator. So $250 for that.
I could like, yeah, you get the point. But, like, all of these settings and and and how to use it, I'm gonna give you that as well.
And then also a complete high level and course creator and operator training. Like, $3,000 for that.
Again, like, I invested probably close to $10,000 just to use HighLevel when I got started. And, obviously, you're getting a full training in here on not only all of the assets you need.
I'm gonna show you how to get all of these assets imported to your HighLevel account for free with one click. Everything is custom built for you. And then I'm gonna show you the training in this video on how to customize everything as well so you just can follow along and click everything I'm clicking and make it super simple for you.
And that I'm that's at least three k. That's like custom high level training with all of the assets you need specifically for online education.
You're getting this here for free. That's 3 k. So total value.
I'm basically giving you a gift here worth 5 k. So that's pretty cool. So if you wanna use the affiliate link, feel free to do so.
Even if you don't use the affiliate link, I will still give you my 5 k gift to you for free. So that's that. And so, yeah, total value, 5 k.
Well, and you get it for free. So we'll import all of these goodies into your high high level account now very, very soon in this video. But first, to be able to get all of these goodies, you need to have your own high level account with an extended thirty day free trial.
At least, that's what I recommend that you use. Right? So go to course.com/highlevel, and we're gonna sign up to this now.
So what you do is very, very simple. You click here. You go to course.com/highlevel.
Boom. This one. And then we are let me just double check here.
Yeah. So before we start going through everything, we just need to start a free trial. You click here, start and extend a free trial.
You can just put in your company name. You can just put in whatever. If you don't have a company, you can just put in whatever.
I put in my name. I put in my email.
And I'm gonna go through here and put in all my information, and then I will see you at the next step once that is done.
Now here's something I want to mention as well. When you sign up here for the extended thirty day free trial, they will pitch you that you will get a thirty day free trial for their highest plan. So it's gonna say $497 per month, almost $500 per month.
You do not need this plan. So I will show you. After you signed up for this, you're gonna get charged $0 per day, uh, today, and then I'm gonna show you how to downgrade this to the $97 plan.
So don't get scared that it says $500 here. You're gonna get the free trial for the full SaaS pro plan that you don't need.
I will show you how to downgrade this to the $97 plan when we sign up. But the only way to get this thirty day free trial is just that you get started with this, but I just wanna mention this. You won't need this.
I will show you how to downgrade. I'm gonna put in my credit card information here now, and I will see you on the inside. There we go.
Now it says, thanks for opening a trial. Then I'm just gonna click here to get started, and then it will load here for a little bit.
And then we are taken to the inside. Now I'm just gonna create myself a password here. So I'll put in my password.
I'll click on continue, then I will get a verification code sent to my Gmail. So let's do that as well.
Here, we have verify your email address. I'll get the code. I'll put that in here.
Then I'll put in my address. I will just go through all of this, and I'll see you once it's done. How do you plan to use HighLevel?
Here, we can say, um, it doesn't really matter. We can just put, I want to use high level for my own business now.
Even if you're an operator, that is fine. Here, we can just click on continue. It doesn't really matter.
How many customers do you have? We can say one, two, three. Here, we can just say set up my account.
Here, what you can do as well, your account is ready. I highly, highly recommend that you sign up to the onboarding call with HighLevel as well. It's 100% free, and it will just I can highly encourage you to do this.
For now, I'm not gonna do it because I will basically onboard you in this video, but 100% do this. It will give you a great introduction to HighLevel. When you do, say hi for me as well.
Say hi for Max. They're a super, super cool team. So you I highly encourage you that you do that.
For now, I'm just gonna click on not now. Take me to my account. And then we are basically set up.
So now before we start going through all of these different settings here, I am going to go back to the presentation, and we can take this step by step.
So let me just check here. Everything is good. Alright.
So you've started your free trial and we have signed up. Now what we're going to do is to continue.
Right? So now I wanna give you an overview of HighLevel and all of its settings. So I'm going to review the agency view as it's called, the different tabs, the different settings.
We're gonna customize to fill out your information. I wanna talk about Stripe and email and SMS, so we're not gonna worry about this for now. We'll get this fixed later in the training.
For now, we just need to focus on the basics and get everything set up, and that's basically it. So high level.
Right? First time I signed into high level, they're like, this is overwhelming. There's so many different things, and it took me, like, a long time and cost me a lot of money to figure out, like, what do I actually need to know about and what do I need do not need to know about.
So I will teach you everything that that you need to know about high level in this training and nothing you don't. And my promise to you is that at the end of this training, you will be a complete high level ninja. You will know as much about high level as I do.
And I've spent, I don't know, what is it, six or seven years using this platform now. So let's just dive right into it.
So let's go over all of the different tabs here, and I wanna show you everything that you need to know about and nothing you don't. So let's just start from the top.
GetFreeAI. Let's start with this. Right?
This is basically a promotion going on right now. You don't have to know anything about this. You can completely ignore this.
Summer offers, this is probably might not even be here when you're watching this. Do you need to know anything about this?
No. AI Suite, don't need to know anything about this.
We can ignore it. Ask AI. We can ignore this as well.
Don't need it. Alright? If we go to launch pad, here, we're gonna do all of this, like adding a brand logo, set up API domain, white label domain, email services, snapshot, all of these things.
We're gonna do this step by step in the training now as we progress, so you don't need to put any mental activity on this for now either. If you go into agency dashboard, this is where you can see a dashboard of how your financials are performing, and you can connect Stripe.
You will not even need to connect Stripe because we have to do payment through school, so you don't need to know anything about this neither. SaaS configurator. This is if you wanna resell high level as a SaaS or as a software.
If you don't know what that means, again, you don't need to know anything about that. Alright? So don't spend any time on this neither.
Prospecting, we don't need this neither. Like, you know, you notice.
Right? There's so many different things here that we don't even need. So I I just wanna highlight, like, so far, you don't really need to know anything about these ones.
Subaccounts. A subaccount is you do need though.
And I will show you how to set up the subaccount as we progress through through the training, and we will set and I I will give you this this template or this it's called the snapshot. So will get, you know, the website and the funnel and the automations.
All of that that I will give you, I will provide you with here a little bit very, very soon in the training. But here, we have the the subaccounts. And the way you should think about subaccounts is that right now, we're inside of the agency view.
If you click this drop down here, you can see that we have a the subaccount here called Coors LLC.
And we're in the agency view now. The agency view is where we have all of these settings. And then in the subaccount, that is where we are building the websites and the funnel.
So if you can think about a subaccount as a business. Right? If you're a course creator, you are we're gonna do all of these settings here, and then I'm gonna go over here as we're going through this training for, like, for all of for for the for your entire high level account.
Right? It's like the settings for your entire account. But then inside of a subaccount, that is for your individual business.
That's where we build the web site and the funnels. And, again, if all of that sounds confusing now, it's completely fine because as you go through this, again, my promise is that you will be an absolute course or a high level ninja, rather, as you've completed the training.
For now, I just want you to keep in mind, we have the agency view, which we're in right now. That's the overall settings. And then the subaccount is the individual business.
We're building the websites and the funnels. And if you're an operator, you might have a subaccount for your own operator business.
Then when you partner with a creator, you have a separate subaccount for the creator where you have their funnels, their leads, websites, etcetera. Right?
Then we have the account snapshots. So we I'm gonna give you our snapshots, like that custom build website that like, all of the best settings that you need specifically as your course creator and operator. I'm gonna give you that, so we can skip this for now.
Reselling, you don't need to know anything about. You can completely skip that.
Add ons, you don't need to know about this. Affiliate portal, you don't need to know anything about this neither. Template on this template library, now we get redirected here.
You don't, like, you don't need to use any of these, like, out of the box template because I'm gonna give you custom build templates specifically if you're a course creator and operators. All of that is already taken care of. Partners, don't need to know anything about this neither.
University, don't need to know anything about this neither. I think this is like training that they provide if you wanna learn more about high level, but you're literally going through this training now.
If you go through the university training, they will teach you about everything and all of this, and you'll be even more confused because you will be like, do I need this or do I need that? That's why you watch this training because they tell you, you don't need any of this. You only need to focus on these things.
Right? SaaS education, you don't need to know anything about that. Go ahead level swag.
This is why if you wanna buy some high level T shirts or if you wanna do that. Right?
Ideas, don't need to know anything about this neither. Can close that right away.
Mobile app, like, you can you don't need to know anything about this either. Desktop app, don't need this neither.
Like, app marketplace, can ignore this as well. So, like, just to talk about the mobile app.
Like, if you can basically you can resell high level as a software, which is a completely different business. And then you can have, like, your own app, and you can brand it as your own app, or you could have that as an app and give that to all of your customers.
If you wanna sell it as software instead, you can do that as a desktop app as well. Like, you don't need to we don't need any of this. Right?
So now, I basically walked you through this entire list, and I basically told you that the only thing you really need to be aware of is, like, the snapshots and subaccounts. Everything else here is we don't need. So now you might be like, okay.
I just signed up to the software. I don't need anything. Well, there are a lot of things that we do need as well.
So now if we go into settings here so, again, we're still here. Right?
We go went into the settings. Here under your profile, this is where you find you can upload a profile picture, your name, your phone number, your email, your password, all of this.
I can highly encourage you to just make sure that this information is correct. Under company, this is where you also have your company name, your email, your phone number, your website, what type of category you're in, your business address.
If we just scroll down here, you have your company address. Like, make sure that this information is correct.
White label advanced settings. We're gonna walk you through this later in the training. For now, just make sure that this company information is correct.
Team, this is basically if you wanna invite more users to it.
If you have a team, you can invite here and just click add users and invite more people into your account.
Not really that necessary or mandatory right now. I will show you how to do this later if you wanna invite more people like sales reps or stuff like that. For now, we can just keep this as is.
Billing, this is where you can see your subscription, right, and your payments and your wallet transactions and your notifications. So this is also where you can click here.
Click to modify or cancel your subscription. And if I click more here now, you can downgrade your plan. What I recommend that you do is that you downgrade the plan just like a day or two before it's about to up to charge for it.
So what I would do now, just go into your phone or do do a sticky note and just or in calendar event even, and just make a reminder for yourself to go in here and downgrade the plan in, like, twenty five days from now or twenty six days from now. So, yes, that is what I would would recommend that you do.
Obviously, you can skip the trial and pay right away if you wanna do that, which I wouldn't recommend. You can see that your trial ends in twenty nine days, and it will system automatically charge you when the trial runs out.
But I would just leave this for now, but just do a reminder for you for yourself to downgrade the subscription before the before it starts to pay, and you you need the $97 plan.
You need the cheapest plan. You don't need the $4.09 $7 plan or the $2.09 $7 plan. You only need the $97 plan.
And here, HIPAA compliant, all of these things, we don't need any of that. You don't need to be aware of any of that.
Phone integration, this is we're gonna do this later in the training.
We're gonna talk about this later, how you can integrate phone numbers, you can send text in automations, and same thing with email services as well.
This is we need to sign up with an email service so that you can start to send emails from your high level account as well. I will have a step by step click by click training exactly how to do that. Also, now, we don't need to do any of this.
System emails, this we can keep as is. Announcements, no, don't need to be aware of this.
Workflow premium features, we don't need that. Ask AI configuration, we don't need that.
I don't ever use that. Workflow external AI models, don't use that. Domain purchase, this we do need.
We're gonna buy a domain for you later so you can actually have your website and your funnel someplace on the Internet. You can buy a domain for as low as, I think, it's $10 per year or $15 per year, something like that. Uh, this is something we're gonna do later, but we don't have to do anything here right now.
Private integrations, you don't need anything. Affiliates, don't need anything.
Custom menu links, no Stripe, no API keys, no compliance, no labs, no audit logs, no media storage. We're gonna talk about this later inside of your actual subaccount. But here's the thing.
The reason why I wanna go through every single tab like this and just tell you that, no, you don't need this. You don't need this. You don't need this.
It's because I just wanna plant some seeds into your head so that you you might feel overwhelmed right now, which is great, by the way. If you feel overwhelmed, that means that you're learning.
But the reason why I wanted to to go through all of these tabs is just to show you that 95 of all of these different settings here, you don't need to worry about.
And that is what scares a lot of people when they sign up to HighLevel. The first time is, like, they see all of these different things, and they have no idea what to use or what not to use. And I just want you to be rest assured that I will show you everything, click by click, step by step.
I won't leave a single stone unturned. And all of these things that I told you that you don't need to know, like, honestly, like, I I don't use them myself. I am aware about them and how they works.
I never use them. So that's why I'm just telling you to just don't focus on that. So just to reiterate here, on the first page here, right, the only really thing you need to be aware of is, like, subaccounts and the snapshots.
I will show you how to set that up in a second. You can ignore everything else unless you want to buy some high level swag. And then under settings, it's mainly just the company, like my profile, the billing, the team.
We're gonna fix the phone integration, email services later, and that's about it. Yes.
So planting some seeds into your head, that's really, really good. Now let's continue.
Now what we're going to do is that we're gonna import this snapshot into your account.
So all of these goodies that I showed you before, right, the the website, the funnel, the automations, All of that is pre built for you, and we're gonna import that into your account with literally one click. So here's how we're going to do it.
You're gonna go to course.com/ghl, for go high level, dash snapshot. So you're gonna open this up, and we're gonna go into our browser, and I will just put that here, go ahead level snapshot, and then it will automatically import this into your account.
So do you want to import the core snapshot? Yes. Import now.
I will import it. I will click back to snapshots. And now we have our snapshot here.
And if I refresh the page, it should be available here.
So there we go. So here you have the snapshot that I'm giving you, the core snapshot, Max Pearson. And if we go back here to the instructions now, we are gonna go over the agents of you versus subaccount.
I just wanna make clear. I've already explained it to you a little bit, but the agency view is the admin view of your entire business. That's what I walked you through right now.
Right? All of these settings, that's in the agency view. And this is the admin account of all subaccounts.
Right? And this is where you set up settings for all of the sub accounts. So the agency view is let's say you're an operator and let's say you want to work with three clients.
Then in your agency view, that is where you can see all of your sub accounts. And each sub account is maybe you have one subaccount or you have one subaccount for your own business, and then you have three subaccounts for your three clients that you're working with.
In my opinion, you don't even need to work with three creators. If you can find one really good creator, that's what most people do, and you just make most of your money or all of your money from one creator. And if you're a creator yourself, you like, your agency view is the settings, and then you have one subaccount for your own business.
And that's literally it. So that's the difference between agency view versus subaccount. And, again, if that still feels a bit over weird, it's gonna make a whole lot of sense.
As we progress, you're gonna be an absolute high level ninja. Then in this in the subaccount is what you set up for an individual business.
Right? So this is for your new online course or your operator business. That is like one business.
If you're an operator, you have a subaccount for yourself and a subaccount for the course that you will launch with the creator. So and what I mean by an individual business, like, if you have a funnel or website and you start to generate leads or book calls, you don't you you want that to be in one place.
You only want all of leads for one offer in one place. And so if you're an operator, you have all of your leads for your operator business in one subaccount. And then when you launch a course for the creator, let's say you're partnering with an a real estate agent and you help them to launch their course and you generate leads for that real estate course, then, obviously, you don't wanna mix that with your own leads for people who are interested in your operator business.
Right? So that's that's what a subaccount is, and I will show you how to set that up here in just a sec.
So your new subaccount. Customize your new subaccount. Now let's go over the settings and review your new website funnel and automations.
So let me show you how to do this now. So what we want to do is when we signed up, if you go into subaccounts here, you can see that it created a subaccount for us kinda out of the box, and maybe you put in some information here.
What I would actually recommend that you do is that we can if I just click on this one now, you can click on it, and then you can click here actions.
And then you can click on load snapshot. We're gonna click on load snapshot, and you will choose snapshots.
And then you can select this one, imported core snapshot. I will click on that one, and I will click on proceed.
And then here, we select all of the assets. I'll click on proceed, and then we can click here as well.
Select all, and then click proceed again. And then I will just write confirm.
So now what's going to happen is that this subaccount that you set up once you were basically signing up to HighLevel, now we're just importing all of these, like, all of the prebuilt funnels, the automations, the websites, all of that stuff is now gonna be imported into your subaccount.
And now if you just exit out of this, and just go back here, if I click here now in this drop down menu, and if I go into this actual subaccount now, right, again, we're in the agency view.
I click this drop down. I click into my subaccount. Now if I go into sites here, I just wanna check that we got the goodies that we wanted.
So now we're inside of a subaccount. I'm gonna walk you through this here in a second as well. If I just go to sites and I click skip for now, you can see that we have funnels, course creator funnel and course operator funnels.
So that means that you've successfully imported this snapshot or this template into your subaccount. So now, with one click, you've literally imported all of the settings, all of the assets, the websites, the funnels, the automations, the calendars, everything that you need, you literally just import it now into your into your own subaccount with one click.
So now you just basically built a bunch of stuff for your subaccount worth thousands of dollars and years of trial and error from my end. You just get that with one click. Pretty cool.
So, also, what I wanna do before we go any further in this, it's a little bit back and forth, but that's how it goes when we're setting up tech. I want you to click this drop down menu here again, and I want you to go back to the agency view.
So click back to the agency view. And this is something I know it was a bit confusing for me when I got started. It's like the agency view and the and the the subaccount, what's the difference?
Again, agency view is all of your admin settings. The subaccount is for your business. So now I wanna make sure that you're inside of the agency view here.
Right? So we're in here. And then I want you to go to settings again, and then I want you to go to team.
And then you click on yourself here, and you click on this button here. And then you go to roles and permissions.
And then here on the subaccounts, I want you to add yourself to your subaccount. And then click on save so that you've added yourself to that subaccount.
Right? Makes sense? Just to make it super, super clear again, inside of agents view, go to settings, you go to team, you go to your your own name here, click on edit, roles and permission, and make sure that you're added to that subaccount.
Alright? Once that is done, we can go back into the subaccount, and you can also pin this subaccount if you want to, so it's always on top there.
Not mandatory because you're probably not gonna have too many, but you get the point. I click into my subaccount again, and now we're inside of the subaccount.
So before I go any further, I just wanna make sure that I'm not skipping any steps here. Alright. So now what I want to do is that I wanna give you an overview of the subaccount as well and tell you about everything that you need to be aware of and nothing you don't.
And as we progress through this training, again, you're gonna be an absolute high level ninja. So let's just start from the top. Again, here, the drop down menu, we're inside of the subaccount now.
If you're going to ask AI honestly, I've never used this myself ever. Like, if I wanna use AI, I use Claude, and that's what I recommend.
We're gonna talk about Claude later in this training and how you can use Claude to do amazing stuff. So I wouldn't use this.
Right? Launchpad. This is basically just telling us what we need to get done.
All of this, we're gonna get done for you as we progress through the training, so we don't really need to spend a lot of time here. Dashboard, this is where you can see some overview and some data of your subaccount.
This is now just some dummy data. Don't really need to be aware of this either. We can customize this later.
For now, this is it's just a dashboard for some data. Right?
How many leads do you have? How many calls do you have? And all of that stuff.
Don't need to spend any attention on that. Conversations, though, is a pretty cool tab.
So here, what happens in here is that you can do all of your communication with your leads that you're generating and potential clients in one place. So if you send an email and if somebody replies your email, you will see all of that here. You can respond to them.
If you send a text message, like an e like, somebody replies to a text that you're sending and they reply to it, you will see all of those messages here as well. So you can basically communicate from all of your different channels in one place, and we'll talk more about this later.
But the conversations tab is a pretty cool place. All of your leads and when they when they respond to your emails, you can respond to them from one place.
Calendars. Let's talk about that. We are going to connect your calendar to this later so that we can generate sales calls.
Right? If you're a course creator, you are going to connect your own calendar here or your sales rep's calendars that we will talk about later as well.
You will you will we will connect your calendar here so we can get booked calls to our Google Calendar that will or Outlook calendar. I will show you how to set that up. And, also, if you're an operator, you also need to be aware of how to do this because you are going to set up a calendar so that you can get calls to talk with educational creators to potentially partner with them, but you also need to set this up for the creator side of things later as well when you start to do the service delivery for them.
So more on this later. Contacts. This is where you will have a list of all of your contacts, all of your leads.
Right? So here, we're gonna have see, we can have some dummy data right now. I'm actually just gonna highlight all of these, and I'm just gonna delete them because this is just some example data.
You can see, like, the name. You can see their phone number. You can see their business name, etcetera.
Etcetera. I'm just gonna delete this now because we don't need any dummy data in here. But every single time you generate a lead into your funnel or if you use a lead magnet, as we'll talk about later as well, you will see all of those contacts here, and we can then email them, and we can communicate with them, and we can book calls for them, and we can sell them.
Right? So these are the contacts. It's basically just a place where you see all of your leads.
Opportunities, this is a sales pipeline. And what that means is that now they actually have different pipelines in here, which I don't want.
I don't know why they set up, like, an an example pipeline for us. I'm actually gonna like, if you change this to the sales pipeline, this is the one that I prepared for you.
So when we get a lead, all of these different contacts will be populated here. When you get a booked call, they get populated here. When we need to follow-up with them, they get populated here.
And if we close them, they get populated here. But we don't want this other pipeline here, marketing pipeline. So we can actually go into pipelines here, and then I can do the marketing pipeline here, and I can just delete the marketing pipeline.
I'm gonna write here. Delete. Just delete.
So you only keep the sales pipeline. So if you go back to opportunities here now, you can see that we just have one simple pipeline.
And this pipeline will be updated automatically. Every single time you get a new lead, you they will populate in here. Every single time you get a booked call, they will be populated in here.
So you can get an overview of, like, okay. Here's all of the leads. I should probably reach out to the people to get them on a booked call.
When they when you get them on a call, either you close them or you need to follow-up with them, or maybe they're not interested. And then I will show you how to to clean up this pipeline as well.
The pipeline is just like an overview of our business. What people do we have that are interested, what people do we to book to call, who do we need to follow-up with, and who have actually closed into a customer. Right?
Payments, you don't need to worry about this because we're gonna do the payments through school. So you don't need to worry about this at all.
There's a bunch of things we can do. We're in contracts. Can ignore all of this.
AI agents, can ignore about as well. Don't need to know anything about this. Marketing, if we go into next, this is where you can send emails.
Right? So you can have they have a social planner here as well. Uh, I don't use that.
Like, if you wanna plan out your social media contents and auto post it, you can do that here. It's integrated in HighLevel. I don't use it.
I post just manually on YouTube and Instagram, etcetera.
Or if you have yeah. You it's a social planner if you wanna use it. Then we have emails here.
This is where you can send your email newsletter. Right? So you can send emails to your list to generate more calls, which is really, really good, which we're gonna talk about later in the training as well on how to do that.
It's very simple. We just go into campaigns. You can create a new campaign, and you can send emails to your list.
Very, very powerful. We're talk about that later in the training when we come to to promotions.
Snippets, countdown timers, trigger links, affiliate manager, brand boards, ad manager, can ignore all of this. Really, the only thing I use under marketing is just sending emails to my list.
Right? And I'll talk about that later how we do that as well in the training. Automation.
So here, we built out certain automations for you. So we have one new lead for creators and one new lead for an operator, and we also have appointment confirmation and reminders.
So we will go through these automations in detail when we get there. So if you go into the appointment confirmation reminder here, for example, I would recommend enabling auto save.
And you can see here, we've built out an automation for you. And don't be fooled by the simplicity. Right?
I'm one of those individuals that used to build the most complex automations. It's like, if this happens, then we do that.
And then, like, the most complex automations you can think of. And I invest a lot of money to to learn it, only to realize that simplicity scales where complexity fails.
So the more complex automations you have, it normally breaks, and it becomes very unpersonalized. And I invested all of this money and all this time to just realize that we should keep it super simple. So don't be fooled by the simplicity of this.
Right? The simplicity is what makes it work and makes it work a lot better. And if you would do this alone, you would probably wanna build out the most complex to automate everything.
But, like, automation, it's it's just makes it unpersonalized, and it stops working, and it's a headache to work with.
We would just wanna keep it super, super simple. But this is, for example, the automation where somebody books a call. We send a confirmation email twenty four hours before the appointment.
We send a reminder, and then a reminder an hour before and five minutes before. We send out the links to join the actual sales call we will have, all of these things. So we will cover those automations in detail later in the training.
For now, I just wanna let you know that this is where we have our automations. Insights, this is where we have our funnel.
Right? And this is where we also have our forms. We'll go through in detail as we go through the training.
So if I just open up the operator funnel here, for example, you can see if I just preview these pages, we built a beautiful funnel for you. Right? Landing page with a headline, sub headline, video.
We have an opt in form here as well. I will show exactly how how we customize all of this. But if you're an operator, all of these headlines and everything is basically exactly what you need.
And if we go into the you can open up the next page as well. We have the schedule page here.
Right? We will have a calendar underneath here, a call confirmation. When somebody booked a call, we take them to a call confirmation page.
I've also prepared, like, the terms of service page, a beautiful terms of service page, done for you out of the box. Also, privacy page here, completely done for you out of the box, so you don't need to do any of that.
And then also, if we go into the creator funnel here, it's very, very similar. So we have the lander.
Looks like this. Very, very similar. Opt in form as well.
But here, we obviously need to customize the headlines a little bit. If you're an operator, right, the only thing you're doing as an operator is that you wanna you wanna bring educational creators here to partner with them to help them launch their course.
So, hence, ready to launch your online course for your audience. You have the audience, that expertise.
I handle everything else, the course, the tech, the sales system, the team. Right? So this is the fund we use to partner with an educational creator.
And for the actual creator, here, we need to adjust, obviously, the headlines. Like, if it's a real estate agent, we need to or a real estate agent course. It's, like, for your audience, and it's a headline for your audiences and a sub headline and then a custom video for them as well.
Right? So, again, I'm just giving you a quick overview of everything. We can go through everything in detail as we progress.
Websites, we only use a funnel. Like, the funnel is the website.
Stores, webinars, analytics, blogs, WordPress, client portal, don't really need to focus on any any any of these. Forms, though, we are going to focus on. So here we have forms for your calendar forms and your opt in forms.
I will show you how to customize those or, actually, they're built for you. They're already done, so you don't really need to customize them. Service, quizzes, chat, we did create we can ignore all of that.
So, again, I'm just planting seeds now, just making sure that we we go through everything. Memberships, don't need that. We use school for memberships.
And, also, here, HighLevel has their own kind of membership platform. It's it's basically a copy of Skool. That's basically what it is.
And Skool is just a million times better. HighLevel is amazing for the back end systems, but for hosting your your membership or your course on HighLevel, Skool is just a million times better million times better.
Media storage, this is where you can upload images and videos. I will show you how to do that later in the training as well. Reputation, don't really need that for now.
Reporting, don't really need that for now. App marketplace, don't really need that for now neither. So if you go into settings, here you have your business profile.
This is where you put in your your business profile. This is important. So go through all of this information.
Make sure you have all of the right the right information here. Again, if you don't have a business website yet, I'm gonna show you how to set that up.
Your own domain, it's gonna be fun. If you haven't never set up a domain or website before, I will show you how to do that very quickly and easily now in the upcoming videos or in this video and later in this video. Make sure that your address is correct.
Fill out your business information. Fill out your authorized representative. Fill out as much as you can.
If you don't have a business right now, it's fine. Just put in everything that you can put in.
Here, can keep this as is, can keep everything as is here as well. Then if you go to my profile, here, make sure that this information is correct also, the correct information here, Everything here with calendars and all of this stuff, we're gonna set up later in the training.
And all of these settings as well for your calendar, we're gonna set all of this up later. Building, you can ignore that.
Again, the building for high level is done under it, under the agency view. Right? Opportune my staff as well here.
If you wanna invite some somebody on your team to your actual subaccount here, you can add a user. Very simple. Name, email, phone number, permissions, etcetera.
You just invite them. I recommend just giving them like, if you have somebody on your team, give them an admin role. They can access everything.
That's basically the staff. Opportunities and pipelines, you don't need that. Calendars, we're gonna set up calendars later.
I'm gonna go we have a separate I will go in-depth into how to set up the calendars. I've already prepared the partnership expiry expiration call if you're an operator and the strategy session if you're a creator.
I will walk you through that. Email services as well. We're gonna set this up click by click, step by step later in this training also.
Uh, phone system, we will set this up later as well. Uh, if you wanna connect WhatsApp, uh, to your account, um, you can do that.
I personally don't. I know that in a lot of Latin American countries, a lot of those countries use WhatsApp. So if you wanna connect that, you can do that here.
Objects, don't need to worry about object fields. No custom values.
Gonna talk about that a little bit later. But for now, don't really need to think about that. Import data, no.
Manage scoring, Domain and URL redirects, this is where you can purchase a domain. We're gonna do this later.
You can purchase a domain here for, I think it's like $10 or $15 a year so that you can show your your website on the Internet. Right?
So we're gonna I'm gonna show you how to do this later. External tracking, no. Don't need to worry about that.
Integrations, don't need to we're gonna connect your Google Calendar here later or your Outlook calendar. We're gonna talk about that later.
There's so much stuff here. Like, you we don't need that 99% of it. So that's why I would just wanna walk you through here.
Just again, I know that I'm overwhelming you with this now, but just take it in. I'm just planting seeds into your head. We're going go through all of these things that I'm all the things that I'm telling you that you need to know about.
I'm going to walk you through literally click by click, step by step as we progress. Private integrations? No.
Tags? No. Labs?
No. Audit logs? No.
Brand boards? No. Right?
That's the quick overview of the subaccount. Right?
So let's just finalize this now. And, yeah, let's just finalize this portion now.
Again, we're progressing super fast. All of these things that I've went through through now took me literally, like, years to figure out and a bunch of money. And so we're progressing very fast here.
Remember, you signed up to school. Have free trial with school. You have signed up to HighLevel.
You have a free trial with HighLevel. You have imported the snapshot. You have a website.
You have a funnel. You have the automations. You have the calendar settings, all of the system settings, and you're getting a training on click by click, step by step exactly how to set all of this up.
Like, if you you're progressing extremely fast. For somebody who doesn't have this training, they will it will take them months, if not years, to figure this out that you can do in a day.
It's it's absolutely nuts. So just soak it in. If you get overwhelmed, take a breather.
Take ten minutes, fifteen minutes. Go for a walk or something. But just the faster you can go through this, the better.
Right? Just stick to it. Right?
At the end of this training, you will have you will be high level ninja. So this is again, this is just now just brain dumped a bunch of stuff into your brain. It's gonna be in there, and as we progress, everything is gonna make a lot more Right?
And we're gonna circle back to all of these things that we need to do now as we progress through the training. Now let's talk about how to get help and support when it comes to high level and all of these things. Right?
First of all, this training. Right? The best and easiest way to solve a problem is to watch this training in its entirety.
Right? I've spent countless of hours to making sure that I don't miss a single detail, taking everything literally step by step, click by click. Right?
So if the the easiest way just to learn and get help and support how to use HighLevel, just watch this training and take everything step by step, click by click. Also, we have HighLevel has twenty four seven chat support as well.
So if I miss the detail or if you don't find an answer to something then HighLevel's twenty four seven chat support is your best option. You find it inside of HighLevel. So instead of HighLevel at the top right corner, they have, like, a question.
Mark, let me just show you what that looks like. Like, up in here. Right?
Here. Need help. Just click that, and you can get chat support instantly.
It's pretty good. Then also so we have the training. We have the chat support.
They also have a support portal, which is a pretty cool one. It's written guides, articles, and videos, and you can easily search for a problem and then find a guide there. I will show you that in a second.
Do you need this, though? No. Because you have this video training you're going through.
And, like, I'm showing you everything click by click, step by step. But if if there's a certain thing, you're like, I really wanna figure that out. I'm interested in this AI thing or whatever it might now be.
You can just go to help.gohelab.com. You can search for it, and they will have amazing guides written for you there. Weekly workshops.
I do weekly workshops every single week where I go over the creator and the operator model.
You can go to course.com/masterclass, and I also host q and a sessions in there. So if you wanna join me as of right now, I do them every Saturday.
It might change in the future. But if you wanna join one of these, like, week workshops where I talk about all of this stuff and more, and you can jump on and ask me questions as well, and I do, like, an a workshop there, I would recommend that you complete the streaming first, though.
Complete the streaming first, and then you can join the master class if you want to. But that's a great space to join, and and I do q and a there. I sit for, like I do the training for, like, forty five minutes to an hour.
I do, like, fifty minutes q and a before before we start, and then I normally hang around for, like, thirty to forty five minutes, sometimes even an hour just answering questions. So that's the thing you can join as well at course.com/masterclass. And then we also have the the actual hour paid program.
Right? So if you wanna proceed even faster, you can go and check out our like, you can go to course.com/start. But, like, don't do that now.
Like, I'm gonna give you so much for free here and set all of this stuff up. If you're somebody who's just like, hey. I this guy, Max, I love him.
I wanna work with him right now. Go to course.com/start,book a call, and let's get started.
But if you're somebody who's like, you're just getting started now, just complete this training first. Do that. Right?
And then you can make up your mind if you wanna take it even further. I'm gonna give you so much in this training and in workbook that I'm giving you, 55 pages, that you can like, you can learn so much. I wish that I had this when I got started.
Right? But here, you have the high level support. You can click on this one, health.gohighlevel.com.
Now here, we have the here, you can just search for whatever thing that you're interested in, and they have, like, guides on how to do stuff. That's basically it. But, again, will you need it?
No. Because I'm gonna show you click by click, step by step how to do everything inside of this video. We also have the master class.
Again, if you open that up, as of right now, it looks like this. Right? So if you wanna go and check that out, you can sign up for the master class.
It's a live workshop. Gonna have one now in in about a day from now, twenty three hours.
And then you also have our start page if you just wanna go and you're interested and just wanna support with us and just get even more help and even more support and work closely with me and all of that. You can go to course.com/start to do that.
Yes. Alright. That's basically it.
Now before we continue, the next step we're going to do is that we're gonna set up your domain, which is gonna be a lot of fun. But before we do that, let's just take a breather, and let's get a little bit inspired so we're not just in the trenches just taking in a bunch of stuff all the time, overwhelming our brains.
Let's just listen to a success story really quick from Hunter, and then we continue. Super quick one. Just take Hunter Otis as an example.
When he started working with us, he was struggling with his online coaching business. And today, he's generating over $50,000 per month consistently with his online course using just a small advertising budget of $2,500
per month. I was probably doing between 5 and 10 k a month. Very distracted, pulled in a ton of different directions, a lot of uncertainty and difficulty figuring out the model, like, where pricing and what I was gonna do.
We ironed that out. Max was like, dude, you hit $30,000 in a month. Yeah.
Coming to the farm, and I'm gonna come and visit you. Eight weeks on the dot, like, literally to the day I hit 30 k in a month. And just this last week, you guys came to Missouri.
We filmed a video and just had an amazing time.
Pretty cool story. Like, it's funny because I sort of worked with Hunter, he was like, I wanna go to 30 k, and I'm gonna do it in three months. And I was like, okay.
Let's put that as a goal, but let's see how what happens. And he was like, he was actually at one of our in person events here in Miami, and he left the door.
And the last thing he told me is like, yeah. I'll do it in three months. And literally on the dot literally, the ninety days from when he walked out that door, he did it.
And then scaled it to 55 k, and now he's on path to make over a 100 k. So it's just a little ins inspiration story. It's always fine or fun to kinda include that in between.
Alright. It is possible. It's, like, I guess, what I'm trying to say.
Now what we're going to do is that we're gonna set up your domain. Right? And this is fun to do.
Like, if you've never set up a domain before, it's it's a cool feeling the first time you you launch something on the Internet. You have your own website or own funnel. So let's do that right now.
Right? So go high level domain. The easiest way to get a new domain is to buy directly from within high level.
Right? That way, you don't have to do anything with, like, name servers or Cloudflare or all of these different things.
So we know whatever that means. Like, you don't have to. If you buy it in HighLevel, it's like you click a button, you pay for it, 10 or $15, and you get your domain.
It's super simple, and it connects directly to your account. So let me show you how to do that in one sec. Others.
If you already have a domain or another domain registrar, if you already bought domains before, have Namecheap or GoDaddy or whatever you use, then you can also import that domain into your high level account. But it will take time.
It will be a process. It takes time to kinda move over the domain.
So the easiest thing to do is just to buy a domain. Also, don't overthink the domain name. Like, I used maxpearson.com for, like, a super long period of time.
It always works. It's a classic, and it and it's timeless. And then we're gonna connect the domain to your funnel as well.
So let me show you how to complete that. Now if you are, you know, if you're building a course, even if you are like, you're running a YouTube channel.
If you're a creator, right, your YouTube channel is in your name. Your Instagram is in your name. It just makes sense to have your website in your name as well.
Right? And even if you're a real estate building a course about real estate investing, let's say, you can 100% have your funnel in your name.
People who find you on social media or when you run ads, they're all gonna see your name anyways. So just having your domain in your name makes a whole lot of sense. If you have a specific brand, though, like like, I use maxpearson.com for the longest period of time, then we rebranded it to course.
And now we have course.com. Right? But don't overthink this.
Right? And if you're an operator, 100% use your name. If you're an operator and you can have a a funnel and a website for yourself, either you just call it your name, like maxpatient.com, or another thing that people do is just, like, your initials and, like, media.
So I can do, like, MP media or I can do whatever. Like, you can just MP agency or MP operating.
Like, you know, don't overthink it. But your name is just very, classic, and having a .com domain just makes it everybody's used to .com. So and that's what I recommend.
So let's just go through it and set up a domain. Make sure that you're inside of your actual subaccount. Right?
And then go into so we're inside of the subaccount. You go to settings, and then you go into domains and URL redirects.
And then we are going to purchase a domain. So here, can just search for domain. So let's say I wanna have, like, mpmedia.com.
Let's see if that's available. I've basically bought all of the different MaxPierre's at once. So MP Media is not available.
I'm just gonna do, like, MaxPierce on media, see if that works.
Alright. You get the point. I'm just gonna buy domain now because so I can use this in in in this in this tutorial, it sounds right.
So I can just click here, $11 a year, supersimple.com. I recommend the.com. Click buy, and I am basically just gonna agree to this, and I will click pay, $11.
There we go. So now it's maxspiritualmedia.com has been purchased.
Now it's just gonna load here a bit. It might take a little bit of time. Just gonna refresh the page.
And here we can see it. Now it's green. Really, really good.
And then I can click on manage here, and you haven't connected any product yet, DNS records, advanced settings, auto renew.
Don't really need to do anything here. If I click on connect product, though, I wanna click on funnel or website.
So I'm gonna click on connect, and I wanna use my domain. Click on continue.
Connect your subdomain. Also, add here. Yes.
You wanna do click w w w. So just follow along what I'm doing right now. Right?
Gonna click on continue.
Then it says your domain is already authorized, and we can do this.
So we wanna add those records. Yes. We wanna add the records.
And once that is done, then we can connect this to a funnel. So if you're an operator, you're gonna connect it to your operator funnel. If you're a creator, you're gonna connect it to your creator funnel.
So let's say I'm just gonna I'm just gonna click the it doesn't matter. Like, it doesn't matter which one I use because it's gonna be the same process for for either or. So you just connect it to your funnel, and then step number one is fine.
And then error page, you can just select the here, you just wanna make sure as well. If you connect it to the operator funnel, that's good.
And then just connect it to my operator lander here as well. Right?
If you're a creator, you obviously connected to your creator funnel and your lander as the creator funnel there as well. Right? Click on proceed to finish.
And there we go. Everything is done. So in just a couple of clicks now, if I open up a new page here, if I go to maxpearsonmedia.com on the Internet, voila.
I just set up my first website. You just get your first website in a couple clicks. And if I go to www.maxpearsonmedia.com, it should be redirected to the non w version, which it does, which is great.
And can see that we have HTTPS as well. So we have SSL, which is just basically it's a secured website. So you just basically fast tracked yourself for months, maybe even a year, and you didn't have to pay a bunch of money to design a website.
You just got it done in a couple of clicks. Don't like, I don't don't forget about that, like, how fast you're progressing. It's pretty cool.
And you're getting it custom customly specifically for this opportunity as a course creator or or as an operator.
Beautiful website, if I have to say say it myself. And it's super simplistic, and that's what we want.
Right? We just want headline, sub headline, video, opt in form, and that's it.
So now we've done that. Also, what I wanted to cover here is like if you want to pull in the domain you've already bought from another Namecheap or GoDaddy, what you do then is that you connect a domain, and you can let's see here.
Purchase or transfer domain. So if you wanna transfer a domain, you can click here on transfer in, and you can just go through the steps. I do not recommend this, though.
It's like, you can 100% do it. There's nothing wrong with it. It's just that it's a process.
It takes probably four to five business days minimum to, I would say, ten days.
It's probably four to five days. Four or five days to get it transferred in. So if you've already bought a domain name ship, you can transfer that in into your high level account.
The easiest way and the fastest way is literally just to do what I did. You just buy domain, and and and it's, uh, and it's done. Alright.
Cool. Now let's that's basically that.
So we can also now just go back here to our sites. So make sure you go back into sites here. And then inside of funnels, for me here, just set up the operator funnel.
You can see here now if I go into settings that we have our funnel here now or domain rather inside of our funnel. We're gonna adjust all of this now as we progress, and the next step we're going to do is going to be about email setup, uh, which is gonna be a lot of fun.
But before we do that, again, let's take a little breather. Let's listen into David Goldman, and, um, we can, uh, just get a little bit inspired as well before we continue to the next step.
Take David Goldman as an example. We helped him start, run, and grow his first ever online course business from scratch. And today, David is generating over $55,000 every single month consistently,
ranking in the top 1% of earners on school with very high profit margins, all by following our road map, systems, and strategies. I don't think I could have done it without you all. I was running four med spas that I own.
I had a baby on the way. I needed foundation.
Max is the reason that my course has been so successful and that we are in the 1% earner of school. It's because of Max.
Max helped me with the road map and also pushed me. His course is incredible. And if you're looking to up scale your life, you need to join course immediately.
Pretty cool. And David is making, like, over 80. I think I think it's, like, 70 or $80,000 a month right now, which is super cool.
So he's even making more than since we made this little bit just snippet here. Hey. Super quick.
If you're somebody who want to become a course creator or a course operator and get more help and support and get there faster and easier, then you can book a an advisory call with my team by going to course.com/star. And we've literally helped thousands of people by now to start running growth successful online courses as creators or as operators.
So on this call, we will explain exactly how we do that, how it works, and how we can help you with some more one on one support as well. So if that sounds interesting, you can go to course.com/start, and we will see you there.
Now let's dive into the email setup. But before we do this, I also just want to remind you to keep going through the workbook. Right?
And we have the checklist. So as you're going through all of these different steps, make sure to check off the entire checklist that you've signed up to HighLevel, you've imported the snapshot, you've reviewed the agency view and customized the company settings, you uploaded your logo, you purchased the domain, you've connected your domain to your subaccount, to your funnel, all of these things.
And now we're at the email step. Right? So we're gonna set up the Google Workspace with a professional email address.
We're gonna set up a dedicated sending domain as well. We're gonna do all of these different steps. So as you progress through this checklist, make sure that you are checking it off.
And, uh, you can see we're only on page seven so far. Like, as we later in this workbook, we're gonna go through a bunch of very, very powerful exercises for you to implement when it comes to, uh, your prelaunch offer, your presale offer, your traffic, your promotions, your sales, your course, all of these different things.
But we take it step by step and, uh, make sure that you, best case scenario, you have this printed out and, uh, keep checking it off as we progress. Alright. Let's talk about the email setup.
So here's the thing. Professional email. Instead of using, like, maxpearson@gmail.com, I use maxp@course.com.
Right? It looks a lot a lot more professional. Like, specifically or especially when you're about to sell online course, you're gonna email prospects.
Like, if you are an operator and you're gonna partner with an educational creator who has 100,000 Instagram followers or even 50,000 or maybe a million Instagram or YouTube followers, It just looks a lot more professional if you have a professional email when you're connecting with them and also that you have a website that has the same domain as your email and as your funnel.
It just looks a lot better. Same thing if you're a course creator. You're launching your own course.
If you start selling people into your online course for $2.03, $4.05, maybe even $10,000, and then you're sending the emails from a Gmail, it just doesn't have the best look. And there is a solution to that, and that is Google Workspace.
It is hands down the best if you ask me. It gives you everything that you need. Not only do you get a professional email, but also you get Google Meet that you will use for your sales calls.
It gives you a calendar for your sales calls, Google Drive for all your files and resources, and Google Docs and Sheets, which is absolutely a no brainer, especially when you wanna start running and grow an online course. You have different resources in there, and it's only $8 a month. And it's pretty cheap.
So let's get you signed up. If you haven't done this before, it's just an absolute no brainer.
I'm not affiliated with this in way, shape, or form. I just wanna mention that as well. It's just it it's it's a huge core back it's like one of the biggest backbones of the business is having Google Workspace in place in in in place.
And when you start to onboard new setters and new closers, people are gonna take sales calls for you. You can simply give them a professional email from Google Workspace as well.
So let's get you signed up. I'm gonna walk you through this process. It's very, very simple.
You simply go to you can just Google Google Workspace and see where it takes us. Right here.
Workspace.google.com. This is it. And you want to make sure that we click on you can see here, $7 a month, $14 a month, $22 per month.
You will not need like, you can see here, the only difference is that you're getting more storage in your Google Drive. So if you want more storage, you can pay more, but, like, you only need it's even $7.
So I'm gonna click on the $7, and it gives you 30 gigabytes of storage to begin with. You can always upgrade later.
And then it says, like, upgrade this account. I'm actually gonna create a new account. And then business name, I can just call this one, like what should we call it?
I can just call it Max Pearson for now. If you I would call this your domain. So I would call it yeah.
I'm gonna just gonna call it Max Pearson for now. I'm gonna say it's just me for now, United States, And then these are my details I have for now.
Get a new custom domain or set up your existing. So we already purchased the domain, so I'm gonna click on continue with this method. And the domain that I bought was maxpearsonmedia.com.
Correct? Right? So this is the domain that I would use.
I'll just put put my domain there. Click on next. And use this domain for the account, maxpearsonmedia.com.
Yes. I want that. And then username.
I'll just put my first name. So my email will be max@maxpearsonmedia.com. Pretty simple.
I will create a password here, And I will reiterate it here. Let's actually do like that.
I click on agree and continue, And then it's gonna load here for eight seconds.
And then it takes us to the Try Google Workspace for fourteen days. It's $8 per month. And if you do annual, you can save it down to 7.
I'm just gonna keep it on monthly for now though. You can choose whatever you want to, and then I will click on start a trial.
And then I will have to put in my name and e d r s or address, email and address, or name and address, and I will also have to put in my credit card details. So I will just pause the recording now, fill that out. You should do the same, and then I will see you on the on the inside after this is done.
So now the next step after I filled out my address and my credit card details, it asked me to it also asked me if I wanna add more users to it. If you have if you wanna invite somebody on your team to get an access to like, have a similar email as well, you can do that here. For now, I'm gonna skip this for now.
I will show you how to do this later if you wanna do that later as well. You can add more users anytime inside the admin console.
I'm gonna click on skip for now. And then what we will do is that let's just set up your domain.
Let's get started. And then we want to switch to manual verification.
And here, we want to select that we use. We don't we select other here in this drop down, and then we click on continue.
And then what we're going to do is that we're gonna add some a DNS record inside of HighLevel. So the way we do that is that we go back to our HighLevel accounts. We are in the subaccount.
We go into settings. We go into let's see here.
Domain and URL redirects right here. We click on manage under our domain. And then here, it says DNS records.
We're gonna click on that. And here, we're gonna add a new DNS record. So we're gonna do a TXT record here, and we're gonna copy this content.
And so I'm gonna add a record, type. We're gonna add to TXT.
I'm just gonna place that thing here, and then we can use an at sign for this and auto here. Right?
So TXT and at sign, and then whatever you get, the string you get here, I'm gonna copy here into content. I'm gonna click on save.
And then we have added the TXT record right there. Once that is done, I will simply click on down here to confirm and then click on confirm here.
And then it's going to take a few minutes here. It was pretty much instant.
Your domain is verified. Great. Then we're gonna click on activate Gmail, and then click on continue.
And then we're gonna click on proceed to activation. And then we're gonna add another record instead of high level, and It's gonna be an MX record. So here, it's gonna be an MX record, and we are going to have a priority number one, and we're gonna redirect it to mail server to this one.
So I'm gonna copy this, and then we go into high level. I'm gonna click on add record here again.
This time it's gonna be an MX record. And the name, we can set to an at again.
Mail server is gonna be what we just copied from here. Right? And then priority is gonna be one, and TTL is gonna be auto.
And then we click on save. There we go. And then I click on down here again.
So I confirm, and I confirm that this is done.
And then it's gonna take pretty much instant. Here again, boom.
Gmail is activated. So now we have that done. So now, what we can do is optional setups.
Okay. That's pretty much done now then. Explore premium workspace features.
We can click here, get started and we can I'm not sure yet.
We can just go through this. I'm not sure yet. I'm not sure yet.
Continue.
So, actually, what we wanna do now is we're gonna go to admin.google.com.
I'm not sure why they don't redirect us there automatically, but admin.google.com. And then what we can do is that we can log in to our new email. So you can see here at max@maxpearsonmedia.com, and then I can log in.
Welcome to your new account. Click understand. And now, we're inside of the admin console.
And then, I can click on let's see here.
Cancel here. So I just wanna show you what we just did.
If I go to gmail dot com right now, and if I change my email here now, you can see that I have max@maxpearsonsmedia.com. So if I open that up, you can see that I have a completely new email address.
And I can turn on the smart features here if I want to. Sure. I can do that.
Absolutely. Why not? Reload.
So now, I have a completely new Gmail account with my domain. Right?
So if I send an email here to someone, it's gonna be sent from max@maxpearsonmedia.com. So now we have a professional email. Literally took us I don't even know how long it took, five minutes?
Pretty insane. Right? And we've signed up to the cheapest plans.
We don't have to do anything with that. And, also, what you can do here later if you want to is that you can click on users here and manage, and then you can add more users here.
So add new user, and you can then invite more people to have an email under your company email as well later later on if you want to. But not only did we get a professional email now, if I go to drive.google.com, and just wanna make sure that I have the correct here.
Right? So I'm in logged in on my new domain. Now we have a Google Drive with 30 gigabytes of storage.
So here now we can create, you know, create Google Docs, Google Sheets. We can do folders. We can upload videos in here.
We can upload images in here. We can do everything. And also what we get is that we get a calendar.google.com.
And I just wanna make sure here again that I'm actually on my media.com one.
So here, you can see now that we have a a new Google Calendar as well with for our new business, which is pretty dang cool.
Right? So that's how we did that. You purchased a a domain.
We have fixed the professional email for you, and now we're gonna start using this email when we're sending emails to your leads, your prospects, all of that. And, again, you did this in, like, five minutes. And, again, don't underestimate how quickly we're doing this.
Like, it took me a long time to figure out all of this stuff. And this is all of the top people who are running online businesses. They're all using exactly this.
So pat yourself on the back a little bit. You're doing some you're getting everything that you need and nothing you don't straight out of the box with this video. So, yeah, that's basically it.
Let's continue with the training. And we're gonna circle back to this email now as well and connect it to your high level account and all of that now very soon. Now before we continue to the next step, which is the white label setup that we're gonna do here in a sec, Let's just get a little bit hyped up again and or inspired, I guess, is a better word, and we can listen to Marine.
She had an an awesome story. She won the the school games as well. Let's listen to her.
And just take Marine as an example. When she started working with us, she was making $0 per month.
And just twenty one days later, she grew her online course to generate over $24,000 per month with our help. And she even went on to win the school games.
And here's what she had to say about course and getting the right guidance. You're gonna get the information you need. You're gonna get the push you need.
You're gonna get access to resources that's gonna make a monumental difference in your business. So if you're on a fence, stop thinking about it. Cool.
Marine, let's go. Grind. It says here on the back.
Grind and hustle. That's what we're about to do right now. And before we continue here, just gonna make sure everything is recording as it should.
Okay. Let's continue to the next step. Now what we're going to do is a super cool step.
We're gonna white label your high level account, which means that you now have a domain. Right? So we're gonna make sure that your high level account is set up on your domain so it looks like your own software.
It makes it look pretty cool. And you're it's basically like you're owning your own software. And if you're an operator, you partner with the creator, you will have the whole tech stack for them.
And it's like you own the agency, and you're bringing them all the tech stack that they need, and it's under your domain and under your business. It's pretty cool. And, also, if you are a creator yourself, it's pretty nice to have your own software that you run your entire online education businesses from.
Right? So let's set it up. White label domain.
Log in to your HighLevel account. Agency view settings company white label, and I'm gonna follow the instructions there. So I will show you how to do that.
Then API domain, we're gonna follow those instructions as well. We're gonna add a new CNAME record. And then privacy policy and terms, make sure that the that you add the correct URLs into the following fields.
We're actually gonna fix that now. And then we can also upload your logo just to make it, uh, look like your own and just make it look a little bit better. Right?
And that is basically what we're going to do now. So the first thing we're going to do is that we're gonna go into HighLevel again. And what I want you to do is we go into sites here.
So in your subaccount, under sites, you go into your funnel. If you're a creator, you go into creator.
If you're an operator, you go into operator. Since I set up the domain for the operator one, I'm gonna click into that. It's the same thing if you're the creator.
So what I want you to do first is again, if I go to maxpearsonsmedia.com, right, it takes me to the landing page.
Like, there's it's just maxpearsonsmedia.com. Right? Now our schedule page, we want this to be maxpearsons.com or maxpearsonmedia.com/schedule.
So I'm gonna click on this little I'm gonna go into the schedule. Step two, click this cogwheel. I'm just gonna change this path here to slash schedule.
Alright? Update page.
And now if I open this up, you can see that it's on this URL. K?
Then we're gonna do the same thing for the call confirmation page. This one, I recommend just calling slash success.
So this is the page they come to after they book the call. So let me show you what that looks like in a sec here as well. And again, if you're in the creator funnel, you just do the exact same thing.
Now we've opened this up. You're booked. Talk soon.
So this is the page they go to after they book the call. Check your email, join your laptop, it's just a conversation. And then under terms, this page is the terms of service page.
I recommend changing this path to just slash terms. Update page.
And then same thing we're gonna do with the privacy here as well. So we're just gonna change the cogwheel here to slash privacy.
Like so.
And now if you wonder why it says clone here, I'm actually gonna update that. So while it says clone, I'm just gonna click on publishing here.
I'm just gonna delete this name here so it's we don't see that clone thing there.
So now you can see, looks clean. So if I go to now to if I open the privacy page, you can see we have why didn't I do that?
Maxpearsonme.com/privacy, and now it works. So we have the privacy page.
And also if I go to slash let's see here. If I go to slash terms, it takes me to the terms of service page.
Pretty cool. Alright. So now we've done that.
And now what we're gonna do is that we're gonna white label it. So we're gonna go to agency view. Oh, no.
I just deleted everything here. Agency view settings company white label. So let's do that.
Now, again, if you remember, we click this drop down. We go back to the agency view. We go to settings.
We go to company, and then we go to white label here.
So first of all, what you can do is that you can upload your logo here. And when you upload your logo here, like, can I just do a random logo PNG?
Let's see what we find. You would obviously do your own logo if you have one. Let's say I wanna do which one do I wanna use?
I don't know. A bird? Why not a bird?
Or a phoenix, maybe it is. So I'm just gonna put this in on desktop, and I can name it, like, logo.
Alright. When I go in here now and I upload my logo, go to desktop and go to logo, you can see that I have my logo up here now instead of high level.
Just makes it look like my own software. Pretty cool. And then what we wanna do is that we wanna add a white label domain and an API domain.
And also here in the privacy policy URL in terms of conditions. So privacy policy is gonna be my max pears on media.com/privacy.
Right? And then terms of service, gonna be the same thing, but terms, that's just what we set up. I'm gonna save those changes.
Now we have that in there. And then on the white label domain, if we click here for setup instructions, we are going to yes.
So here's what we're going to do now. We can open up the API domain as well just so we have the instructions open. I will show you exactly how to do this.
Yes. So we're actually gonna have to go back now to our subaccount and then go back into settings.
Again, it's a little bit back and forth. That's how it goes. And then I'll go to domain and URL redirects.
I will go into my domain here. I'll click on manage. And then I will go to DNS records here again.
And then I'll click on add record. And what we're gonna add here now so this is for the white label domain. So it tells us here.
We're gonna add a CNAME record. So again, here, I'm gonna in the type, it's gonna be CNAME, and then the name is going to be app.
So this is you can see it here. Right? App.gohighlevel.com.
I want this to be app.maxpearsonmedia.com instead. Right?
So it's gonna be app, and then the target is going to be this right here.
Not with a dot at the end. It's just whitetable.ludicruz.cloud. I don't know how you pronounce that.
I'm gonna put that here. Then I click on save. Alright.
And then for the if you go to the next one, which is the API domain, what do they tell us to do here?
So it's gonna be a CNAME record, and it's gonna be links, and then it's gonna link to this thing.
So again, I'm gonna go back. I'm gonna click on add record. You can just follow along.
It's gonna be a CNAME record. This one's gonna be links. I'm gonna write links here.
And then it's going to be the target is going to be whatever I copied from here, brand.ludicruz.cloud. And I'll put that in here, and I'll click on save.
Alright. So now, again, we have to go back to agency, switch to agency view, go to settings, go to company, go to white label.
And here in the white label domain, it's going to be appdot, in my case, maxpearsonmedia.com. And API domain is going to be links.maxpearsonmedia.com.
And if I click on add domain here now, app, I could probably have done it directly from here. Uh, but now we did it manually, so it should be fine.
And then verify records. And there we go. Now we just added that domain.
And then I'm gonna do the same for API domain and click add domain. And then click on continue.
And then click on verify records again.
And there we go. So what have we done now? Well, let me show you.
Now you can see that we're we have our own logo here, but it still says app.gohighlevel.com. Now what I can do is that I can go to app.maxpearsonmedia.com. And guess what?
I can now log in to my own HighLevel account with my own logo using I can use the same login details as you used when you signed up.
And click sign in. I will send a code.
I'll make sure that I can receive the code.
Here we go. I got the code. It's 346558.
And voila. I'm now now logged in to app.
With SSL record as well. App.maxpearsonmedia.com. And I've now white labeled my own high level account.
Pretty cool. Alright? So, yeah, we're and, again, you just white labeled your own software a couple of minutes.
Took me a lot of time to figure out. Took me a lot of money to figure this out as well. And it's gonna help you to grow your business.
And if you're an operator, it's gonna help you to look more professional and close close more clients and all of this stuff. So, um, yes.
Let's just go back to the keynote. Again, don't be don't be fooled by this implicit of it. Hopefully, you're excited, I guess, is what I'm trying to say.
Now the next step we're going to do is the funnel setup. And, again, make sure to also not check off that you're doing all of these things.
You have set up the Google Workspace now. You've set up we have not set up the dedicated sending domain yet, so we haven't done that. We have set up your white label domain now, though, and your API domain, and your privacy policy and terms service URL.
So we've checked off all of these. And now we will the next step is that we're gonna go through a funnel setup a bit more here. So let's do that.
Before we do that, though, let's listen to another inspiring story by Brian Clifford. He's he was a PE teacher, never done business before. He got into as an operator.
So let's listen Brian. Brian Clifford as an example. When Brian started working with us, he had zero online business experience, no marketing background, no sales background.
He had never even taken a sales call before in his entire life. But by following our road map step by step, Brian took his first ever sales calls and went on to generate over $81,000 in revenue, building a business doing more than $30,000
per month. And here's Brian in his own words. I don't come from a background of online business.
I'm new to this. I don't come from a marketing sales background. So it's like, if I can do this, anyone can really do this.
And I just followed the steps that Max set out. And then I, you know, made my first high ticket sales calls, and I had never done sales at all. I was PE teacher.
So to close on my first high ticket sales call, I called my friend. I said, it's working. It's working.
So we've made $81,000 in annual memberships. Yeah.
And so it's like, you get the road map and the platform. You can't fail. I just did what Mac said and followed the steps that applied to me, and then, you know, the rest is history.
Pretty cool. He just followed the steps, the exact steps that you're going through right now as well. So let's go through some more steps.
Right? Uh, funnel setup. So here's what we're going to do now.
So the VSL funnel, that is the funnel that you have. Right? And VSL stands for video sales letter.
So you will drive traffic from your YouTube channel or Instagram or to from ads to your funnel, and we will generate leads when they opt into your funnel. Right?
And then we can convert those leads into booked calls and close them into new course customers or operation or operator partnerships. Right?
So if you're an operator, you're using the operator funnel for yourself to get new partnerships.
Right? And if you're a creator, you use the creator funnel, and you get new sales to your course. And, obviously, if you're an operator, you will also use the creator funnel, but for the creator that you partner with.
Right? And so what we're going to do now is that we're gonna customize each page of the funnel, the headline, the SEO, the calendar. So let's do that together now.
And also perfection. It's 100% okay if you don't know exactly what your headline should be just yet. Right?
If you're a course operator, you can use the copy that we've given you out of the box. It's basically done because all of you guys will have the same offer. You're an operator, wanna partner with a creator.
But if you're course creator, right, you will have to adjust it so that it fits your niche and your offer. I will cover this in more detail later in the training as well, exactly what to put here.
But, yeah, let's just dive right into it. So the first thing I'm going to do is I'm just gonna go back into the subaccounts.
Right? And then we will go into sites. We go into funnels here.
And I since I've set up the course operator one, I'll just go in here. It will be the same if an operator or creator. Right?
So the first thing is that I'm just gonna go into the lander and click on edit. So the way we built this website for you, it's all in HTML code. And the reason why we do that is because it just loads so much faster.
So here down at the bottom, by the way, you can just adjust this to your brand. So I can say, like, max pears on media dot com.
And here, for this link to the privacy policy page, I can just link this and just write htpscolon//maxpearsonmedia.com/privacy.
And then terms of service, I'll do the same thing. I'll just highlight it, click here on the link. Link here should be slash terms.
And then I click on save. Right? And every single time we make an update, we should click on publish up here to the right.
And then what I want you to do as well. Right? If you click this box, you will find if you click this orange here, custom HTML in JavaScript, you open the code editor.
Here, you will see a bunch of code. And do you need to understand what this means? No.
The only thing you need to focus on is the white text. The white text here. Here at the so here, for example, partner with us, we can keep that as is.
That's this text right here, the title, that is what will be shown up here on the website. Right?
And I will show you where how to update this later. You can we can ignore that one. We scroll down a bit.
This is just a bunch of CSS code. Don't need to worry about that. We continue to scroll, continue to scroll, scroll past all of this.
We don't need to worry about any of this.
And then it's gonna be super simple to update. I'm I'm promising you. You don't won't have to learn how to code or anything.
We just have to scroll down here, down to the bottom. And here is your logo.
Right? So it says logo. So your brand.
I will do Max Pearson here. Right?
I will show you what that looks like in a sec. Here's all of the copy. So, actually, what I should do is that I should open up maxpearsonmedia.com.
I can just show you what it is that I'm actually doing here. So you can see here.
Right? What I just updated here, logo, it's this thing. So we'll say Max Pearson here.
Then we have partnership opportunity. It's what we'll say here. If you're an operator, I recommend that you keep this as is.
Then we have the headline here, ready to launch an online course for your audience. Boom. Like, if you're partnering with a creator, I think this is a great headline.
Then sub headline, we have that here. You have the audience and the expertise. I handle everything else, the course, the tech, the sales system, the team.
That's what is here. If you wanna update that, you can change it if you want to. Then we have these different bullet points here.
So, like, built on school, you keep full ownership. I only win when you win. If you're a creator or an operator, I think that's great.
Here, you can see all of those texts. Then it says, watch this first. It's that text right there.
Then we have the video. So here we have the actual video. If you wanna update this video, I will talk about later how to do that, but you can we host it on this website called loom.com, which is a great hosting platform for videos.
We'll talk about that later. But that is where you update the link to this video. And then down here, we can have those different bullet points here.
Right? Like, I build it all. Course community funnels offer and sales team fully managed.
You create that I operate. You stay on brand. Right?
So this is kind of the if you're an operator, you will basically, like you will partner with a creator who has the audience and has the skill, and this is like a landing page to get them interested in that. Right? So these are those different bullet points.
I think this copy is perfect if you're an operator. Don't really need to change it. And that's basically it.
So if I click on save now and I click on publish, the only thing I changed was really the name up here.
Right? So if I just refresh this page now, it says Max Pearson.
Boom. Or Max Pearson Media. I could have done as well.
Then underneath here, we have an opt in form that is from HighLevel, and I'm gonna show you how to adjust this later. But I recommend keeping this exactly is.
Right? So when somebody opts in here with their name, email, and phone number, you generate a lead into your HighLevel account, and then they get redirected to book a call with you. And we're only asking them for their, again, name, email, and phone number.
It's more than enough. And that's the super simple funnel page, right, or landing page.
Again, I'm gonna go into the creator funnel here in a second as well and and and show you exactly how we do that in there also. The same thing applies, though.
And then also, if you're if you're an operator, you still need to know how to adjust the creator funnel also. Right? Because you're gonna eventually do that for the creator that you partner with.
But now what we wanna do here in the top left, you can go into SEO and AI search optimization. So if I click on this, you can here on content here, this is the title of the page.
So as you can see here, it says yourdomain.com right now. So we wanna change this.
I'm just gonna change this to max pearson media dot com. And the description, you bring the audience.
We handle the course, everything else. I think that's a great description. And also, we can I can go to image here as well?
If you wanna upload an image here, this is the image that will be shown. When if somebody, like, text this website to a friend. Looks like, hey.
Go and check out this website. This is the image that will be shown when they share that link with you. So for example, I could just, like if I just search for Max Pearson on Google, I don't know what image we will find.
Let's say I wanna use I don't know. Let's say I wanna use so many random image here.
Let's say I wanna use this image. I'm gonna open this image.
I'm gonna save this image of myself as Max Pearson to my desktop, and then I can upload an image here.
Okay. And then I can just drag this image here.
I can upload it. I can select it. I can click on insert media.
So now you can see that this is what it would look like. If somebody kinda shares my website with somebody else over text or send it over, I don't know, over a DM somewhere, this is kind of what would show up in the preview of my website.
So it's an image, the title, and the description. So once that is done, I will just click on save here and I will click on publish once that is done.
Publish.
K. That's pretty much it. So now what we've done, right, on this page now, we have changed the footer text, we changed the HTML script with the text and all of that, and we have the form here.
Then what I can do is that I can just click this drop down menu. I can go to the schedule page. So now the schedule page, here again at the bottom, you know the drill.
Just change this to maxpearsonmedia.com, my domain. Upload the link to your privacy policy page here.
We did this before. Click this link. Put in your privacy policy URL, your terms of service.
You put that in here as well. And then if we just preview this page, see what this looks like.
It's we like yeah. So we can go here into the custom HTML script again, open the code editor. Like, we don't really need to change if you're an operator, you don't need to really change any of this copy here.
Like, the copy is good, in my opinion. Like, partnership opportunity ready to launch. And, again, if I just do split screen here, if I do slash schedule now as we did before, right, then you can see here, like, I think this copy of your operator is really, really good.
We haven't published the website yet, that's why we don't see this here yet. And then the calendar here, we're gonna update the calendar so we get the calendar to show up here underneath as well. We're gonna fix that later.
For now, I'm just gonna click on publish. And then the third and final page, we need to oh, yeah.
Actually, before I forget, we need to update the SEO data on this one as well. So click here on SEO. You can see here content, book a call, pick a time that works for you.
I think this description is great. I would also upload the image here to this page also. I just select this page, insert media.
So with that, book a call, click on publish for this as well.
And then I go to the third page, which is call confirmation. Again, you know the drill.
This is pretty much if I just preview this page. Like, your book talks soon. Like, if you're a creator, the only really thing we need to update is the footer here and the logo.
Right? So I'm gonna again, first of all, you can also change the SEO here. Now this one says book a call.
I would change this to you're booked.
Like, this is not really gonna be shared anywhere, but it's I would just say, like, looking forward to meeting and serving you.
Boom. And then I would upload the image here also. Just select the same image like so.
And then I would also open up this code again on the third page. Title is you're booked. That's good.
If we scroll down here now, we can scroll way to the bottom. So here, I would just change this to max pearson media dot com.
Here, we can't really link the privacy and and the terms. I would just keep that as is for now. We've linked that on the other pages, so it's fine.
And then if I scroll up here a little bit, I also wanna change the your brand here. I would change this to just my name.
Save. Click on publish.
And then we preview it. And now you can see it says Max Pearson, and this is our success page after somebody books a call.
Great. And, if we go to maxpearsonmedia.com/success here, you can see it's the same page like so.
Everything looks great. Alright. Now, uh, then also what you can do if you go to the terms, I would just check if we need to adjust this a little bit.
Again, if you're a creator doing this for your funnel, just follow along as well. You know what to do. First thing, make sure that you just change the SEO metadata here for the content.
Now we're on the terms page. I would just say terms of service.
Like, keep this the same. It doesn't really matter.
Image, you can upload the image here as well. You know the drill. If I open up this code now, don't really need to update anything here.
I'm pretty sure we don't have the brand on this page, I think.
No. So I'm just gonna again, if I publish this now, if I preview it, we don't really yeah.
We have the brand name here, so actually we do have to update that. Let's see. Open the let's see if we can find that here.
It's probably closer to the bottom.
Where is it? Brand logo, span, page ambient.
So your brand name. See now, I actually have to find this in here.
Legal brand logo ID. Is it at the bottom, potentially?
Oh, here we go. So at the bottom, you can update everything here. So you have your brand name.
I will just change this to Max Pearson. The I would change this to max pearson media dot com, and then I would change this to my email here as well.
So max@maxpearsonmedia.com. Privacy URL. That's good.
And that's it. I click on save. So what happens now, if you click on publish here now, if you go to maxpearsonmedia.com/terms, you can see that we've uploaded or updated the name here.
The domain is in the terms, and we also have the email down here, and we have the link to the privacy policy page here as well. If I click that, it takes them to the privacy policy page.
Great. So now we updated that page. Right?
Again, just to be clear, at the bottom, you basically scroll down. Here where it says config, it's where you update your data.
Right? Then if we go we can go to the final page, which is privacy. We do the same thing here.
Again, first of all, change all of your SEO, your content here, your title, your description. Also, upload the image.
Highly recommend that. Once that is done, open up the code here, code editor, and then we scroll down to the bottom for this one as well.
We have a config here as well. I'm gonna change this to Max Pearson.
And my domain is maxpearsonmedia.com. I have my domain, which is max@maxpearsonmedia.com, and terms URL is slash terms.
Perfect. Click on save. Click on publish.
And now if you go to my terms of service page and I up update it.
Oh, this was the privy yeah. Yeah.
This is the privacy page. So now if we go to the privacy page that we just updated, I go to privacy or then you can see here.
Why hasn't it updated yet? Let me just check this now.
Privacy. I scroll down.
Yeah. It's probably that it just hasn't updated it. If you click on the I here, you can see privacy policy page.
It has my name, my domain, my email, and link to the service page as well.
Pretty cool. Right? So that is how you update the funnel if you're an operator.
Right? And just rewatch it if you need to redo it, but it's pretty straightforward. I also wanna show you how to do this for the creator funnel here real quick.
It's the exact same thing. If I go into the lander page for the creator and close some of this now, close out all this stuff.
Oh, now I just closed the entire thing. App.maxpiercemedia.com. I have to go back.
That's what happens. Go back here to my subaccounts, sites, funnels into the creator one, and I open up this page just to preview it.
Again, you can see here, we need the brand name. We have our headline, sub headline. We have, uh, some descriptions here.
So let me show you how to do that. So we go into the lander. Again, same drill here.
Right? You need to update the SEO as I just showed you how to do, and you can update the the footer here as I showed you previously how to do as well, link to the privacy and the terms. And then if I open up again, yeah, here as well, update the content as I just showed you how to do, and also the image as I just showed you how to do.
And if you open up this one here now, this box, open code editor, we have the title here you can ignore.
So you can scroll down to the bottom here. This one, I'll show you the code here also.
It's pretty cool. Right? We basically built a custom built HTML website for you, and it just loads a lot faster.
Here we go. So I think we have a config here at the bottom as well.
So here you have the config. Here you can change to your brand name. Right?
So let's say I wanna change this to Max Pearson.
Here is the niche label. So for here, I can say, like let's say I wanted to update this to, like, four coaches and consultants or whatever whatever the niche is.
For coaches and consultants. And then the headline is how to here, you can put in in headline blue.
So what this refers to, right, is how to is how to here. This highlighted in blue is what's in here.
Without is the text underneath here. Right?
So that kinda creates your your headline. And then sub headline, you have the sub headline here. That is the text that we'll put into here.
And you're also here's the video that you can embed, which will be the video right here. And then you also have the steps underneath. Right?
So here you can just watch the free training. When you change this text, it will change the headline here.
And then one sentence of what they will learn. But I I recommend keeping those steps as just like what they should do is, like, watch the training. They should book a strategy call and then get your custom road map.
The only thing you really need to customize is, like, one sentence of what they will learn and why they should watch the free training, then book a strategy call, one sentence of what the call is, one sentence what they will walk away with, and then get your custom road map. Like, one sentence of what the road map covers, one sentence on what it makes on what makes it possible.
And then here, we have a divider. Let's talk. Keep that the same, and then ready to achieve outcome.
Here, I would just like ready to scale your coaching business, ready to scale your consulting business, ready to improve your marriage, ready to get a six pack, ready to learn how to play the piano, whatever the outcome is.
Right? And then also leave your details, and we'll be in touch within twenty four hours. That is the text that is here, which I think is it's good.
You can tweak it if you want to. And that's basically it. Right?
So this is also super simple to update. And then we have the opt in form as well that we're gonna that we we keep as is. Like, we want them to put in the name, phone number, and email, and then they can become a lead.
So I'm just gonna click on publish here. And now I don't have a domain selected to this one because I only did operator. But if you have if you're the creator, you add your domain to this one, obviously, and you can publish it.
Yes. And all yeah. That's basically it.
And, again, I don't think I need to walk through like, obviously, you go through every single page as well. You go to schedule page.
You do the same thing. Go to the call confirmation page. You do the same thing, and we just take it step by step.
So the schedule page, if you just preview this one, just be super so same thing here. Right?
Like, free strategy call. Let's build your desired outcome together. Pick a time below one sentence on what to expect.
Again, you know, update the SEO metadata, update the text here. If you open up this box, you can scroll down to the bottom where we have all of the text.
Right? Let's build your desired outcome together. Here's where you can update the update the headline and the sub headline.
This is also where you can update yeah. That's basically it.
Right? And then same thing for the call confirmation page if we preview this page.
So we have your book talks soon and confirmation has been sent. You would obviously have to change the title here. Join on laptop, just a conversation.
Yeah. So we can keep this the same as well. Cool.
And then you update the terms of privacy as I showed you before. So this is how we customize the funnel. You just the only thing you need to learn is just to have to navigate the code and just scroll down to where the code where you should update things.
Right? And believe me, it's just it's really good that you have an HTML code website.
Like, we spent a lot of like, it's it's a custom built fully custom built HTML code website.
Is it a little bit tricky to scroll through this? Well, you could argue. Yes.
But, like, everything they should update here, I've showed you exactly how to do it, and it's literally just right. Anyone can do this. If you can use a keyboard and a mouse, you can update that.
And, yeah, that is basically it. So that is how you update your funnel for your creator or for operator funnel.
And I can't think of anything else that I should show you. I think I've showed you literally step by step, click by click how to update it.
Yes. The next thing I can show you as well in your funnel is that if you go into settings here. Right?
So if you're in the funnel, you go to settings. Then we can also add a FAB icon URL here, which is pretty cool. So I'm actually gonna do it for the operator funnel because that's where I've connected my domain, so you can see.
Doesn't matter if you're in the creator funnel or operator funnel. But if I go into settings, here we have a FAB icon URL.
So I will show you what that is. The FAB icon URL is that if I go to google.com, for example, you can see that they show their logo up here, a little Google logo.
So, uh, whatever logo you have, it can be your profile picture. It could be literally anything.
I can just search for let's say we search for Max Pearson again. And let's say I wanna use my face as the fav icon.
So I can take let's say I wanna use this picture right here, and I can just save image as max fab icon to the desk desktop.
And then if I go into media storage here, I can just upload my image that I just upload file.
Max Pearson five icon right here. So now what I can do is that I can click on these three dots.
I can copy the link or get link. And then if I go back into my site, into my funnel, again, we go into settings, and then we just put this link here that I just copied into the Five icon URL, and I click on save.
Now what will happen is that when I go to, let's see, maxpearsonsmedia.com, you can see that my face should reappear here.
I don't know why it's not doing that though. Memory usage. Maxpearsonsmedia.com.
There we go. So it just did an update. But you now can see my little face up there.
So if you wanna do that, you can do that as well. Just the FAB icon there. It's probably updating, not updating here.
Oh, there we go. Just takes a couple of seconds. So there it is.
And that is let's go back to the instructions. That is basically everything we need to do. We updated each page of the funnel, the headline, the SEO, the the calendar.
We haven't, um, we haven't added the calendar yet. That's actually the next step that we're going to do. Uh, and, again, nothing has to be absolutely perfect now.
We're gonna circle back to this as we progress through the training as well. Right? But that is how you adjust your funnel.
Right? So now, again, make sure that you have your workbook ready. Make sure that you check off.
Basically, what we did now is funnel. We review to customize your funnel pages, update the headlines, SEO settings, connected calendar.
We haven't done that yet, though. So we will do that, I think, as the next step now. Yes.
Alright. Let's continue. But before we continue, let's, uh, get some motivation as well.
Let's, uh, listen to this story, and then we'll continue. Just take Josh Smith as an example, who followed our system, built his online course, launched it, and made over $33,000
in a single weekend. If you would have told me, you know, just a couple of years ago that making $33,000 over Easter weekend was impossible, I probably would have told you that you were right.
But here we are with all the amazing training that Max has. We found one that's working really well for us, and we doubled down on that.
Pretty cool. Little snippet. So I am basically showing these just to give you some motivation as you go into the training.
These are other people who've gone through the same training you're going through. They implemented it. They took action, and they made it work out.
And also what I thought was very fun with this video. So you can see here, be a getter doner. So it's just like create content every day, complete the to do list every single day, update all social accounts probably, stay on top.
Yeah. It's it's it's good. I have a whiteboard here to write on me as well with some motivational stuff, but also our to do list.
So, yeah, I thought I'd put a very charming still here often, but, yeah, that's Josh.
Pretty cool. Let's go. Alright.
Now let's go to the next step, and this is the calendar setup. And before we do that, I'm just gonna double check everything is in order, and it is. Alright.
So calendar setup. Now what we're going to do is that we are going to block out your schedule in your Google Calendar, and then we're gonna connect it to a high level account.
And we are going to use Google Meet and connect that to a high level, so make sure that we use that as your meeting location. I'll walk you through this step by step.
We will also use the forms I prepared out of the box for you for your actual calendar. We will get that done as well. Calendar settings, I will show you how to set up the calendars so you can get booked calls.
Calendar redirection, make sure your calendar redirects to the correct page after submission. We will do that also, and then we will add the funnel to your to your funnel.
So that is what we're going to do now. So the first thing we're going to do is that we're going to block out your calendar. And what I mean by that, if we just close out of all of this, we can keep high level still open here.
You go to calendar.google.com, and make sure you're on the calendar that you just signed up to. So in my case, that is max pearsons out or maxmaxpearsonsmedia.com.
And here is where we're going to adjust your calendar so that we're blocking out the times where you are sleeping and when you're eating and when you are not be able to take calls. And the way we do this, what I like to do first like, right now, the week starts on Sunday and ends on Saturday. I'm one of those individuals who like to to think that the week actually starts on Mondays.
Right? So what I'm going to do is that I'm going to let's see here.
Start week on here we go. Start week on Sunday. I wanna start week on Monday.
Right? And that's basically it.
And also, another thing I like to do is show world clock. Right? So I'm currently in in Florida, so I am in Eastern time.
But I also like to add another time zone, which is Stockholm because I'm from Sweden. Right?
So I like to see what the clock is at home as well. So if you have multiple time zones that you wanna keep track of, then you can have the world clock there. So if I go back now after doing that, you can see here, right, that if I click on this time slot right here, you can see that it's 9AM in Newark on eastern time, but it's that is basically 3PM in Sweden.
Right? Then what I wanna do is that I want to just block out the times when I'm not working.
So from midnight to seven, I'm sleeping. Right?
So I'm gonna write sleep here, and then I'm gonna click here, and I'm gonna click on it repeats daily.
Right? I sleep every single day. And I also wanna change the color here when I sleep.
I can change the color to, like, a blueberry if I'm very tired. Right? So then I'll just block out all of these times.
And then also from, like, 7PM, let's say I don't wanna take calls from 7PM.
So here, I will basic from 7PM to 10PM, I will relax.
Right? And this will also repeat daily, and I want this to be in the color of lavender.
Right? And then from 10PM to twelve, I'm sleeping as well.
So I'm gonna click here sleep, And this also repeats daily, and it's the same color as we did before, right, which is the blueberry, say.
Right? And then from seven to nine, I might be having, like, a morning routine.
Right? So I might just say, like, morning.
And I might be going to the gym. I might be taking my walk. I might be preparing for the day, whatever it is.
So I don't wanna take calls. Like, I don't wanna wake up at 7AM and then have a call at 7AM. So this also repeats daily.
And here, I might just pick, you know, I am also lavender because I'm kinda starting to get into the day. And I can save that as well. So now I've blocked out all of these times.
And let's let's say at twelve, I have a lunch. So I'm gonna do lunch. I can't take a call while I'm having lunch, so I will do this maybe at a yellow color.
And it repeats daily as well.
It repeats daily. And click on save. Now I pluck at lunch, and then say I have dinner at five.
So I can just do dinner here. And then I do this in the same color, and it also repeats daily.
So there we go. So that means that I can basically take calls one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight time slots. So I can take sales calls eight hours per day.
So that's pretty good. Right?
And if you're an operator, you might be taking calls for your creator as you start, or maybe you just wanna hire a closer to take the calls for you. Or if you're a creator building your own course, maybe you start taking your own sales calls or maybe you just wanna start working with a closer who could take the sales calls for you right away.
And we will talk about all of that later. But this is how we block it out. And let's say on Saturdays, I am actually out of office after lunch.
So I'm gonna block out Saturday. So here, I'm gonna be out of office, and it's gonna repeat weekly on Saturday.
Right? So save and decline.
So I can take calls on Saturday, but I only take them in the morning. And then the whole Sunday, let's say I'm just like, on Sundays, I'm not gonna take any calls. So here, I can also be out of office, and I wanna repeat this weekly on Sunday.
Click save. Save and decline. Right?
So I can take calls Monday through Friday and before lunch on Saturdays. And if I go into the future now, you can see that every single week looks the same.
So now we've done the first step. Right? Now what we're going to do is that we're gonna connect your Google Calendar.
So we blocked out your schedule. We already did that. Now we're gonna connect your Google account to your HighLevel subaccount.
And the way we do that is that we go into HighLevel, we go into settings, and then we go into my profile.
Right? Now we're inside of my profile. What I'm going to do now is that I am going to scroll down to where it says calendars, and I'm gonna click on add new.
And then I will connect my Google Calendar. If you're somebody who's using, like, Outlook, you can connect that here as well. But in this training, I I recommend Google Calendar.
Right? So I'm gonna click on connect my Google Calendar. I will select my Max Pearson Media account, and I'll click on continue.
And I will check this box, click on continue as well. And now you can see that I've linked my Google Calendar.
And if I go to video conferencing, I've also linked my Google Meet. So out of the box, when we use Google Workspace, we get also get Google Meet.
So we can use Google Meet for our sales calls, which is pretty good. Right? It's Sue, but the Google version, and it's included in our $8 a month.
That's that. We completed that. Also, the next thing I want to do is here, I want to adjust my availability, my weekly working hours.
And what I want to do here is I want to select all days, and I wanna change this to 12AM to 12AM.
And then I wanna copy this to apply to all days. Because we're basically what I'm telling HighLevel now is that I'm available twenty four seven.
Right? Twenty four hours per day, seven days a week, I'm available. But I have blocked out my availability in the actual calendar.
Right? So I won't be able to get bookings when I'm sleeping or I'm having lunch or on afternoons on weekends or the whole Sunday. I'm not available.
I will only be able to take calls to those opening slots. And so once I've done that, I'm gonna click on update availability. And, again, if we go into the calendar here, everything is correct.
Yes. That's good. So that's everything we wanna do here.
Again, under my profile, make sure that you update this. Make sure that you connect your your calendar as well. And here, you can see linked calendar, sync bookings with linked calendar.
So here, can see that it's basically conflict. So it's it's checking for conflicts in our calendar. Meaning, it's checking for the conflict here so we don't get bookings when we're having lunch, and then we keep the availability here open twenty four seven.
Alright. So we've done that. We fixed this.
Google Meet. We fixed that as well. Here, the the misspelling as well.
So you know that I've actually been writing this myself. Calendar form. Use the forms that I prepared out of the box.
Let's cover them now. Yes. So now what we're going to do is go to click go back here in your subaccount, go to sites, and then go to forms.
So I created three different forms. We have the opt in form. So this is the form that is on the actual website here.
Right? Just somebody opts in with their name, email, phone number. This is we we keep this either if you're creator or an operator, this stays the same.
But then we also have an creator calendar for an operator calendar form. So if you go into the operator calendar form, this is the form that we're gonna ask people when they book a call with us, and I prepared those questions for you.
We ask them for their name, last name, phone number, email, Instagram handle, audience size, and YouTube channel, and what do you teach or help people with. So this is a, uh, actually, now when I dig it here, I'll probably move this up there.
So it's Instagram, YouTube, and then audience size. So just to be clear, right, when you're reaching out to creators that I will teach you how to do later, and you're like, hey.
We're following up with them, reaching out to Instagram, sending emails, or we have a friend or a friend's friend or a friend's friend friend who is in a creator that we're interested in partnering with. We can send them a link to our website.
I'll walk you through this step by step how to do this later in the program. Uh, then they land here, and they're like, okay. They watch your video.
They're interested. They leave their name, email, and phone number here, and then they opt in, and then they go to the schedule page. And then they're about to schedule a call with us, and then we ask them those questions before they schedule a call.
That is what we use this form for. Right? So I'm just gonna click on save here.
If you're an operator, I just recommend you keeping it exactly as we have it here. Now if you go to settings, though, what we should do here is unsubmit.
Right? When somebody fills out this form, we wanna redirect them to a URL. And the URL we wanna redirect them to after they've filled out this form is our success page.
Right? So that's gonna be maxpearsonmedia.com/success.
So that is this page. Right? So when somebody has filled out this form to book the call with us, we take them to our success page.
So that's the URL I would put there, and then I will click on save.
And then I will walk you through the creator form as well. So if we go into the creator calendar form, this one is also made so that you can doesn't matter what type of creator you're you are.
You can use this form to begin with. So if somebody's interested in in getting buying your course, right, we ask them for their name, phone number, and email when they book a call with us.
What is their biggest challenge right now, and we also ask them what's your biggest goal or your goal for the next twelve months, and how willing and able are you to invest into getting help. Like, I have the financial resources to invest in getting help right now. I have access to financial resources.
I don't have the financial resources. And now I notice as well that this question is not required.
So I'm gonna click on the cogwheel here and just click on required here so they have to fill out this question. Right? That's why we double check stuff.
I'm gonna click on save. And this is our these are our calendar forms. Now if you wanna add new custom questions here, you can do that by clicking on add object fields.
You can click on add, and you can add custom questions here if you want to. But now, just to begin, like, just keep it simple. Keep the questions we give you out of the box.
And if it doesn't matter if you're a fitness coach or if you're a relationship coach or a business coach or helping people to play an instrument or improve their hobby or sports, whatever it is, like, what's your biggest challenge? What's your goal?
And how willing and able are you to to invest in getting help right now? All of these ones are relevant to whatever niche you're into.
Right? So these are our forms, and I will show exactly where we use those forms right now. So, again, just going back to the steps here.
Now what we're going to do is that we're gonna set up the actual calendar. And the way we do that is that we go into settings. We go into calendars.
And then here, we have two different calendars. The first one is the partnership expiration call.
This is for the operators. And then we have the strategy session. This is for the creators.
And, again, if you're an operator, you need to know how to use both because you will use the creator one or the operator one for yourself and the creator one for the one that you partner with. Alright? Let's start with the operator one.
So I click on edit calendar here. And here, we can keep everything as is. And yes.
So the name partnership exploration call, a relaxed sixty minute call to learn more about your audience and explore what a partnership could look like. No commitment required.
And then titled here, this is the contact name. So this is gonna be the name of the actual event in their calendar after they book a call. I will show what this looks like later later.
So if John Doe books a call, the the the name of the event on the calendar. Right?
Like, right here. Let's say John Doe booked a call. The name of the event will be John Doe.
So that is it's the contact name. I like to place here as well, like, John Doe and Max Pearson. So it's gonna be John Doe and Max Pearson would be the actual event or the name of the event in the calendar.
I'll click on save changes. Staff and location, you will select yourself. And meeting location, you select Google Meet.
Right? And because that's what we have. I will show you as well how to add Zoom as well.
I will show you that in a second. But Google Meet is what I recommend because we use Google Workspace. Right?
So Google Meet. And then I click on save changes. Again, I will show you how to set up Zoom if that's what you wanna use in a sec.
Uh, availability. Here, we have the availability Sunday to Saturday at 12AM.
Right? So that is what we did before. That's correct because it's double checking the availability in our Google Calendar.
Right? Then we go into the next one, which is booking rules.
The meeting is gonna be sixty minutes, or it's gonna be they can book every hour. It's gonna be a sixteen minute long meeting.
They can book a meeting four hours into the future. So if they come to the calendar now at two, they will be able to book a call at the earliest at six.
Right? And then date range, they can only book calls five days into the future because I don't want somebody to call to my calendar now when they're interested and then book a call three weeks from now. So I I give them you they can book max five days into the future.
Pre buffer time and post buffer time, we can keep open. Doesn't really matter. Maximum bookings per day, doesn't matter.
Maximum booking per slot, yes, one. And that is it. I click on save.
And then we'll go into advanced settings, form and confirmation. Right? So this this is now the partnership expiration call.
This is for the operators. So here for the form, I will create the operator calendar form. And confirmation page.
So when when they book a call, again, here, we wanna put in your domain /success. So in my page, maxpearsonmedia.com/success, that's what they will get redirected to.
I will click on save changes. And then payments, we can skip. Notifications and policies, we can keep this as is.
That's good. And then widget appearance, keep this as is as well.
And then I click on save. Right? So that is how we customize the calendar for you as an operator.
And the last thing we wanna do here is we also want to make this live. So more options, activate calendar. Right?
So I'm activated. So now you can see that it's active. Now if you're for the creator one, let's go over that one as well.
So edit calendar. Here, I just call it the strategy session. Right?
So relax sixty minute call to learn more about how we can help you solve the problem. So here, we're gonna fill out, like, what is the problem that you will help them solve. Right?
Meeting invited title, I would do the same thing here, their name and my name. I click on save. Then I select myself as the staff member, and I select, uh, Google Meet.
Again, I will show you how to set up Zoom here in a sec. Let's click on save. And then we have availability.
Yeah. Our our availability is open as we did on the profile before. Booking rules, we keep this the same as well as we did before.
Click on save. And then we can go into advanced settings, form and confirmation.
Now if you're a creator, you create the creator calendar form. And here, I wanna change this to the correct maxpearsonmedia.com.
So when they book a call with us, I wanna take them to that page. Click on save. The success page.
Payments, we don't need Notifications and policies, and keep the same.
Widget appearance, and keep the same. Click on save, and that is it.
So now I wanna turn this on as well. Activate calendar. Click on save.
Right? Now before now the next step, what we're gonna do, if we go back to the instructions, is that we're gonna make sure that the calendar redirects to the correct page, which we did.
Right? And then we also wanna add this to your funnel page, and we'll test it later. So we're gonna add the calendar to your funnel now.
Before that, though, I just wanna show you how to set up the if you wanna use Right?
So if you wanna use Zoom, you can go to my profile. You scroll down.
See here. Sometimes it's not loading.
There we go. I'm gonna go into video conferencing here and then add new. If you wanna add Zoom or Microsoft Teams, you can just click connect here and connect your Zoom or Microsoft Teams account.
And then in your calendars, as I just showed you, you can change the meeting location for yourself. Right? But Google Meet is great because it comes out of the gold box with with Google Workspace.
Alright? So that's how we connect Zoom and Microsoft Teams if that is something you wanna use instead.
Alright. Now the next step. Now we're gonna connect the calendar to your funnel.
So I'm gonna click on go back. I will go into sites and then to funnel.
And let's say we use the operator one as an example because that's where I set up the domain. I go to the schedule page. Same thing applies, though, if you are a creator.
Go to the schedule page, click on edit. And then what we wanna do is that we wanna add the calendar right here.
So I'm gonna click on this box right here, and I'm gonna select the again, if I'm a creator, I create the partnership explanation call.
If you're the operator sorry. If you're an operator, you create the part partnership explanation call.
And if you're creator, you select the strategy session. Right? So in my case, this is in the operator funnel.
Looks good. I will publish it. And now if I go to maxpearson media.com/schedule, you can see that the calendar is there.
Looks beautiful. Partnership exploration call, a relaxed sixty minute call to learn more about your audience and explore what a, uh, what a partnership could look like. No commitment required.
I can go here. I can select the day. I can select the time.
Click select. They can fill out their name, last name, phone number, email, Instagram handle, YouTube channel, audience size, what do you teach or help people with, and then they can go and schedule a meeting.
Boom. Now you have a fully functional calendar in your funnel, and we're gonna test and make sure that all of this is working now later in the video as well.
Pretty cool stuff. Everything you need and nothing you don't to run a very high level online education business either as a creator or or as an operator.
And the the same thing applies, obviously. If you are a a creator, you just do the same thing I just did. You just go into creator funnel schedule page, go and make sure that you have your strategy session calendar on that page.
Alright. That is it. Congratulations.
You're now gone through the calendar setup as well. So once you've done that, make sure you go here and make sure that you update the checklist as well in the online course workbook. So we blocked out your availability, connected your Google Calendar and Google Meet to high level, configured calendar form, and run Robin settings, and set calendar redirect to confirmation page.
Yes. And we've also connected your calendar here to a funnel page to a funnel booking page. You can check all of that off as well.
Pretty good stuff. So now we are getting closer. We are gonna now we fixed school, high level domain.
We fixed white label. We're gonna go over email now and phone, and we're also gonna go over um, we've done the funnel.
We've done the calendar. We're gonna go over automations, and then we're gonna test everything.
So the next step we're gonna do now is the automations. So let's do that next. Super quick.
If you're somebody who wanna become a course creator or an operator and get there faster and easier with more help and support, then you can book these advisory calls that we offer, and they're 100% free. And we've literally helped thousands of people by now to become course creators and operators and start running growth successful online courses.
You can just go to course.com/start, book a call. Hope to see you there.
Let's go. Automations setup.
So automations. Go through your automations. I will show you how to do this.
Make sure that you understand it and customize the provided templates so that it fits you and your niche and your business. And I've already prepared for you the emails and the automations if you are an operator and if you are a creator. So we will go over that in a sec.
Also, is something I want you to keep in mind. It's something I like to call death by automation. Right?
So you might feel inclined to automate as much as humanly possible. Don't fall for the trap. If you automate too much, it will become unpersonalized and break at scale.
Like a lot of seven, eight, and even 9 figure entrepreneurs that I have been able to talk to and know, they do their own scalable stuff.
Meaning, even the 9 figure ones, they reach out manually to every single lead and book the call. And, obviously, they don't do it themselves, but they have team a team to do it for them. And this is the best, and you should 100% do it instead of trying to automate everything.
Personalized messages help with shop rate, responses, and closing. So do it.
And just to tell you a story, like, we had a closer who had, like, close to 90% show up rate, and then we had another closer who had, like, what was it, like, 50 or 60% show up. It was, like, super, super low.
And or it was a lot lower. And then I just asked, like, how can you have, like, 90% plus show up rate while another guy on the team with the same quality of calls having, like, a lot lower than you?
And he's like, the only thing I do is that I just call them before and send them some personalized WhatsApp messages or iMessages and send them some videos before. And it's like, that's what I do. Right?
So it was the personalization. And every single step that you take improves your business by a lot. Like, if somebody opts into your funnel, if you can get which you will.
When you whenever you get a notification that somebody opted into your funnel, if you can just pick up your phone, either you call them or just pick up your iPhone and send them a iMessage or WhatsApp message, like a personalized video just. Hey, John.
Just saw that you opted into my funnel. I don't know if if you booked a call yet or not, but I just wanted to say super cool that you opted in, and I'm super excited to potentially have a chat with you. Let me know if you have any questions.
Like, if you can do that for every single lead that comes in or with as as you scale, have somebody hire somebody who can do that for you, it just improves the amount of money you make, like, by a lot.
Right? So don't try to automate everything, and this is why the automations that I built for you are very simplistic for this very specific reason.
Like, we don't wanna build those over complex automations. Like, every single time you see somebody on YouTube and they have all of these, like, Myra boards and Figma boards with, like, 100 different types of automations, it's just like yeah.
I I don't agree with that as well. The the main thing is, like, be notified that you get the lead and reach out to them ASAP with personalized messages. It's the hands down the best thing you can do.
Also, phone numbers. We're gonna talk about this. So phone numbers, it's getting harder and harder to get phone numbers verified, and I'll tell you why.
I'll show you how to do it click by click. But with that said, if it doesn't work for you, reach out manually to every lead slash book called manually with iMessage or WhatsApp.
It's 100 times better anyways, and this is what we do. So instead of HighLevel, you can get a phone number.
Right? And you can you need to get this phone number verified to be able to send automated text messages.
And the reason why it's getting harder and harder to do this is when this became a thing on the Internet that you could send text messages and create automations for text messages, what do you think people may did?
Well, they started spamming like crazy. They started sending millions and millions and millions of text messages to promote stuff over text because it was new. And then that created a lot of negative customers or negative or, like, a negative like, people started getting, um, tired of it, and they didn't like it.
So they started reporting all of these companies doing it, and then they started putting up regulations around it. So now when you to be able to send text over the Internet, they have rules and regulations to be able to do that, and you need to be able to apply for a phone number. And in my like, I will show you exactly how to do it and how you go through the process, but it's getting it's it's a little bit of a process to get it done.
And which is why I like, if you really, really want to send text messages, again, I will show how to do it. But you you always have your phone.
You always have WhatsApp, and it's always better to do it manually anyways. Right?
So that's that. And I will show you how to set it up as mentioned, but keep in mind, just doing it manually is always better.
You will make more money if you reach out to people locked in your funnel. Hands down. Hands down.
So kiss as well. Right? Keep it simple, stupid.
Automated minimum, but enough to do the most of the heavy lifting. Spend time to reach out manually to hot leads and book calls with a personal touch. Can you just use your phone for that?
So we wanna do automations for all of these repetitive tasks, like sending reminders for upcoming calls and sending emails to be able to opt in to our funnel and all of that. And I prebuilt all of that for you. But all of this other stuff, like, especially when somebody opts into your funnel to get their phone number or they book a call and they arrive at a call on the calendar, what most people do is that they get leads coming into their funnel, and then they don't do anything.
Then you're just gonna hope and pray that people would book for themselves. And then when they book a call, they just hope and pray that they will show up. The better way to do it is that whenever somebody opts into a funnel, give them a call.
At the better least, send them a text, send them a video, an iMessage, or on WhatsApp, and say, hi, hello, sorry I opted in. Have a conversation with them. Most people don't do that.
So if you just do that, you will stand out like crazy. And then once they book a call with you, instead of just if they book a call for in two days from now, instead of just sitting around and waiting for, hopefully, they will show up, call them before. Send them an iMessage before.
Send them a video like, hey, John. Saw you booked a call. Super excited.
I just wanted you to check-in how we can make this call as efficient as possible when we jump on a call on Thursday. Do you have any questions? Do you have anything anything I can answer right now or anything I can send you right now before the call so that when we show up, we can just, like, get to it?
Like, it's so easy to do, and no almost nobody's doing it. So, yes, automations.
Let's continue. Placeholders. Make sure all custom values are correct in the automations as well, so we will go over that.
So now let's just take this step by step. So we're gonna go through the automations first. So instead of high level, we go into automation, and then we go into let's see when it loads here.
So we have two different ones. We have one for the operator, creator, and then appointment confirmation. Oh, appointment confirmation will be the same.
It doesn't matter if you're an operator or creator. So let's start with the operator one. And then if we go in here, you will see that we have a very simple automation.
So when somebody fills out the opt in form, right, this automation will start. And then what happens is that we will add them into the sales pipeline under the new lead stage.
Right? So every single lead that opts into your funnel will land in that sales pipeline stage. I will show you what that looks like.
We will test everything later in this video as well. Then you will send an internal email notification to yourself. Right?
So here, what you need to do, you need to update this to your name from your email address to your email address, and then the subject line is new lead.
And then the email will say, you just get a new lead, contact them immediately, text, call, and email, name, their name, the contact name, the lead name, the contact email, and the contact phone. Right? So every single time you get a new lead, you will get an email sent to yourself with their information so that you can call them.
Right? Then we wait for ten minutes, and then we're gonna check if did this individual book a call. If they did book a call, then we don't send them any more emails.
If they didn't book a call after ten minutes, we send them an email. And if you click here on the first email, you can see here you need to update this from your name and from your email, so write that here.
And then it just says, quick question, and then contact first name is a placeholder for the like, if John opted into the funnel, it will say, quick question, John. And then you can open up this email by clicking three dots, edit design, and then you can see what the email looks like.
So for the operators, these emails are pretty much completely done. Right?
Because all of the operators will basically do the same things. This says, hi, John. Sorry.
I checked out the partnership opportunity, but in Bukacol, yeah, totally fine. I know people get busy. You can read this through.
Right? You know, we help with the back end. On a quick partnership ex exploration call, we will go through one, two, three, four.
No pressure, no commitment, just a free strategy conversation. Book a time here. Here, you need to put in the link to your funnel.
So in my case, that would be maxpearsonmedia.com/schedule. And then I would just say adjust this to slash max.
Right? And then I click on save, and then exit, and then I would click on save here as well.
So now I and, also, I would have to update this as well. Right? So I would say Max Pearson here, and I would say max@maxpearsonmedia.com.
Click on save. And once I've done that update, it automatically updates. Right?
And I would also publish this automation if I'm an operator. If I'm a creator, I would not update or publish this. Right?
Then you wait for a day. You check again. Did they book a call?
If they booked a call, we don't send an email. If they didn't book a call after a day, we send them an email again. Right?
So here, I'll put my name again.
And then, uh, you might be closer than you think is the subject line. I can go into the email here, edit design, can read through the email.
Boom. They haven't booked the call yet. Put the put the link here.
And then my name right here. Save. And so on and so forth.
Right? And every single time I save, I also need to click the save button down here as well. So what you need to do as an operator, you need to go through all of these emails.
Right? So we're sending we're waiting a day, waiting another day, the third day, fourth day, fifth day.
So we're sending five follow-up emails. You need to go through all of those emails and make sure that everything is correct. You have your name here, your email here.
You need to go through the email, update everything so everything is correct. Right? So for the operators, this is pretty straightforward because most of the emails are pretty much prewritten for you.
It will be for the creator as well. But as as the creator, you will need to update a little bit more because every single creator has different niches and so on and so forth.
Right? Once you've gone through those emails, you need to double check them, and you need to triple check them. You need to check that every single email is correct, and all of that is working.
Right? Once you're done with that, click on save. The creators will do the same thing.
So we go into the creator one. Here, you can see it's the same thing. When somebody fills out the form opt in, then we update the opportunity again to lead stage.
We send an internal email notification. You need to update this to your email, your name, and to your custom email.
You can keep this the same. Right? Then we send we check ten minutes.
Did they book a call? If they didn't book a call, we send them an email. So here, we need to put in your name.
And your email. And then here, we have an email as well need to adjust.
So for the creators, there are some more placeholders. Right?
So first, thanks you for checking out my free training on training names. So this you need to adjust this to, like, sort of fits your niche and your offer and what you're doing. And, again, exactly what your niche and what your offer doing, we're gonna do that later in the training as we go through the workbook again.
So you can always refer back to this. Right? And then it's I noticed that you didn't book a call afterward, so I just wanted to reach out quickly.
If you're still trying to solve a problem, I generally believe this could help. A lot of people struggle with things like pain point one, pain point two, pain point three, most people stay stuck because they keep trying common mistake, but the truth is getting to desired result usually takes a clear system accountability and the right strategy, and that's exactly what we help people do inside your program there.
On the call, we'll simply look at where you are today, what's stopping you, a risk a realistic plan to get to desired result. No pressure. No weird sales stuff.
Just clear it on whether this could help. Book your free call here, add the liquid booking link, and your name. Once you're done, you click on save.
And once you're done with filling out all of this as well, you click save here as well. So everything in those automations are prewritten for you. Those emails are proven to work.
We've been using them for a lot of ourselves, for our customers. Like, they're proven to work.
You just need to go through every single email and update them so they fit your niche and your offer and what you're doing. And, again, if you're not exactly clear as a creator what you're offering and what your niche is yet, that's what we will go through in the rest of the training when we go through the the rest of the workbook.
Right? Here in the workbook, we have just scratched the surface. Right?
We're on page eight out of 55. So we're only at the tech stage right now. Right?
But those are the two automations, the creator and the operator. And, again, if you're an operator or a creator, you publish this. If you're a creator, you publish the other one.
Right? Yes. And, also, if you're wondering, well, what do I do if I'm an operator and I also have a creator?
Well, if you're an operator, then you have one subaccount for operator place, and you have another subaccount for your creator.
Right? So you don't do operator and creator in the same subaccount. You have one for the operator stuff and one for your creator.
If you're a creator, you only have a creator. Right? Yes.
So this is pretty straightforward. You just have to go through every single email, double check it, triple check it, quadruple check it. It's very important that you don't miss, like, you need your name here, your email here, all of the placeholders here.
Make sure that you save everything, and it's super important that you double and triple check everything because the last thing you wanna do is start sending emails, and, you know, they're not sending or they're not sending from the right email or whatever that might be.
And I'm actually gonna double check the lead operator one here because we're actually gonna test this one later. So internal email notification here, for example, it's gonna be from Max Pearson, and it's gonna be max+lead@maxpearsonmedia.com to custom email max@maxpearsonmedia.com.
And if you wonder why I put put the plus sign here, this is basically this will this is this is still the same email, max@maxpearsonsmedia.com.
It's just that it when you put a plus sign and you put I can I can write whatever here? I can write like this if I wanted to. Doesn't matter.
It will treat it like a separate email in a way. And yeah.
It's it's you you can search for this email in your inbox, and you'll only get see the emails from that. Doesn't matter. Like, it's side note.
I don't know if it's in the email I brought that up. But I'm gonna click save here. I'm gonna click save here.
I just wanna make sure as well that this email is correct. So Max Pearson, that looks good. And then here as well.
Yeah. Okay. Cool.
Yeah. So you need to double go through every single email, make sure that it's correct, and then also in the appointment confirmation reminder.
So what this automation does is that whenever you get a booked call, then this automation will trigger.
And here, we actually don't have a trigger now, I noticed. So this trigger will be triggered when we get an appointment.
Customer booked an appointment. And here, you will select contact only.
You will add a filter, and you will in you will select in calendar, and you'll also select whatever calendar you have. If you're an operator, you select this one.
If you're a creator, you select strategy session. Right? And I will click on save trigger, and then I will publish this as well.
Click save. So this automation will trigger every single time somebody books a call from within your calendar. So you need to make sure that you have your trigger there and your automation or and your calendar selected.
Right? And, again, contact only in calendar, and you select if you're an operator, partnership exploration call, strategy session if you are a course creator.
Then it will basically update the sales pipeline, so it will move them to the booked call stage. Right? And, again, we I will we will test this later.
So we'll show you exactly what happens step by step. Right? Then we send a confirmation email to the individual who booked the call.
So here from name, we can write it's gonna be from Max Pearson. From email, max@maxpearsonmedia.com. And it will be a very simple email, which is just like, hey, name.
Your appointment has been confirmed for start date, start time, and time zone. It will be in this meeting location, and then it's location name.
I would actually change this just from Max. You can do track clicks as well, and then click on save. And then twenty four hours before, we have a twenty four hour reminder email, which is gonna be from Max Pearson.
It will be from Max at Max Pearson media. Your meeting is in twenty four hours.
Boom. Boom. Boom.
Meeting location, and it's gonna be sent from from Max here.
And all of these things in gray, they are auto, like the contact of first name. That will pull in if it's Sarah or if it's sending to John or if it's sending to Richard or whoever it is, their name will be pulled in here.
And same thing with the appointment meeting location. It will be the Google Meet link, right, for that specific meeting.
So you don't have to update those. Those are placeholders.
Right? And then you do the same thing for one hour before. So from Max Pearson, in my case, and Max@MaxPearsonMedia.com.
And we can track link clicks for these as well. Click save. Click save.
Alright. So you just need to go through all of these emails as well, making sure that they're correct.
And all here as well, and click on save. And once you've updated all of that, click save.
Make sure that you double check all of these, triple check all of these, and that is basically it.
Right? Let's go back to the instructions. So we did the automations.
We talked about phone numbers. We're gonna go through phone numbers now as well.
But, yeah, that is basically it for automation. So super important.
Just to reiterate, if you're a creator, you have this one published and the appointment confirmation reminder published. If you're an operator, you keep this one published and the appointment confirmation reminder automation published.
And you need to double check everything, triple check everything, and make sure that everything is correct. You can't afford to miss a single detail when you go through those automations. And if you do miss a detail, you will notice that when we do the testing now a little bit later in this video or in this training.
Alright? Let's continue. Let's go to phone integration.
Let's talk about it. Right? So phone integration numbers.
So high level calls at lead connector. It's built on Twilio, the world's number one leading phone system. So all diff like, all and I won't say all, but most of the biggest softwares out there that allows you to send messages or text messages or phone calls, they're built on this phone call provider called Twilio, and HighLevel is built on that as well.
And I can actually show you what their website is. So let's see here.
If we go to Twilio.
So this is kind of the one platform for every customer interaction, like, you know, Netflix, Airbnb, I IBM, all of these it's it's like the leading provider for text messages and phone numbers, and HighLevel uses that as well.
And that is what we're going to use. Right?
Setup. It's kinda tricky to get a phone number approved for your GoHighLevel account due to, should say, due to laws and regulations.
I'll show you how to get approved for it. However, it's an extremely important thing to do.
However, it's not an extremely important thing to do part of this course. Like, you don't have to have a phone number. Right?
We can't get along just perfectly fine without a phone number only using email automations and texting people manually and calling people manually. This is what I recommend doing anyways. And I have an a two p guide there that I will show you how to if you wanna set up a phone number, I will show you how to do that.
Inside of your subaccount, we'll now have to set up the phone system and the phone number. Let me show you how to complete the a two p process and get verified. Note, again, if this seems like too much for you right now, skip this phone number step.
It's not a big deal. Email is the most important thing anyways. Right?
And so if you want to set set up a two p, the easiest way to do that is to go through this. You can go to course.com/atopguide, and you have a full guide here on how to actually do it.
And you can see here step by step what to click. Like, it's literally right here. And you need to have, yeah, your EIN number, for example.
Like, there's quite a lot of stuff. So this won't be applicable to everyone, which is why I don't wanna spend, you know, a bunch of time here in the training. Like, everything is literally put out here step by step for you.
And, again, if you just take it from the from the top here. Right? You just go to settings, phone numbers, and trust center.
So let me show you here. Inside of your subaccount, you go into settings, phone system, trust center, and this is where you start going through the a two p for messaging here.
Right? And you start registration, and you go through it step by step.
Is it super hard to do? No. It's not.
It's just like it's a it it's you need to apply for it, and, like, HighLevel makes it super simple for you, especially if you follow along in this guide right here. And they show you literally step by step click by click how to do it. It's not impossible at all, but it's just that it's a little bit of a hassle to go through it.
And in my opinion, like, it's not mandatory to use it because you can always like, every single time you send an automated text, they get this, like, opt out message.
Like, if you send them the best type of message you can send is from WhatsApp or send it from your phone using iMessage, sending blue text. Right?
They instead of getting this green, like, green SMS bubble. Right?
Let me show you what it looks like. So, normally, when you use automations, right, you get those green bubbles. Right?
And when you send iMessage, blue, people get this.
Right? So you just trust this way, way more.
Every single time you get a green text message is, like, you you and and it says, like, click here to stop or opt out.
You know that it's an automated text. If you just take two minutes by sending a voice note or or or a message manually over your iPhone, they will get a blue message, and it's just so much better. So this is why I recommend doing this anyways.
Like, it's 100,000,000 times better.
Right? So that's that. But if you really, really, really want to set up the automated text inside of HighLevel to use the green text messages, you just follow this this guide, and you have it right here.
Right? That's how to do it. And, yeah, I'm I'm I'm not that's the best way to set up.
You just follow this long. It's not that hard. Right?
But, again, I recommend this anyways. Just sending every single time you get a new lead, you get an email sent to you, you can put a notification on your phone that you get a notification every single time you get an email. Oh, I got a new lead.
Boom. Open up your iMessage or your WhatsApp and send them a message. Not even like it's million times better.
Alright. Let's continue. The next step is email integration.
Right? So Mailgun, HighLevel also makes it extremely simple to set up an internal email system for your business using Lead Connector built on Mailgun, which is the number one leading email solution in the world.
Right? Most of the big softwares emails softwares that are out there, they are built on Mailgun.
Like, it is the real deal. So same thing as high level with their tech services and phone services are built on Twilio. They're building their email services on Mailgun.
And pretty much every single email tool you can think about out there, like ActiveCampaign, Mailchimp, all of these ones, they're built on Mailgun as well.
Alright? I will show you the website in a sec. So dedicated sending domain.
It's super important that we set up a dedicated sending domain using the domain that you've just bought. So let me show you how to do this. We also need to warm up this domain for increased deliverability.
I will show you how to do this in the next step as well. IP. Right?
You can either use the shared or dedicated IP when you're sending emails, and a good IP also helps with email deliverability.
Right? You always start with a shared IP. When you're sending 100 to 250,000 emails per month or more, then you can start warming up a dedicated IP.
If sending more than 250,000 emails per month, you definitely you need a a dedicated IP.
So start with a shared IP now, fix the dedicated IP once it becomes relevant for you, and you have a very big email list. Right? So when we're sending emails, it's also becoming harder and harder to land an inbox.
Right? And all of these email providers like Gmail and Outlook, they wanna prevent spam.
Right? And that's why they have spam folders and promotion folders inside of their when you log in to Gmail, you have, like, different folders. And if you have spam, they land like a spam folder.
If it's like a promotional email, it lands in, like, the promotional tab. And we need to do everything that we can to make sure that we land in the inbox, right, so we don't land in spam and that we don't land in the promotion folder. And we'll talk about exactly how to do that.
And the two main things that we need to fix this is, first of all, we need a dedicated sending domain. I will show you how to set that up.
And you also need to have a good IP. But, again, with the IP in the beginning, you need to have a shared IP, meaning that this IP is shared by, I think, up to five other people. And what it's only when you're sending, like, hundreds of thousands of emails per month when you have a big email list, that's when it becomes relevant to use a dedicated IP.
So first of all, let me just show you Mailgun. Right? So if we close this and we go to mailgun.com.
So Mailgun is the same thing as Twilio but for email. Right? It's a transactional email delivery service and API for developers.
So, like, you know, Dribbble, Microsoft Lift, NHL, American Express, Substack, like some of the biggest companies in the world and, like, all pretty much all of the leading email service providers out there that you can buy an an an email service from, they're they're built on Mailgun.
And and HighLevel is built on Mailgun as well, which is really, really good. And the way we set this up is and also Google Postmaster, not mandatory, but powerful thing that you should do.
I will show how to do this as well. So the first thing is that we're gonna set set this dedicated sending domain up. And the way we do that is that we go to inside of your high level account.
We go into again, we're inside of your subaccount. We go into settings. We go to email services.
And this is where you we are going to it says here, right, you're using a shared domain, a dedicated domain.
Add a dedicated domain to unlock higher sending limits and build sending reputation that belongs to you. So we're gonna click here, add dedicated domain or up here, add dedicated domain on IP. So I'm just gonna click here.
And then what we want to do is that we're gonna add lc.mydomain.com. I'm just gonna check here if we have yeah.
Okay. So here, what we can do is that we're just gonna set up a this this domain.
So I'm I can just write here, like, email dot max pearson media dot com.
Right? So you can use the same email dot your domain dot com. Right?
We put that here. Enter domain name. I click add and verify.
And then we click here. We click on continue.
And then we click add records, And then it will add those record for us. I will just click on verify domain here.
So sometimes it takes so now we can see one got verified. So, normally, we just have to click back and forth here a little bit. So I will simply click click on these three dots here again.
Click on verify domain.
Now they're all being verified. I click on verify domain here again, and there we go.
That's how easy it is. Literally created a dedicated sending domain in two clicks or three clicks. Like, HighLevel is making it so simple for us.
And you can also see here, warm up in progress as well. So they're also helping us to warm up the domain over time as well. Yes.
Which is really, really good. Then dedicated headers. This is definitely something we wanna do as well.
So I'm gonna click on these three dots, and then I'm gonna click on set headers. And here, I'm gonna put my name, Max Pearson, from email, max@maxpearsonmedia.com.
It will look a lot better when you're sending those emails. So we're gonna click on save, And now we have the dedicated headers as well, your name and your email.
And then you can see here as well, we have a shared IP. And here also it says no dedicated IP found. Right?
So we recommend one dedicated IP address for every 150,000 emails per month. We'll automatically warm up your new dedicated IP according to best practices so you can start off with a great deliverability and add positive reputation.
Dedicated IP recommendation for high level volumes. A dedicated IP is recommended for users on more than a 150,000 emails per month.
Since your email volume in the last two weeks is less than 50,000, your contact list is under 10,000, you may not need one at this time. Please contact just support if you still require it. So they're they're not even, like, offering you to buy a dedicated domain until you are reaching those limits.
So you are now on a shared IP, which is great. You have a dedicated sending domain, and you have your dedicated headers, and the warm up is in progress.
Boom. HighLevel is making it so easy for us. It's absolutely insane.
And that's basically everything we need to do. So now if I go back to back to SMTP services here, we can see that we have our dedicated domain.
Just checking if there's anything else. Also, Postmaster tool is something we can set up. So this is pretty cool.
So with the Google Postmaster tools, you can optimize email performance and ensure accurate delivery to Gmail inboxes, connect your Google account that has access to the Google Postmaster data.
So here you can just click on connect to Google Postmaster. You can log in with your Google account and click on continue.
And check this box. Click on continue. And connected to Google Postmaster.
Boom.
And there we go. Like, we don't really need to do this. So we have the that added as well.
And Microsoft, we obviously don't need to add, but we've added Google Postmaster. So now we have the dedicated sending domain.
We have the shared IP and Google Postmaster. Boom. We're moving quicker.
Like, all of these things, again, took me quite a lot of time to figure out. And so we were just you're getting the best everything you need and nothing you don't. Right?
Let's continue. Email deliverability. This is absolutely crucial.
Right? Inbox or die. So if your emails land in spam, they are invisible because people won't see them.
So deliverability decides whether your emails even get seen or not. Because of this, it's extremely important we do everything we can to improve our chances of landing in the inbox. Right?
We need to do everything we can to increase email deliverability, and there are certain things we can do that we 100% should do, and I will show you how to do it. So let's do it. Google.
Google is making it harder than ever to hit the inbox. One mistake in your setup, and you can get flagged. Like, the last thing you wanna do is start spamming your email list because then you basically get marked and your dedicated sending domain is basically broken.
It won't ever work again. So and I will show you all of the metrics that you need to look at when it comes to sending emails, but as long as you're not spamming and sending, like, 100 emails to people in a day if you're sending, one email per day to your list, you're fine.
If you're sending two emails per week, you're 100% fine. If you're sending one email per week, you're three emails per week, you're 100% fine. If you're sending automations, that's 100% fine because people opt into your funnel.
They expect an email from you, and they get an email, and they will open it. Like, that's fine. So but, like, spamming people, buying lists, and doing all of that, we 100% don't want to do.
Tool. So the tool doesn't equal deliverability. This is a very important point.
Active if you use ActiveCampaign, Mailchimp, KIT, or HighLevel, it doesn't matter.
All of them are built on Mailgun. Right? The tool doesn't control email deliverability.
Your dedicated sending domain and your IP reputation do. So I used to think that, okay. Maybe because I've been going through all of these softwares.
Right? So it's like, We're using HighLevel. Maybe we should be using ActiveCampaign, or maybe we should be using Kit, or maybe we should be using Mailchimp because maybe they will give us better email deliverability.
And then I hired, uh, this email specialist, and we had a talk. And he was like, all of these tools are built on the same thing. They're all built on Mailgun.
It doesn't matter what tool you're using. It's same thing. What matters is how you manage your list that you're not sending spam and also that you have a dedicate good dedicated sending domain, that you have a good IP, whether if it's shared or dedicated one, and that you have all of these things that we're gonna set up as well, whether the DMARC and SPF records that we'll show you how to set up here in a second.
So the tool isn't a secret to good email deliverability. HighLevel has amazing deliverability if you do everything that I will show you how to do.
Right? You already have dedicated send domain. We have a shared IP.
You're warming up your email. We've set up Google Postmaster, and now we're gonna set up the the SPF and DKIM records and all of this as well.
Now domain reputation matters. Bad open rates and poor setup damage your setup your sender reputation. You must have a dedicated send in domain, which we have now, proper DNS, which is SPF, DKIM, and DMARC, and also use a warm up tool.
And high level audit gives us a warm up tool out of the box. You can buy warm up tools and warm it warm it up on top of that if you want to, which some people do, but then you will have to pay an extra 50 to $400 per month.
We used a a warm up tool, 400 per month for a while, but it's just overkill. Like, you like, it's if you're just a complete nerd and have a huge list and you wanna you take it very, very seriously.
In the beginning, you don't need to at all. Also, 40% op open rate is the safe zone.
So to build trust with email providers, aim for at least 40% open rates. It's the safest way to protect your reputation and scale without issues.
The last thing you want is to spam your list. Right? And what I mean by open rate, if I have 100 people on my email list and I send out an email, I want at least 40 people to open the email.
Right? If I have less than that, it like, that's not the best.
If you have more than that, it's amazing. So we we wanna shoot for 40%. And also what we can do with our email list, this becomes a little bit more of a should I put it?
I'm getting a little bit ahead of myself. This is little bit more like advanced stuff. But when you start building a big email list, then you start to get thousand people there.
10,000 people, 50,000 people, 100,000 people. Like, right now on our email list, I think we have, like, 140 or something like that.
140,000 people. And we've also scraped it and removed a bunch of stuff. But we we from our list of 140,000 people, we're not sending emails to our entire list because we have we have people in there who never open them.
So we don't continue to send them emails. Right? So we're only sending emails to people who have opened at least one email from us in the past ninety days.
Right? So we're constantly keeping track of our email list and how many people have opened it, and we only send emails to people who have actually opened an email within the last ninety days. So when then when we do send an email, we increase our chances of those people opening the emails because they've opened emails from us previously, if that makes sense.
But you only need to worry about that as you start growing a bigger email list, but that's how you can increase your chances of increasing the open rates to the people you're sending to because you're only sending to the people who have previously opened your emails, if that makes sense. Yeah.
Now how to land in the inbox? First of all, we need a dedicated sending domain. This is a must.
Make sure that everything is set up correctly. We just did that. Pat yourself on the on the shoulder.
That's great. Dedicated IP. As stated previously, always start with a shared IP.
If you scale when you scale, rather, you buy a dedicated IP, and HighLevel will notify you once you come there. They will let you know that, hey.
You're sending more emails. You should probably have a dedicated IP. But to start shared IP is the only it's the best thing you can do because it's already warmed up.
DNS records. Right? Use this guide to set up your SPM, DKIM, and DMARC.
You can go to course.com/deliverability, and we will set up all of these DNS records. I will show you how to do that.
Also, warm up tools normally cost 70, even 70 to $400 per month. The good news is that it's integrated with GoHighLevel. So, like, it's already set up.
We don't have to set up. It's already there. If you wanna use an email warm up tool on top of that, there are different options you can use.
Don't really you don't need that now in the beginning, especially when you're starting with a brand new account. You don't need it. Because as you start getting people opt into your funnel and you send out your automations, you will automatically warm up your your email dedicated sentiment anyways just naturally.
So it's fun. And 40% opens. Right?
So this is what you should aim for to stay safe long term, and then spam trigger words. Make sure that your email stays away from common spam words that can get you flagged, and you can use a free tool to check your emails. You can go to mailmeteor.com/spamchecker.
And I can show you what that tools look like as well. This is not like a like a law or something.
It's just a good tool to keep track of. Like, you don't wanna use specific words like, you know, make millions for free or, like, all of there are certain words that are kinda spam trigger words that we wanna stay away from.
But now what we need to do is that we need to set up this email deliverability. So those different DNS records.
You go to course.com/deliverability. I'm gonna open that up, and you will get a guide here.
Right? So first of all, you go to your it says CourseOS here.
That's the name of our high level. But you go to your high level account, settings, domains, DNS settings, and add TXT records there. So I will go to settings, which I'm in.
Right? If I just go back here, inside of your subaccount, go to settings, then you go to domains and URL redirects.
You go to your domain, click on manage, you click on DNS records, and this is where we're gonna spend some time now. And I could actually do a split screen here.
So we can close this. We can add this here. So the first thing we wanna add is the SPF record.
So we're gonna click on add record here, and it's gonna be a TXT. You can just follow along.
Click an add sign here, and then the content is gonna be this. I'm gonna paste that right here, and then we click save.
Boom. Done. The next thing we're going to do is add a DKIM record, and you're gonna go to admin.google.com.
You're gonna log in. This is what we set up previously. Right?
And then you're gonna log in to your account, And then you will go to apps, Google Workspace, Gmail, authenticate email.
So we're gonna click here, apps, Google Workspace, Gmail, and then go into authenticate email, which is right here.
Boom. And then you will choose your domain right here, And then you will click on generate new record if one is not already there.
So we click generate new record right there, and copy the TXT name.
Let's see here. So we will oh, yeah. We'll generate this.
This is fine. And then we will copy this, the TXT record, and we will go back to here.
Right? Add new record. You will add a new TXT, and we will name is gonna be this that we took and copied from here.
Right? And then we have the yeah.
So it's normally Google dot domain key, which it is. And then copy the the long TXT value. So that is going to be this stuff.
I'm gonna copy all of this record value, and I will place it in here, content.
And that is basically it.
And then I'll click on save.
So it's type TXT name and then content. Right? And then once that is done, we go back here, and then we click start authentication, and it can take up to forty eight hours.
I'm gonna click on start authentication, and that's basically it. And then we've set up our DKIM record as well.
Boom. We're making fast progression here. And then we can also add the DMARC record.
So the way we do this is that we click on add record. This is also gonna be a TXT, and it's gonna be name.
It's gonna be underscore DMARC right there. And then content is gonna be this what you have right here.
And then it says replacename@yourbusiness.com with your actual email address.
So here, you can put in content. I'm gonna change this to my email, max pearson media dot com, and then I will click on save.
And now we've done everything. And then it says after adding all records, you can wait up to, like, forty eight hours for them to update, and then you can use this tool right here to just check that all of your records are actually added correctly.
So you can just add your domain here, and you can just click MX lookup, and then you can see here, like, the market has not yet been added.
So you can just check here in, like, forty eight hours that everything has been updated correctly. That is basically it.
So let's go back to instructions. We've now added all of this. Go back to your checklist here as well.
So now we have we've done school. We've done high level. We've done domain.
We've set up the email, Google Workspace. We've set dedicated sender domain.
We've added DNS record, SPF and DKIM. We've activated email warm up tool inside of HighLevel, and we've connected Google Postmaster. Um, phone is optional.
Uh, we've done the white label. We've done the funnel. We have done the calendar, and we've done the automations.
And now we're gonna do the testing. Right? Pretty exciting.
So now let's continue. Now we're gonna oh, it's time to test. Right?
So triple check that everything is set up correctly now. Like, your funnel. Right?
The URLs for all of your funnel pages, that your s that every single page on your funnel has SEO, that you have, like, your calendar is set up correctly, your form, your automations, your email deliverability.
Check through your entire account again page by page. It's very important. So literally pause the video now.
Just double check everything. Double check your funnel, your URLs, like URLs for the funnels correctly, your calendar, your form, your automations, email deliverability.
Everything is right. And now what we're going to do is that we're gonna do test booking. We're gonna do a test from beginning to end, and we're gonna make sure that everything is working correctly, both on desktop and on mobile.
Make sure the calendar event is created, automations are firing, emails and SMS are sending. Like, in in our case right now in the automation, we don't even have SMS in there because, again, I recommend doing it manually. Test everything multiple times.
So let's do this now. So what I'm gonna do is I'm gonna open up here.
I'm gonna have my Gmail. And on this side, I am going to have my other email.
Right? My Max Pearson media right here.
And I will also have my calendar here, which is also going to be my Max Pearson media calendar. Right?
This one. And on the other side, I will go to max pearson media dot com. And I will also open up another Gmail here.
And in this email, I will have my my other email, my maxpearsons37@gmail.com. So here's what I'm going to do.
First of all, I'm gonna go to my funnel here. Let's say I'm a lead now. I come here to my funnel, and I'm interested.
So I'm gonna put in my name, my first name. I'm gonna put in a phone number. We can just do, like, I can do a Swedish phone number.
Doesn't matter.
Like so. And then I will use maxpearceon37@gmail.com. So I will use an email here just to do a test with.
Right? And I can do, like, plus test one, and I will click on submit.
Now when I click on submit, I should get redirected to the schedule page, right, to book a call. So I'll click on submit and boom.
We appreciate your feedback. Thanks for taking the time to complete this form. An error.
This is not good. When we fill this out, we should get redirected to our scheduling page.
So this is good. We just identified an error. Now let me show you how we fix that.
So let's go back. We go to sites, and we go to the operator funnel that I'm in.
And we want to or actually, we should do this. We should go to forms builder and go to the in my case, this was the operator or the opt in form rather.
Right? So the opt in form, we can go into the opt in form. We're gonna go into settings.
And here, can say on submit. We got a message. We don't want that.
So we're gonna change this to redirect to URL. So it's gonna be httpscolon//maxpearsonmedia.com/schedule is the page they should get redirected to.
Right? And then I click on save.
K. Good. So that was the first error.
That's great. That's where we do the testing. So now I'm also gonna double check that my automations is live here, by the way.
K. Cool. And now if I go into contacts, I do have k.
Here we go. So here we can see that this I got the contact into HighLevel.
That's correct. And also, I go into my inbox, I can see I sent an email to myself. So you just get a new lead.
Somebody just opted in. So that that is working. That's good.
I am actually gonna delete this contact now and we do a test again. So I'm gonna delete this contact.
Boom.
And I'm also gonna delete this email so we can do it from scratch here. Alright?
So let's test it again. Let's take it from scratch.
Let's see. It's this one. I just wanna delete the oh, whatever.
It's fine. Okay. Let's let's do another test.
I go back here. My name is Max. My phone number, let's do Swedish one.
And let's do 373 Gonna click on submit.
Now, hopefully, we get redirected to the scheduling page. Boom. Redirected to the calendar.
Perfect. The next thing I wanna check now is does it show the right times? So I cannot book a call for Friday, which is makes sense.
Right? Because I can only book four four hours into the future. So one, two, three, four hours, they cannot book.
So I should be able to book nine, ten, 11AM, which you can see here. 09:10, 11AM.
Great. If I do Sunday, I cannot book because it's it's blocked out.
If I go to Monday, I should be able to book nine, ten, eleven, one, two, three, four, and six. So we have 9, 101112346.
Everything is working. Great. Uh, let's say I wanna book a call though for Saturday at 9AM.
So I'm gonna click on 9AM, click select, gonna put in my name, Max Pearson, and I'm gonna put in my phone number.
And I will put an email. So maxpearson37+test3@gmail.com. Instagram handle, test YouTube channel, youtube.com/test.
Audience size, 100,000,000, billion.
I don't know. What you need our help with? Everything.
Right? We're just testing now. And then I click on schedule meeting.
Now what should happen is that I should get a booking in my calendar, and, also, I should get redirected to the success page.
So if I click on schedule meeting, boom. It redirected to the scheduling page.
Perfect. You can see here that the event got created. So here now we can see that I have the event in my calendar.
Everything looks great. And also what else?
If I go into the calendar here, I can see that I've just got a new lead, which is really, really good. And if I go into the the the individual who booked the call, we can see that he got first an appointment confirmation email.
So, hi, Max. Your appointment has been confirmed, the link and the date and everything, and he also got an invitation from Google.
So I can say, yes. I will be able to join this.
That's good. And if I go to the calendar here, I can see that there's is the invite from the person who booked the call as well.
Perfect. Okay. Everything is working.
Then also what I wanna check is instead of high level, we should have the lead now under opportunities. So you can see now here, right, that the lead first got populated here, and now it's been moved into the booked call.
And if I click on Max here now, who actually booked the call, I can see all of the questions to their answers as well. Right?
I can see that uh, their Instagram handle, their YouTube channel, what they need help with, their audience size. And, also, I can see that they opened their email I sent them.
If I can make this bigger here. Right? So I can see they opted into the sales pipeline three minutes ago.
They booked an appointment a minute ago, and they moved to the sales pipeline. And I can see here they they visited maxperiencemedia.com, form submitted, created contact.
They can seek on their journey. Right? And then also what I can do here is that I can send them an email here if I want to, or I can send a WhatsApp or an SMS.
Right? Or I can leave an internal comment here as well, which is pretty cool. So I can leave in, like, an internal comment.
So let's remember x before the call.
And if I send this, I have, like, an internal just a note for myself for this contact.
Right? So whenever I'm gonna have the call with this individual, I can just go into opportunities, and I can say, okay.
Here we have let's see.
We have the booked call right here. When I click on the lead, I can see all of the I can click on this card here.
Right? I can click on max, and I can see the questions before the calls. Before the call, I can always go in and check what they answered here as well, and I can prepare myself for the call.
Now if I go into the automation, I can see that we have two people here in the new lead operator, and you can see that we have the one that I just tested here.
Right? It's the test that I just made.
And now what happened, right, since this lead has actually booked a call, if I click if I select this one now and just move selected contact currently to the next step because right now, it's waiting ten minutes.
Right? And after ten minutes, it's gonna check if they booked a call or not. So now I can just click this button, and I can move them.
Instead of waiting ten minutes, I can basically tell HighLevel that I want this lead to basically go to the next step. And, hopefully, what happens now is that this lead should now not send another email because they've already booked a call. They should go to this branch.
So if I click next step here now, move all, and then if I just update this page, you can see that the lead is no longer in this automation because they did book a call.
So everything is working correctly.
That is basically it. So what you need to do is that you need to test to do this on the phone.
Like, if I go into my phone right now and just just check out this page on my phone, super quick, I can see that it looks okay on the mobile as well. So I go to maxpearsonmedia.com here, for example.
I can see that everything looks as it should. I could even share this to my MacBook Pro so you can see what I'm looking at.
Right? So you can see here, like on the phone, everything is looking correct.
So you should do a test here on your phone also just to make sure that everything is working correctly. Like, if I go to the schedule page, I can just check that everything is looking correct here as well.
Looks beautiful on the phone. I can see the calendar here. Great.
I can go to the success page as well. Everything is looking beautiful on the phone as well. Everything is mobile optimized for you.
Boom. Everything is working as it should. Um, so that is basically it.
You just need to double check everything, triple check everything, make sure everything is working. I can now under my contacts tab as well that everything is working as it should. I'm building my email list.
I have my leads in here. If I wanna send an email to my list, we're gonna talk about this later. I can go into marketing.
I can go to emails. I can create a new campaign here. I can send an email blast to my list, share my YouTube videos, share my offers, like, all of that we're gonna talk about now in the upcoming training.
Let's just go through the through the workbook here now as well. Complete the full test booking on desktop. You need to do it completely on your mobile.
Confirm calendar event was created. Confirm automation emails was fired correctly. Confirm SMS fired if phone numbers are set up, and you want if you wanna use that.
So that is basically it. Let's check here if we have anything more.
Well, congratulations. You're now officially an online education high level ninja. I promised you in the beginning of this training that you will become a high level ninja, and you now are specifically for the online education industry.
So that's it. Now, again, I did my testing pretty quickly.
You need to test it again on the mobile. You need to go through everything in the workbook, check everything off, make sure everything is working. And once you're done with that, we can now then continue to the next step, which is the pre sell.
Right? Everything we've done so far is just step number one, which is tech. And it's quite a lot to set up, but it's worth it.
Right? Everything you just learned, you've learned maybe in a in a day or so. It literally took me a day or two, and literally took me years to figure all of this out.
So just take a breather now, or you just you're a killer and just go all in and just continue. If so, respect you deeply.
Or maybe just take a break, take a walk, or if it's late, go to bed, wake up in the morning fresh, and then we can continue. Because now we're gonna go through the presell offer, and then the traffic, and the promotion, sales course, and then the operator as well. So I'll see you in the next step.
Let's go. First of all, big congratulations on completing the entire tech setup.
Now before we dive into the presale part of the training, I just wanted to mention. Again, you know the drill. Like, if you're somebody who wanna become a course creator or an operator, you wanna get there faster and easier with more help and support, you can go and book a 100% free course advisory call with my team, and, uh, we can show you how we can help you some more.
Now we've literally helped thousands of people by now to start, wanna grow online education businesses as creators or as operators. And so, yeah, if that sounds interesting, you can go to course.com/start, and we can jump on the call.
Now back to the training. Now we are going to dive into section number two and talk about the presell. And this is extremely, extremely important.
Doesn't matter if you are a course creator or a course operator. If you can learn how to do this as the creator who will start and grow your own online course, this is gonna be super powerful for you, and we have a bunch of powerful stuff to cover in the workbook as well.
And if you're an operator, this is the best thing you can learn.
This is how you make money the fastest way possible for the creator. So it doesn't matter if you're an operator or or a creator. This is gonna be super, super, super powerful stuff.
Right? And just to reiterate again here as well. Right?
It's extremely, extremely important that you go through the workbook. We're gonna have a lot of very powerful things to go through in the workbook as we go through this part of the training now.
So first, I'm gonna walk you through the overall view of why we do preselling and how it works, and then I will walk you through the different action items we have in the workbook as well. So first of all, why do we even pre sell? What is this thing and why is it so powerful?
Well, here's the thing. You don't want to build your course first.
Most people spend months building a course their market actually doesn't want. And then they launch and there's silence. Nothing happens.
So preselling eliminates that risk entirely. Right? And that's why we have once we've set up the tech, we wanna go to start preselling and creating our presell offer immediately.
I'm gonna help you to refine your niche. We're gonna do competitor research, and we want to use something called the Apple strategy to just copy something that works.
This is the most powerful thing you can do. We I just had a customer a couple of days ago on our q and a calls, and he's been joining our q and a calls every single week.
And he's been having a tough time. And on every single call, it's been about, yeah, my messaging. I'm gonna change the messaging slightly.
I'm gonna change the offer slightly. And we've been going back and forth with this thing when it comes to what exactly I'm gonna show you now. And he joined the the call this Monday, and he was like, I finally had my breakthrough.
I made over $17,000 this week, and I'm shooting for 50 k this month. And it just clicked.
And the only thing that changed was that we started to copy what work what works already. We we listened to what the market wanted, and we we tweaked it and made 17 k in a week, and he's gonna shoot for 50 k this month. And who knows?
He can go to a 100 k even more than that. So this is so so powerful. Right?
Validate before you build. So we want to sell the course to five, ten, or 15, or maybe even 20 people first. If people buy, then you build.
Right? If they don't, you haven't wasted a bunch of time on building something that the market doesn't want. And also when you do this presell offer the right way, obviously, the people who buy the course will know that it's not built yet.
And because of that, they will get a great deal for it. I will show you exactly how to do that as well. This is gold right here.
This is how you make money. Yeah, you're absolutely gonna love this stuff. So marketing comes first.
Right? You set up your funnel and start promoting before the product even exists. The market tells you whether to build it or not.
And this is exactly what we want to do. Same thing in the software world.
They about creating a minimum viable product first. You create the minimum product first and you start to sell it and then you get feedback and then start building it.
The thing though when we're building digital products is that we can sell the information even before it's built. And you will tell the people to buy it again that it's not built yet, but it will be done in or three weeks from now. And then you start selling it and when they buy it, they get a great deal for it, the discount, and then you build it.
And now you know that there's people who are actually waiting for it and they paid money for it. You validated that you have something to sell. So proof over assumption.
One sale is worth more than six months of building. Real buyers are the only validation that matters. It doesn't matter what you think or what you hope is going to work or even what you know is going to work.
We want to make sure that people are actually willing to pay money for it. That's the thing that matters.
So here's how pre selling works. You sell the vision, not the product.
Tell your first buyers the course isn't built yet. In return, they get early access and a discount for trusting you first. So obviously, you need an idea of what the course is about.
Let's say I am going to help people to quit smoking. Let's say I'm gonna have a course that help people to quit smoking. Then I basically, I start to advertise it.
I start to promote it. I also start to do my competitive research. I'm asking myself, who is the number one individual out there currently who's helping people to quit smoking?
Who's a coach or maybe even selling a course already? I do my research on them. I will show you exactly how to do this research and how to find who they are so we can start to copy what's working for them.
I set up my landing page. I set up my tech, everything that we've done now. And then I start to advertise it.
And when I jump on calls with people, I tell them that, I know you obviously want to quit smoking. I can help you with that. Here's my plan for my course.
It's not built yet, but here's exactly what I will do for you. You will get a course which are gonna be five modules. The first module will be created in three weeks from now or it will be done in three weeks from now.
I will have a community. I will have Q and A calls. You will get this bonus as well.
I'm only selling it to 15 people. And because of the first 15 people that buy it, we will also get a 20% discount. If you want in, you can buy it.
If not, it's completely fine. But I'm only selling this to 15 people. So when the spots run out, the spots run out.
And then they buy it, and then they wait three weeks for the first module to be released. Once you've sold it to 10 or 15 people, you build it.
You release it once you've said that you will release it. And now you know that you're customers and you haven't even built it yet.
And we did this with CAM as well. $150,000 in cash collected in three weeks or sorry, revenue, contracted revenue or contracted value in three weeks and $50,000 cash collected in three weeks.
Jirius made a launch, 66. We've seen this over and over and over and over again. Discount as an incentive.
So you can offer a 10% to 20% discount or maybe even 30%.
It's up to you. I think 20% is is is a good discount off the full price as the reason to buy now instead of waiting. They get a better deal.
You get proof of concept. Right? And in the workbook, I show exactly how to do all of this step by step.
Then you deliver in modules. So the first module is ready in two to three weeks from now. Every week after that, a new module drops.
They're buying into a build, not a finished product, which also has a lot of benefits.
Because now as you're building up modules, you get feedback from them. And also, when you're selling them on the sales call, they tell you what problems they have. And now you know that this is what you need to cover in the course as well.
And later in this program as well, I'll show you how to plan out the product and do all of that. Then transparency build trust as well.
Right? So being upfront that the course is in progress isn't the weakness. It's honesty.
And it's attracting the right buyers as well. Again, it also allows you to verify demand so that when you start building, you know for a fact that you have what your customers that you have customers actually want this specific thing as well. So this is the absolute best thing.
I remember when I got started, was like, no, this is scary. Pre selling, oh, no, I don't want to do that. I don't want sell something that isn't built yet.
But the customers who buy it, they know that it's not completed yet. And because that, they get a great deal for it, and you can verify that the offer is actually working. So here's the presell offer formula.
Right? You wanna use scarcity and urgency in your presell offer. So you wanna limit the presell to five to 20 people only.
When it's gone, it's gone. Scarcity is real when you enforce it. Right?
So this also creates a massive urgency. If you wait, you risk losing the discount and the bonuses. So you can say, like, I'm only selling this to 10 people.
I've I've only sold I've already sold it to four, and I have 10 more call books for this week. You don't have to buy right now, but if you don't, like and if you wait a week or two, chances are very high that some of the other 10 people I'm gonna have called with this week will actually buy it.
And I'm only only gonna sell it to 10 people, and you get a discount, etcetera, etcetera, all everything that I'm gonna cover. So this creates automatic scarcity and automatic urgency because you have limited spots and maybe have limited time for it as well.
Right? Discount. And also something I wanna cover here, a quick story.
Um, this was actually a friend of mine. He went to a hotel in Las Vegas, and he had waited a long time in the queue. He finally came to the desk.
He's gonna buy a hotel room. And he's like, yes. I wanna buy this hotel room.
And they were like, actually, we have this a little upgrade, which is only gonna cost you, I don't know, $200 or, like, I don't know, $200 extra for x amount of nights or whatever. It was a good deal.
And but they said, so you're gonna get a nicer room, but we only have one of these rooms left. And you either buy it now and you get it.
You get a great deal for it. If you don't wanna buy it and you wanna think about it, I'm gonna offer the same thing to the individual behind you. So if you go and think about it, you will have to, like, enter the queue again.
And when you come to the desk again, most likely, the offer will be gone. So do you wanna take it or not? So it's like that's automatic scares and urgency.
And they kinda looked back. You saw all of the other people in the queue. It's like, oh, it's actually a good deal.
If I don't take it now, the other guy will probably take it. I should probably take it. And then they bought it.
So that's a prime example of kinda how this works. Discount. Offer a meaningful price reduction for for buying before the course is built.
So reward early buyers and believers. Right? For example, I will sell this course for $3,000, but for the first 15 customers, they will get it for $2,400.
So it's a 20% off. But I only have 10 spots available, and I've already sold it to four people, and I'll have another 10 calls for for this week.
So if you wait, chances are that it will this discount will disappear. It's pretty far powerful. Bonuses.
So you can stack additional value on top of the discount as well, and the bonus makes the decision easier and the offer harder to ignore as well. Right? And we'll show you examples of this as well in the workbook.
So risk reversal. Also, a conditional guarantee, you don't have to use risk reversals, but you can.
A conditional guarantee, they must meet certain conditions. Like, it adds confidence without opening the door to, like, abuse the the the the the guarantee.
Right? You can I I think you should skip the unconditional guarantee on presales? For example, if you buy the presale offer, complete the entire course, implement everything I teach, and join every Q and A call for the first six weeks, and you're still not happy, could get a full refund.
So that's a conditional guarantee. Like, they have to meet certain conditions to be able to ask for a refund. Right?
So if you buy the course, you complete the entire course, you're implementing everything I teach, you join every single CUNY call for this first six weeks, and you're still not happy, and you did all of this work, then I will refund you. That's a conditional guarantee.
You have a condition on top of it. An unconditional guarantee would basically be you buy it, whatever happens within two weeks, you're not happy, I can give you a refund. I don't think you should use I don't even think you need a conditional guarantee when you're selling a presale presale offer because you're giving them such a good discount and a bonus as well.
So if they're in, they're in. If not, then somebody else can take it.
Right? But then they also risk losing out on this opportunity as well.
Right? And then also testimonials. So you can also make it mandatory for everyone that buys the presell offer with the discount to leave you a video testimonial after going through your course as well.
And so this is how you can collect a lot of testimonials fast. So this is something you can ask for as well. Right?
So you can say like, yes, I'm offering this presell offer. It's 10 spots. You get 20% discount.
You're literally gonna save $600 or whatever it is, and you're gonna get a bonus, which could be like a one on one or two one on one calls with you, and you could price that at whatever price that is, which is very valuable, which a lot of people want. But in return for that, I want you to leave a testimonial for me once you've completed the course and done the one on one calls.
And I'm not like, you're not like, all I'm asking for is an honest testimonial. If you absolutely despise it, say that in the video. Right?
But, like, can have that as an agreement as well that if you buy this, I want the testimonial.
So this is how you can collect, like, your first 10 testimonials pretty dang quickly as well. Now, again, I'm I'm kinda going through all of this now because we're gonna reiterate everything in the workbook as well. But the Apple strategy then so this is very, very powerful stuff.
So don't be the first, be the best. Steve Jobs didn't invent the phone. Right?
Nokia, Motorola, and BlackBerry, they already own that market with with cell phones. He just built the best one, and he won. And he built one of the biggest, if not the biggest companies in the world.
And Tip Cook recently said this in in an in an interview with MKBHD, if you know who that is on YouTube. He said that we at Apple, we don't care about being the first.
We only care about being the best. And what it means by that is that Steve Jobs, right, he saw a bunch of people out there, bunch of people in the world buying phones.
Right? And they were buying Nokia, Motorola, Blackberry. They were buying all of these phones.
So was like, human beings with money buying phones.
Massive market. A lot of money going through there. Back in like, a lot of money in in that space.
Right? So So you thought, okay. I don't care about being the first.
I don't care that I didn't build the first phone. I don't care. Like, I don't care about being the first.
I only care about being the best because now I know that there's there are already people out there buying phones. Right? And people already always want to get the best phone for their money.
So when he launched iPhone, he knew that he already had customers because they were already buying his competitors' phones. So when he launched iPhone, he launched a better phone, and then people started buying that.
So he he already verified the the demand in the marketplace before he he even went into business, which is the biggest mistake most of us entrepreneurs do when we start up.
We don't do any market research, and we don't know that there's a market for it. Like, we we don't know that there's actually buyers buying this from somebody else already.
And then when we launch something, nobody's buying it. And normally, it's not because the product is bad. It's because nobody wants it.
Like, nobody is, like, looking for a solution for that. Or also a lot of the time, you have a product that people want, but you you don't know how to how to market it or, like, how to tell the market that you have what they want.
And the easiest way to solve that is just to look at what what your competitors are doing. And I will show you exactly how to do that research in this video or now in this training.
So the market already exists. If people are buying from your competitors, demand the demand is already proving. They're already buying from a competitor.
That's great. You don't need to create a market. You need to enter one that's already working.
This is huge. When I got started in business, I was afraid of competitors. I was like, I don't want a single competitor.
I want to be unique. I want to be the only one who sells this because then everybody will buy from me. But that's the wrong mindset because if nobody else is selling anything, then there's no buyers.
Very rarely you find something that's in the marketplace like, hey, I really want this thing, and there's nobody selling it. Normally, when that's the case, it means that there are no buyers for it. There's no people actually looking for a solution for that thing.
So competitors who are out there already having successful businesses selling to your marketplace, that's great because now we know how to enter the marketplace and then we can try to make it better. And not always do you have to have the best product.
A lot of the time, in the infospace, like, people buy from people. So let's say a great example, like, in the sales training space.
Right? There there's a lot of people out there who are teaching people how to become sales reps and setters and closers. And there's a lot of guys, mainly been a male dominated industry, where there's guys teaching guys how to get into sales.
Right? And people are making a lot of money in it. Then this girl came around, like 22 years old, 23.
I don't know how old she is. Shelby Sutt. And she created sales training in this marketplace.
But she's a girl or a woman, and she only started teaching other women how to get into sales. Right? So she took the exact same thing that was already working from guys to guys, but she's a girl and started teaching girls how to do it.
She built a business generating 4 to $5,000,000 per month per month, which is insane.
Right? So she did this exact same thing. Was like, okay.
People are buying sales training. People wanna get into sales. Sales is a great opportunity.
It's only guys selling to guys. What if I did it girls selling to girls, women selling to women? And she absolutely crushed it.
So find what's selling. Look at what what courses, programs, and products are already generating revenue in your niche. That's your proof that people are willing to pay.
Use cloud and AI to do this research. It's very easy and powerful, and I'll show you exactly how to do this. And if you're an operator, this is the best thing you can do.
If you're partnering with that guy or a girl in the real estate investing place space, just find the best individual in that space while we're crushing it and and copy what they're doing and try to make it better. That's literally it. And also my point to that Shelby story is that people buy from people.
Like, even if you have maybe even as much knowledge or your product is might be even not as good as theirs, I will show you how to build world world class products. But my point is maybe maybe you're not as, like, of an authority figure as your competitor are, but there are a bunch of people who will connect with you.
Maybe the the biggest authority in that space is a 50 year old guy and you're a 30 year old guy, so you will connect with other 30 year old guys. Or if you're a 40 year 40 year old woman, you will attract more women among your age who are who are more who who who connect more with you and your story.
Right? So you are also a big leverage point in this.
Like, people will you will have a bunch of people in the world who will connect with you who doesn't connect with your biggest competitor. Right?
Compete on quality. So your job isn't to be the first person teaching your topic. Job is to be the best best option available when your ideal student that your ideal student is looking for.
Another example, there was a guy in an industry building a business making millions of dollars per month, and he was teaching a specific skill.
And then one of his students was a Muslim, and he did the exact same thing, but he did it for the Muslim market.
Right? And he crushed it. And then there was another one of his students who was an African American woman, and she did the same thing as well.
And then she started crushing it as well because the Muslim guy got a bunch of Muslims buying his program, and the African American woman got a lot of African Americans buying her thing. So, like, we always buy from people that we connect with. So you don't necessarily always have to have your your product doesn't necessarily have to be better.
Like, people will connect with you on other things as well, like who you are, your story, where you're from, all of that stuff. Right? So, yeah, I just wanted to make that's an important point.
So, also, improve your niche and offer with the Apple strategy. Again, I'm just rushing through this now because we're gonna go through it in detail in the actual workbook. So look at your competitors first.
Right? Search for existing courses and programs in the space you're considering. If nothing exists, that's a red flag.
Not an opportunity. Right? Again, use Claude for this.
Cover it in the workbook. Right? And if you're an operator, you're gonna do this for the creator.
If you're a creator, you're gonna do this for yourself. It's super powerful. Like, I did this for one of our like, I I worked a little bit one on one with one of our new customers who joined our mastermind.
He came in with an idea. We did this exercise.
We tweaked it, and he disclosed the customers for 30 k, his first one. One sale for 30 k, and now he's gonna continue to sell it and make a lot more money from it as well. And it wouldn't have happened unless we did this.
Identify the gap. What are people complaining about in the reviews of existing products? Uh, the gap is your positioning.
Go over everything they do, YouTube videos, Instagram reels, ads, landing pages, sales videos, emails, ads. You can even book a call with their sales team. They give you everything on a silver platter.
Like, when we find this competitor who's doing something that is doing something similar to what we wanna do, we can go through the YouTube videos. We can find their landing pages.
We can check out their Instagram reels. We can check out their ads, their sales videos. We can opt into their email list.
We can get their emails. Yeah. Ads, I mentioned that twice.
And also book in a call with their sales team. And like, hey, I'm interested. They will literally tell you what's in the product, how much it costs, how it works.
You can ask questions. They will literally serve you everything on a silver platter. It's like marketing research times a million.
Like, they give you how they run their business on a silver platter, and you can take that. Like, if you find a competitor making $5,000,000 per year, and they tell you exactly how they do it, and you want to do the same thing, then you just start to advertise it and market it exactly like they do it. Obviously, you buy your own unique product, and you're gonna be unique anyways because you're a completely different individual.
Right? This is how you do it.
This is how the biggest companies in the world are doing. That's why I call it the Apple strategy. Enter with a better offer.
Right? Same market, better product, stronger promise. That's the entire strategy.
Right? You wanna find a group of people already buying from somebody else. I listened to a podcast from this guy who's run running a a 9 figure ecommerce business with his wife, and they did exactly this.
And it sat sat at a podcast talking about it at length. He was like, when we started this company, we saw a bunch of people all already buying a bunch of supplement products from this bigger company.
And then in 2020, the world changed as we all know what happened. And then these bigger companies didn't adjust to the market. The market started looking for other supplement companies, and they didn't provide that those products.
So the market started buying from smaller competitors, and they had pretty bad products. So they saw an opportunity. And then they made better branding, better products, and they also went into TikTok and used TikTok shop and blew up on TikTok.
And they build a $100,000,000 per year company by basically doing this. Not trying to reinvent the wheel being smart, just looking at what people are already buying and just trying to make it better and find different opportunities, like TikTok shop, for example.
Nobody was using that and were very early on to that, etcetera, etcetera. Validate with demand. Right?
So if your competitors have buyers, you have a market. Right? Now build something better than what they're selling.
Alright. So now that's it.
We are not gonna go into traffic just yet. So now what we're going to do is that we're gonna go into the actual workbook. So now we're at the prelaunch.
Right? So first of all, section one, the Apple strategy exercise. Step one, find your top competitors using Claude.
Claude, and hopefully, you know what Claude is. It's like you probably know what Chattypetty is. Claude is just better.
It's 100 times better than Chattypetty. So use Claude and go to claude.com to download it.
Very simple. Just go to claude.com. You can sign in.
You can use it. Download it to your computer, and now you have the best AI out there. And what you wanna do is, first of all, copy the prompt below, replace the bracket section with your niche, and paste it into Claude.
Right? Doesn't matter if you're a creator or an operator now. I'm gonna take this this prompt.
I'm gonna go into Claude. I'm gonna paste it here. So I'm building an online course coaching program or education business in the following niche.
Right? And then we're telling it to I want you to find me the top three coaches, consultants, or course creators in this space.
For each person, please find their full name and brand name, an estimated of how much money they're making per year, course revenue, program revenue, or business revenue, the website URL, YouTube channel, Instagram page, any other relevant social channels they are active on, what their main offer program is called, and what it costs if available.
Please give me as much detail as possible on each person. I want to understand who the dominant players are in the market, how they are positioned, and how they are making money. Another tip that I can give you as well is a tool called WhisperFlow.
This is what I use a lot. So you can find this by just googling, let's see here, WhisperFlow.
Right? So this voice dictation, it's really, really good. So normally, what I like to do, right, I'm giving you all of the prompts.
And then what I can do here so you can see I'm using WhisperFlow all the time to create my notes and plan this product and everything. Right? So here here's like describe your niche here.
For example, fitness or business moms, dating, advice for men, guitar lessons, like, it can be anything. So I'm gonna give you a real life example here and see if I get the the the same responses I got when I did this research.
So just listen in.
So I just started working with this coach who is an author, and I am gonna help him to launch a course.
And because of that, I wanna find the number one course seller or coach out there on their on the Internet right now who's in the book space, who is helping people with books.
Whether if it's authors to sell more of their books or it's if it's helping entrepreneurs to create a book and launch a book. I wanna find the number one coach, consultant, or course seller in the book space, and I wanna figure out all, like, how much money he's making, what his offer is, what his website is, all of that stuff.
As much information as you can find and everything I've written down below as well. I want to find about the number one coach or consultant or course seller helping people with books online.
Alright? So now I just end the whisper flow. I have everything that I just spoke in here.
I will click on enter, and then Claude will do its magic. It will go out there. It will search the web, and it will look for top book coaches, all of this stuff doing its magic, and we will see what it finds.
Right? And the story behind this was that John that I started working with, he thought when he came in that he wanted to create an offer of helping authors to already sell like, help authors to sell more of their books.
And I was like, I wonder who is, like, the number one player in this space. And this is exactly what we found. It's Chandel Boldt, selfpublishing.com.
So the clear number one in this space built the biggest online education company specifically for authors and entrepreneurs writing books. Website, selfpublishing.com, YouTube, Instagram, podcast, the self publishing school, seven figure principles, podcast LinkedIn revenue.
He claims to have taken selfpublishing.com to generate over $75,000,000. It's been described as a $15,000,000 Inc, $5,000 comp or a 5,000 company.
Currently, annual rate is likely in the 10 to $20,000,000 range. Forbes 30 on the 30. I think this is a bit high.
I think it's making, like, 5 to $7,000,000 per year or five to nine. So he's been a Forbes 30 on the 30, CEO of selfpublishing.com. Boom.
Boom. Boom. Main offer and price start at 7 k, which includes coaching, mastermind, book design, Amazon upload, but no editing.
The model is phone based, sales, funnel driven by webinars. Positioning targets, entrepreneurs, business owners who want to use a book to grow their business. The pitch is a blank page to publish in ninety days and becoming an Amazon bestseller.
The SBS Pro Course was fine on 70 course level, but higher ticket program are what's driving the real revenue. Largest content footprint, YouTube plus podcast, in five thousand multiple years running. Yeah.
So you can see here. Right? If I wanted to go into the book space now, and I'm John, one of our customers, like, we did this research, and we were just like, okay.
Here we have a guy who's running a company who's already making, like, 5 to $10,000,000 per year, probably, like, maybe even more than that. I have the website.
I can see exactly what they are selling, how it works.
I can even go and find, you know, what did Bemore get here? We get we got his YouTube channel. I think they have the actual self publishing is their, like, main YouTube channel.
So here you can see his YouTube channel, 23,000 subscribers.
I also know that like, if I click on this, I will find his landing page. I will can see his sales page.
I can see how he's selling it. I can even book a call with the sales team. I can do my competitor research from that.
And, also, if I search for self publishing, I think they have a self publishing YouTube channel as well.
Let's see. Go back here. Do they have their YouTube channel here?
Yeah. Here it is. See, a 100,000 subscribers.
You know? I can see, like, all of his videos. I can do popular.
I can see, like, his most popular videos. I can we can start to copy his videos and make them better. I can go to his Instagram.
He has 42,000 followers here.
I can see his best reels. Alright. I can go to Meta Ads Library, and I can see if I can find what ads they're running, which I know that they're doing because I've done this research already.
Self Publishing, I think.
Let's see what Facebook page they have.
Selfpublishing.com. I think this is where they run it from. Here you go.
Here's their Facebook page. I can see the ads they're running. Right?
I can, like, go through all of their ads. You can look through their ads. I can see what ads are working the best for them.
I can click on all of their ads. I can see their landing pages.
Boom. Here's one landing page. Here's everything.
I can see how they're selling it. Here's another landing page with with the VSL. I can see how they're selling that.
Here's not that one again, that one again. You you get the point. Right?
Like, what else did we get? Like, this is how I do the research. Like, I was like, okay.
I I wanna create a company in the book space. I asked Claude. I found the number one guy, and I can do all of the research here.
And I I just have to highlight this. Hopefully, you understand how powerful this is. I can see I can read exactly how they're how they're angling their ads.
Right? I can read this. I can see exactly how they're selling it to their marketplace.
And I know that they've made over $50,000,000 already, and they're making, like, probably 5 to $10,000,000 per year as is right now. They're an an Inc. $5,000 5,000 company.
I can see all of their content. Like, this is insane. This is what most people don't do.
This is the most powerful thing you can do for your competitor research. You literally, they're giving you their business in a box. It doesn't matter what industry you're in.
And I even got, like, competitor number two. Scribe Media is an accords company.
It's a publishing service company. So, like like, a lot of the time, you don't need to find, like if you can find three competitors, great.
But, like, I'm mostly interested in, like, the number one. Right? So if you just go through the workbook here.
Right? So do hopefully, you see how powerful this is.
Instead of you trying to figure out what to sell, I just I don't have to figure out anything now. I know exactly what content to make.
I know exactly how what ads to run. I know exactly how to do my VSL video.
I know exactly what to write on my sales page. I know exact I can book a call with their sales team. I can know exactly how they're pricing it, how their offer is, how they're structuring their offer.
Like, I I can know everything. And I can do this, and probably in a week, I can have my full business plan completely done, and it's based on a company's already crushing it.
And they're like, they already have customers already buying stuff, and I can just copy their messaging, what they're doing, and try to make it better. Right? If I'm copying a $10,000,000 per year company and I only get 10% right, I'm making a million dollars per year to start with.
Like, yes. Powerful.
Let's continue. Do this step. Right?
That's section one. Step two, research each competitor. Once Claude gives you the top three, go through each one and complete the following research manual.
You're looking for everything they have already proven to work. Right? So you don't have to figure out yourself.
Visit their website and study how it's structured. Find their funnel. I just did that.
In a couple of minutes, I found it. Right? Is there a free lead magnet?
A webinar? A VSL? A direct booking page?
Find their sales page and watch their VSL. If they have if they have one, what do they say? What pain points do they call out?
What transformation do they promise? Go to the YouTube channel. What content is performing the best?
What topics keep coming up? Go to their Instagram. What posts?
Get the most engagement. What does the content strategy look like? Search for reviews, the program.
What do students love? Um, uh, What do they complain about? Try booking a call with their sales team if possible.
What questions do they ask on the intake form? Like, how does the call flow? How much do they charge?
What's the offer? Go to the Facebook ads library, right, that I just showed you and search the name or brand. Are they running ads?
What do the ads say? What are the hooks?
Like, I'm so excited about this stuff because this will make a lot of people a lot of money, and I'm giving away this for free. Do this first, then you do this. Check off all the boxes as you're doing it.
And if you're doing that, I'm pretty speechless. Like, it it then you're pretty much good to go.
Right? Alright. Let's continue.
Step three, fill in your research. Complete this for each of your top three competitors, their name, their website, YouTube channel, Instagram page, sales page URL. Are they running Facebook ads?
Yes or no? Facebook ads library URL, name their name, offer, program, price for their offer, estimated annual revenue, what transformation do they promise, what do they say on the sales page, what are students saying reviews, what do they love, what do they complain about.
Like, do as much research as you humanly possibly can. Right? You can even ask ask Claude, like, where do I find the reviews?
Like, me and Dylan, who's who we're running course, we have this joke. We're like, if he's doing something, I was like, are you typing manually?
He was like, what do you mean? Like, why are you typing? Like, you can speak into AI and the AI does it for you.
You can do the research. You can do all of these things with like like, it's insane how much research you can make. It's absolutely nuts.
So and we've we've I've kinda outlined here three competitors for you that you can use. You only really mean, like, if all it takes is one really good competitor.
But if you can find two, great. If you can find three, amazing. But all may you only really need, like, one really good competitor to do research on.
You have to do this research. Not only is it fun, it's it's the base of everything else that we're going to do. Alright?
Copy what works. Alright? Copy what works.
Paste that in your head. Copy what works. Alright?
Apple strategy. We're not trying to be the be first. We're only trying to be the best.
Because we're gonna everything we're gonna do on traffic coming up, everything we're gonna do on promotions, everything we're gonna do with ads, everything is based built upon this. Just copy what works. Right?
Section two, refine your niche. You've done your competitor research. Now it's time to get clear on exactly who you help, what you help them with, and how you talk about it.
Right? Use what you learn from Apple strategy to inform your answers here. Right?
Who is your target market? Who is who is the specific person you're helping? Be as specific as possible.
For example, entrepreneurs who want to launch their first online course, moms who want to lose weight, men 40 who want to get back in shape, first time real estate, but, like, whatever it is. Right? What problem do they have?
Right? What is the core problem your target market is struggling with right now? I could go through this competitor now.
I could scrape all of their information on the Internet, their top videos, their sales pages, what they're saying in the VSLs. I could take all of that. I could give that to Claude, and Claude could answer this for me.
Okay? Do you see? I you just need to learn how to use AI to do this research for you.
Alright? So what problem do they have? What's the biggest pain point?
What is the current situation? What is the is their desired situation? All of this, you're not gonna figure out yourself.
You're not just gonna ask AI to tell this for you. You're gonna base it on top of the competitors already proven that they can sell stuff to this target market. So we've taken it a step further.
Most people just go to AI. Hey. I'm trying to sell to this group of market.
What should I say? And then there's AI give you something random. You're like, oh, that sounds good.
And then you do that, and then it doesn't work. Now what we do is that we use AI, found a number one competitor. We take the competitor, what they're doing.
We feed that to AI. We ask AI to then answer those questions for us, and then we build our business plan based on this.
Okay? Part two, your one liner. Okay?
So make you need to do all of this. Your one liner is the single sentence that explains exactly what you do so clearly that anyone understand it immediately. Use the formula below.
Formula, I help your niche to solve x problem with your service. Right? Your one liner.
Right? Examples. I help busy moms to lose weight and get fit with a thirty minute home workout, or I help coach the consultants scale their income with an online course business, or I help first time real estate investors to buy the first property with a step by step investing program.
Right? Or I help entrepreneurs to launch their first book. Like, what whatever.
Like, you could I could probably if I just went to channel Abrolh's YouTube channel and his website and be a cell phone here, I could find what is his one liner. Like, I can base my one liner on his thing if I won't go into that marketplace.
Right? Part three, the transformation. In your own words, describe the full transformation you take the market through from where they are right now to where wanna be.
From current situation to desired situation, describe the transformation in your own words.
Part four. K? Your landing page copy.
We can take everything from this. Use your research that you did in the Apple strategy section to inspire answers here. Look at what your top competitors say on their landing pages and use that as the reference, then write your own version.
This is what I did for this customer I just spoke about earlier. Right? We went back and forth on q and a calls.
We started doing this stuff. We found the top three competitors. He literally copied what they were doing, slightly different, but the same essence, 17 k in a week, 50 k now shooting for the for this month, and gonna go to 100 k plus.
Like, we just copy what works. Copy what's older. Don't try to be smart and and reinvent something.
Just copy what like, we need to know what the market is wanting. And if you can find competitor older than making $510,000,000 per year or even 2 or $3,000,000 per year, they've already figured this out.
So why like, they've already gone through the trial letter. Just do what they're doing. That's it.
Your main headline, your big bold statement at the top of your sales page. This should speak directly to, oh, yeah, your callout.
So who are you directly speaking to at the top of page? This is the line that makes your ideal customers stop you and think this is me. For example, attention coach and consultants, uh, for moms who want their body back.
Are you a nine to five employee who wants to escape the corporate world? Like, you should copy this from your competitors. Like, now if I wanted to go into the space, like what Chandler's doing with the with the books and and, like, launching books, I would probably just do exactly what exactly what his landing page is.
I would just do the same thing. Just tweak it. Just observe everything he's doing.
Take in everything he's doing. Find the gaps where I think he can make it better, but I would use, like, 80% of what he's doing and add another 20% of my own on top of it. Right?
Your main headline, the big bold statement at the top of your sales page. This should be directed to the transformation or the outcome of your market most wants. Right?
And then your sub headline, One or two sentences that support the main headline and add more context or credibility. Right? Boom.
Take copy what works. Copy what works. Alright?
Section three, build your presale offer. Right? So now when we've done all of this research, you identified your competitors and refit redefined your niche or refined your niche.
Now it's time to build an actual offer. You're going to sell before your course exists. Fill out every section below.
At the end, you'll use a Claude prompt to turn all of this into a one page document you can send to prospects. Part one, scarcity. How many spots are available for your presale offer?
This number should be small enough to be believable and manageable for you to deliver on. Number of presale presale spots available, just decide it's gonna be five, ten, 15, or 20.
Write it down. Urgency. Why does someone need to act now?
What happens when the deadline hits or the spots are gone? Does your presale offer have an end date? Yes or no?
If yes, what's the deadline? Does your offer close when all spots are filled? Yes or no?
Describe your urgency in one sentence. For example, this presale offer closes in thirty days or when all 10 spots are filled, whichever comes first. Right?
Part three, pricing and discount. So what will be the be the full price when you actually launch this? When when you actually launch this, what's the full price, and what's the presale price?
What discount are you offering for buying before the course is built? Full launch price of the program. What is that?
Presale discount percentage, presale price, saving per buy. For example, full launch price, 3 k, 20% presale discount, presale price, 24 k, saving $600. Part four, bonuses.
What extra value do presale buyers get when that regular buyers won't get in the future? Right? Bonuses reward early buyers and make the offer harder to say no to.
Bonus one, name the bonus, description, value. For example, one on one onboarding call with you, $500 value. Bonus two, name a bonus, description value.
Bonus three, optional, name a bonus, description value. Right? If you could give them, like, two one on one calls with you and you price each call of, like, $500.
Right? It's pretty good bonus. You can say, like, I'm I'm not gonna do one on one calls when I launch this.
I'm only gonna do it for the first 10 people that join, and I value each call at $500 an hour each. And, yes, you're getting a thousand dollar worth of value for that.
Or maybe your time is worth even more. Right? So this is how you can create a super cool cool bonus as well.
Not only do they get a discount, but they also get a bonus for it. Right? Part five, risk reversal.
A guarantee reduces risk for a buyer. This is optional for a presell offer, but if you choose to use one, be very clear on the terms. Right?
Will you use an offer will your offer use a guarantee? Yes or no? If yes, what type?
Will it be conditional or unconditional? Note. An unconditional guarantee is not recommended for a pre sale offer.
A conditional guarantee is safer choice if you choose to offer one. Right?
If conditional, what are the terms? Right? To qualify a refund, the buyer must complete the full course, implement the material taught, attend a minimum of x q and a calls or coaching calls, other condition.
Right? What does the refund cover? Full refund, partial refund, refund window, how many days?
Is it one week? Is it two weeks? What is it?
Part six, testimonials. Presale buyers are getting a significant discount in exchange for being first. Ask for testimonial if asking for a testimony is completely reasonable and highly recommended.
Will you require testimonial from every every presale buyer? Yes or no? After the first module is completed, halfway through the program, at the end of the program, or other.
Right? And what type of format will you ask for? Written, video, or either?
Like, I highly recommend a video testimonial. It's way better. And you can do a video testimonial.
Just jump on a call with them, do an interview, or just have them record something, like, super organically on their phone. It's also super, super powerful. Part seven, delivery timeline.
Be clear on when buyers will receive their content. Transparency about the timeline is what makes a presell feel trustworthy rather than risky.
So how many weeks after the presell closes will the first module be ready? How many weeks? Which would be one, two, or three weeks, or maybe even four weeks.
How often will new modules be released after that? Every week, every two weeks, or other? So a module is basically your program might have five modules.
Right? And each module might have five to 10 videos. So every week, they get, like, a new module.
Right? And we'll show you how to plan this the plan the course as well later in this training. Estimated total program length, how many weeks, how many modules.
We will do that later. But you can already now start to, like, think this through. Write out your delivery timeline in plain language.
For example, the first module will be released three weeks after the presale closes. A new module will be released every week after that until the program is until the full program is complete. Right?
Now part eight, generate a presale document using Claude. So you filled out everything above. Right?
Now use the prompt to turn it into a clean one page document you can send to any prospect to explain your presale offer. We can go over over this on the sales call. Copy the prompt below, fill in your answers from the sections above, and paste it into Claude.
I'm creating a one page presale offer document that I can send to potential buyers to explain my offer. Please write this as a clean, simple, professional document that anyone can read and immediately understand. It should feel personal and honest, not like a sales pitch.
Here are the details. Program name, who is it for, full price, prelaunch price, and discount, number of spots available, number of spots already sold, urgency, bonuses included, guarantee, delivery timeline, testimonial requirement.
The document should open with a short paragraph explaining what the presale offer is and why it exists, clear the state of price, the discount, and how many spots are left, List the bonuses with the values. Explain the deliberate timeline so the buyer knows exactly what to expect and when.
Close with a simple next step. For example, reply with this message or book a call to secure a spot. Keep it on one page, clear, honest, easy to understand.
Once a call generates your document, review it, personalize it, any details, and save it. This is what you can send to every prospect whose interest you presale offer. Boom.
Oh. Like, I know a lot of you guys who go through this will start making Money with this right away.
I know it. It's impossible not to. You're, like, you're copying no income claim here, by the way, but you're copying people who are already doing it.
You're creating a great offer. If you can really put your like, take this seriously and actually do this, you do it with AI.
There's never been easier to do this stuff. Imagine doing this without AI. Imagine going out and looking and finding and doing the research and doing all of this stuff.
Using Claude together with Whisper Flow and doing all of this research and doing using this whole workbook I'm giving you to you for free, plus this video training is absolutely nuts. So that's that's it. Uh, like, that's it.
You know what to do. You just copy this. You fill out everything you've already filled out here, and now you have your presale offer ready to go on on a one document for you.
Boom. You're welcome. Like, I'm so it's it's crazy powerful.
I'm I'm actually, like, kinda crazy I'm giving this away, but I love it because this is how you build trust and credibility on the Internet, and I want to see people win with this. So, like, I can't push you enough to do this stuff.
And when you do it, let us know how it goes. Let us know how it that if you do this, make sales. Please let me know.
Comment on a YouTube video. Send me an email. Like, whatever you can do to try send me a DM on Instagram.
Whatever you can do, please let me know. When you do this and it works, please let me know. Please.
I want to know it. Alright? So that's it.
We're now at the traffic stage, and, uh, we're gonna do that next. So just to reiterate here now, uh, if you open this up, the next thing we're going to do, we've done the tech, we've done the pre sell, and then we're gonna talk about traffic. And everything we're gonna do now, traffic promotion, sales course, operator, you already know it.
It's all based it's all built upon the work we've just done in the presell. And you hopefully, you see how powerful this section was. Like, everything is basically served on your civil platter now.
Now we can just copy the traffic. We can copy the promotion. We can learn the sales.
We can we know what to build on the course, and also the operator training at the end is gonna be absolutely epic as well. So now I'll see you in the next section about promotion. So awesome work completing the presale part of the training.
Now we're gonna talk about traffic because traffic is literally the most important thing when it comes to running an online education business. Now, if you're somebody who wants to start running and grow an online education business as a creator or as an operator and you wanna get there faster and easier with more help and support from me and my team, then you can book a free advisory call.
And, again, we've had literally helped thousands of people by now to get into this industry, and we have a ton of results and a ton of testimonials that you've already seen. So if you're interested in this call where we can help you more about traffic and everything else, you can go to course.com/start and book a call.
Hope to see there. Back to the training. Now let's dive into traffic.
So as always, make sure that you follow along in the workbook. We have some really cool things now to complete when it comes to the traffic part of the training. So where attention lives right now on the Internet.
Right? So seven hours per day. The average American right now spends seven hours per day looking at screens, which is absolutely nuts.
And attention has moved away from TV, radio, and onto phones, social media, and YouTube. So again, it's super important that we're aware of the creator economy, how big it is, and how it's growing that we talked about in the beginning of this training.
And now when we're gonna talk about traffic, it's this is where all the tension goes. Everybody is, like, glued to their phones all day every day.
Seven hours play on average looking at screens. It's absolutely nuts. So organic is where trust is built as well.
Right? Nobody goes on Instagram or YouTube to watch ads. It doesn't happen.
They go for content, organic content. And organic content is the most powerful way to build trust and credibility with an audience before you ever ask them to buy anything. Right?
Like, a lot of people like ads, and ads are great. They work, 100%.
But I like to think about it like this, like, from my own experience. Like, when do I ever go and learn something from an ad?
Doesn't happen. Every single time an ad pops up, I always wanna scroll past it. And every single individual that I had bought from, and I personally invested over half $1,000,000 into my own education, it has always been from learning more about the individual on organic first.
And then I might see retargeting ads from them later that I will talk about today, a little bit later in this video, but it's always organic where I where I build the trust with the individual, and then I might see some ads, and then I buy.
Right? And you don't need millions of followers. You need an engaged audience of the right people.
Educational contents builds smaller, more intentional audience that is far more likely to become paying students than a viral TikTok TikTok dance ever could. There are educational or, like, creators rather. There are creators out there with millions of followers, but they are just doing pure entertainment content, dancing TikTok videos, and it's pretty hard to build the business back of that.
So if you're an educational creator or you partner with an educational creator and you have an engaged audience of the right people, then you can make you can build a good business behind it. Again, we had one student who had, like, 4,000 followers on Instagram, 4,000 followers on YouTube, made a launch, made all contractor of a $150,000 in just three weeks, which is nuts.
Right? So the creator economy is the new media. Hundreds of millions of people follow independent creators for education, inspiration, and entertainment.
If you can become an educational creator or partner with an educational creator, you're sitting inside one of the most powerful distribution channels ever built, and it's free to post. It's 100% free to post on social media. It's nuts.
Right? So the traffic nirvana. Right?
This is what I'm go wanna go over, and it's organic and then mixing that with paid. This is like the best type of advertising we can do. So the goal is to get your impressions for free using organic content on Instagram or on YouTube.
You can use LinkedIn and x if if if your individual likes to write as well. Then you use paid retargeting ads to bring them back to your funnel and to your sales system.
Right? And this combination is what we call the traffic nirvana. It's the most powerful type of advertisement you can do.
We post to social media, we get organic impressions, People start to see organic content from us. They like our content.
They comment. We give as many channel automations on Instagram. We can post YouTube videos.
We build up an audience, and then we show ads to the people who've already seen us with our organic content. Right?
It's a completely different dynamic. If you just see an ad from somebody, you have no idea who who who it is, it's a cold ad as we call it, then we normally just go past it because we don't like it. But if we've been following a creator for a while on Instagram, let's say, been watching ten, fifteen, 20 reels, and then we see an ad from them.
Then we recognize the face. We recognize the individual. We already like them and trust them a bit, so it's far more likely that they actually convert and take the action that we want them to take.
Right? So why organic first? Cold ads mean showing your offer to people who've never seen you before.
They don't know you, they don't like you, and they don't don't trust you yet. So conversion is hard and it's very expensive. If you do organic content plus retargeting, it fixes this.
So we call it cold ads, we call it warm ads. Cold ads, again, you show ads to people who've never seen it before.
And a lot of people build businesses just running cold ads, and it works. I'm not gonna sit there and say that it doesn't. It's just that, let's say you're running a cold ad to your VSL funnel.
Right? And they you might hit the pain point. You that they might you might have something that they want.
They're interested. They go and book a call. And then they jump on a call, and they are just interested in the solution, but they have no trust in you yet.
And it's extremely hard to close someone or get somebody to buy from you if you have no trust built beforehand. So trust is really the thing that we wanna optimize for. If we can and get or build a lot of trust with a lot of people, then it also becomes a lot easier to sell.
And that's why organic using organic to build that trust and reach millions, and it's free to post. You don't have to spend a single dollar for it, and then use retargeting to bring them to where we wanna bring them to. It's a super, super powerful combination.
So why retargeting works? So retargeting ads only show to people who've already seen your organic content. They recognize your face.
They've already received value from you. The trust is there before the ad even runs, and this is what the biggest and most successful online education businesses are doing today. They are posting on social media, getting mass amounts of views, and it like, the biggest one in in in the game, they're getting hundreds of thousands of views per reel, sometimes millions of views per reel, and then they use retargeting ads on top of that.
But they're also making some of them million dollars per week, sometimes even more than that. So you don't need those millions of views.
If you can start posting on Instagram, start posting on YouTube, you can get two, five, maybe even 10,000 views per reel. Do that consistently, and then use retargeting ads.
It's really, really good. And, if you're partnering with an educational creator, they already have the audience that you can start to add retargeting on top of. So the system, organic content, it builds the audience.
Retargeting ads convert the audience. Right? Every point everything points back to one place, your funnel, webinar, or conversion system.
And one of the school games events I went to, one of the first one, Hormozi talked about this, and he said he he very rarely, if ever, makes CTAs in this organic content. It's just pure pure value, and then he run ads with the CTA.
So organic is for value, and retargeting ads and paid ads are for the CTA. And that's where it's where you're kind of making the the call to action or kind of the the offer and and sell. So this is just an illustration.
Right? So if you just break this down. So here we have organic content.
You can post on YouTube. You can post on Instagram. You can post on TikTok.
You provide value, build trust, and get impressions. Right? Uh, and it's free to post.
Right? So the sooner we can start building this and getting into the creator economy and building a personal brand and doing all of this these things, building value at scale, the better. Right?
And if you again, if you're partnering with an educational creator, they most likely already spent years doing this. Right? Then every single time you get a view on YouTube or Instagram or TikTok, you're basically building a retargeting audience.
And the thing with retargeting is that I've I've been speaking with a lot of people who are running online education businesses, who's been in school, been winning the school games, building businesses, making $10.50, $100,100,000 dollar plus per month.
And I always ask them, like, are you doing retargeting? And they're like, no. What is that?
So this is the easiest thing to set up, and it's the most powerful type of paid advertising you can do, and most people don't do it. And if you partner with an educational creator, this is by far one of the highest leverage points you can do.
Right? You can just learn how to set up a retargeting audience and a campaign for your creator, and it's also the cheapest type of paid advertising you can do. So people who have seen your content, trust exists, they know you.
So every single time, we they we get a view here. As as soon as they just spend a second on your Instagram page or leave a comment or like, they land in this audience. Right?
And trust plus familiarity increases higher conversions as well.
Right? And then when we're building this retargeting audience, we can then start showing retargeting ads. Right?
So ads only shown to people who already who already know you. They've already seen organic stuff, and now you start to follow them around with retargeting ads. And then you bring that to your funnel or to your webinar, to your training, and all roads lead here.
Right? Your content ads drive drive people to your offer. So, obviously, from your organic content, you can also link people directly to your free training as well.
Right? So more content builds bigger audience, better targeting, more conversion.
So from your organic content, we're obviously linking them to our funnel, and most people only do that. They have a link in bio. They have a many chat automation.
They have a pinned comment on Instagram. They have a pinned comment on their YouTube channel. They have a link in their YouTube description that might mention the call to action at the end of the video, and that's what most people do.
But we to use this traffic nirvana, we also want to start building this retargeting audience and start showing ads to those.
And here's the thing, this audience is already built, by the way. If you've been posting on social media for six months, twelve months, two years, whatever it is, this audience already exists in the background. Right?
So it's not like you have to set it up, and from now, the audience is going to build. It's already there. Right?
Which is pretty, pretty cool. And so this is what the traffic Nirvana is. We use organic, link them to our conversion system, and then we also run retargeting ads on top of that to our conversion system as well.
And those ads will work. It's the best types of ads you can run because they've already seen your organic stuff. Makes sense.
Right? So Instagram plus ManyChat. This is really cool.
So how it works? Post consistently on Instagram using Reels or Stories or posts, and you can use a keyword trigger in ManyChat, and I will show you exactly how this works. So that anyone in the comments or who comments specific word automatically receives a DM from you with a link to your funnel, and the comment drives the algorithm as well, and the DM drives the conversion.
So the more people start to comment on your post as well, it drives engagement on your post, and that can also make your post to reach more people. And also the DM, when they post this keyword on your reel, I will show exactly what this looks like, you that also becomes a conversion mechanism. And one of the individuals who does this, the absolute best, is Shelby Saab.
She is one of the best examples of the system working at scale. She uses Instagram reels, many a ManyChat automation, and retargeting ads together to fill a weekly webinar with qualified leads. She makes over $1,000,000 per week, which is insane.
So let me show you what I mean. So this girl is basically teaching other women how to get into sales, and she is posting on Instagram. She is using Reels.
She's using a ManyChat automation, and she drives sign ups to her webinar, and then she runs retargeting ads to her webinar. And that's the whole system she's using.
She's building an email list as well that we're gonna talk about later, but she makes a million dollars per week. It's nuts. So let's just go to shelby sap Instagram.
Alright? She has been building her Instagram like crazy. She has over 1,600,000 followers now.
But if we just go into a reel here. Right? This is a reel.
It says remote closing, blah blah blah. There you go. Like, and then it says, hi.
If we haven't met, my name is shelby sapp, blah blah blah blah blah. She explains who she is. And then it says here, DM her kinda her business profile on Instagram or me class to join a free high ticket sales masterclass to learn how to get how to start closing.
Or if you're a coach and you're looking for looking for sales reps, you can comment coach. And then she gets a bunch of comments.
People here like class, and she has a lot more of those, obviously, but people start commenting class like this. And then what happens, if we check this one, for example, she basically sent them an automatic reply with ManyChat.
And ManyChat is this tool right here. So it's a way to automate this process. When somebody comments a certain word, you send them a link.
Right? And when then when she if we just go here because I've actually tested this out. So a lot of people start to comment like this, and she's posting reels all the time, getting a ton of views.
Like, let's see here. Right? 500 k, 132 k, 160 k.
Like, she's just posting every single day getting crazy amount of views. And every single one or at least, I would say, 80% of them have this thing.
Right? Here's another reel. Same thing.
Comment class. Right? And then there's people here commenting class.
She also has a comment here as well. Right? And then if I just go to the message here, I I tested this out.
So if I open up the messages from her, you can see here that I commented that, and then it says, hi, girl. She's mainly selling to girls.
It's an automation. Right? Uh, here's your invitation to my free high ticket sales masterclass, secure a spot.
When I click here, it goes to her sign up page for her webinar. And the next webinar is June 9, so so she's running this every single Tuesday. She fills up the webinar.
She runs them on, um, on Zoom, and that's and she also has a link here in her bio. Right?
Boom. Close to the same thing. And if you open up the Facebook ads library, and we search for Shelby Zapp here as well, you can probably guess what type of ads she's running.
So if you search for Shelby Zapp right here, if you scroll here now, you're gonna see a ton of ads.
And based what she's doing mostly is that she's reusing her reels. So she's just she's posting organically on social media.
The best reels that are working the best on her organic content, she runs them as ads as well. A lot of them. Not every not all of them, but most of them are.
Right? So here it says, like, become the woman the younger you would have pinned on our vision board, and then it's, uh, it's an ad here. Right?
And if I click on the ad, it goes to the webinar. If I click on this one, it goes to the webinar. If this click one, it goes to the webinar.
Click on this one, it goes to the webinar. Every single ad goes to the webinar. So she's she's she also has a YouTube channel, but she's just purely focusing on Instagram, and I think TikTok as well.
And she's using TikTok or Instagram plus ManyChat. She builds a retargeting audience, run retargeting ads to her webinar, and then she's using ManyChat as well to convert them to her webinar, making a million dollars per week over four like, $45,000,000 per month.
It's absolutely insane. And their system is Instagram plus a webinar and retargeting ads. Right?
And so if you're targeting like, if you're partnering with a creator who is also doing Instagram right now, learning how to set up a ManyChat automation, learning how to set up a retargeting campaign, and running a weekly webinar, it works pretty damn good.
Right? So that is the Instagram plus ManyChat. The next thing I wanna talk about, which is also very powerful that you can do in YouTube.
Right? So if you wanna start your own YouTube channel as a creator or if you're targeting with a creator who might have a YouTube channel only or have a YouTube channel and Instagram on Instagram, you can use the many chat tactic. Right?
And retargeting ads on YouTube, you can use this tactic, is called the YouTube flywheel b a sell. It's super, super powerful. The thing with YouTube is that YouTube is not a social media channel.
Right? It's the world's second largest search engine for videos. Over 2,000,000,000 login users visit YouTube every single month.
Right? Videos can rank on both YouTube and on Google search results and drive traffic for years after they're posted. The benefit of YouTube is that when you post a YouTube video, that can generate you traffic and leads and build your brand over years.
Right? If you do a specific search on Google, I don't remember the exact percentage rate here, but, like like, let's just go to Google here and search for how to start in sales, let's say.
If I do this, right, we have we have the AI overview.
We have organic search results. And then for every single search result as well, you get videos. Right?
You can see if you view all here, this video is posted December like, this is this is the newest one.
So this is about six months ago. This is over a year ago. Right?
Let's see if we can find a really, really old one here as well. 2026, 2024.
So you can see the the shelf life, 2021 even. So the shelf life of a YouTube video is literally for years, while a short form content on Instagram is normally not that long. Right?
They can reappear if you have a follower, but the shelf life of a reel is normally pretty short. You post it, you get views, and then it pretty much dies out after, I don't know, five days max, something like that. And then it can obviously reappear if you have followers, and then you can use them for ads as well.
But that is truly the power of YouTube is that they can appear on search on YouTube, but they can also appear on search on Google because Google owns YouTube as well. Right? And the shelf life is so so long.
Long form builds deep trust as well. So people come to YouTube to learn and spend time. If you or her watches a twenty minute video with you has far more trust than someone who saw a fifty fifteen second reel on Instagram, for example.
The shelf life of a YouTube video can literally be years. A reel is gone in days as well. And so I don't really see YouTube as a social media channel.
It's it's a search engine, and people go there to learn. So that's why using YouTube in combination with with Instagram is, like, in my opinion, like, the best pair you can have. And it also builds a lot more trust on YouTube.
If somebody watches two, three YouTube videos from you, and they now they might sit down an hour learning from you, and that builds a lot of trust. So the flywheel then that we use is that you post multiple different YouTube videos, and then every single video links back to one central video, your VSL or your free training.
So you can have a free training on YouTube, like a main video. And that one video does the conversion work. It builds trust, demonstrates expertise, and generates good calls.
So this video that you're watching right now, this is you to fly with VSL. Right? Every single other video that I post on my channel, I link back to I basically recommend people to go and watch this video next.
It's like my main training that I have on YouTube. Then I also run retargeting ads on YouTube. And then also every single feeder video that I link to this video, I'm also obviously promoting our funnel to be able to work with us as well.
And we have some lead magnets and PDFs, and we have some different ebooks that we're giving away as well, right, to generate leads.
So the channel session time, this is also why we're doing this strategy is because when a viewer watch one of your videos and then continue watching more videos on your channel, YouTube registers that as a high session time and pushes your content to more people. The flywheel feeds itself.
So the reason why it's so powerful to create a lot of videos and link to your YouTube flywheel BSL video, and I will have a graphic here for you now soon so you can visually see what I'm talking about. The power of doing this is that instead of they just just watch one video and then click off and go to your website, you link them from one YouTube video to another YouTube video so that you increase the channel watch time.
And that's a metric that YouTube is looking at because YouTube is making money from advertising. People are on the platform. They're spending time on the platform, and they're making money from ads.
So the longer you, as the YouTube creator, can keep people on YouTube and on your channel, people will or YouTube will see that as a great metric, right, or great feedback.
Like, hey. People come to Mac's channel. Watch one video video, then they watch another video, and then they spend a bunch of time watching a third video.
So when people come to Mac's channel, they watch a lot of his content. That's a great sign. When people are on Mac's channel, they spend a lot of time on YouTube, and then YouTube makes more money.
Right? So it's not only about chat or, like, video watch time, how long they're watching your individual video, but it's also channel watch time.
If they can start consuming more and more of your content on your channel, that's also a great sign, and you can increase your chances of getting seen more. Right? So this training is the example.
Right? Every video on the course YouTube channel or on Max Pearson YouTube channel would be a better way to put it. It links back to this free training.
This is the flywheel in action. Right? So that is why I'm spending all this time making this video now because it will help my channel to increase the channel watch time as well and build trust.
Right? So here's kinda how it works. Right?
You have multiple YouTube videos. Right? How to get more clients.
Like, it's it's, uh, the simple funnel that converts, three mistakes killing your business, how to rescale to 7 figures, the secret to consistent sales. Like, whatever it is, whatever niche you're in, you keep posting multiple different videos. And most people just use those videos, and then they link directly to the free training right here.
Right? So they just have a link in bio, link in description, and pinned comments, and then you just link them directly to your free training.
But what you're doing with the YouTube flywheel BSL is that you're linking all of those videos. Yes. You can link them to your free training, but your main CTA is to get them to your YouTube flywheel BSL, the one central video on your channel.
It builds deep trust, demonstrates expertise, delivers the core value, generates booked calls, and then this links to the webinar to the funnel as well. Right?
So all of these videos link to this video. And then all of these videos as well are obviously building your audience. You can do the retargeting as we talked about before as well, and then all of this links to the free training or to your VSL, right, or to your webinar.
Right? So when they land on your webinar or your free training, now they've consumed a bunch of videos here. They watch your free training here.
They're super warmed up. They have a lot of trust. They like you a lot because they obviously, they're interested in what you teach, and you've helped them for free.
So now when they get to your free training, it's a completely different quality of lead versus somebody who just clicks on a cold ad. Right? So the flywheel effect.
More videos, more views, more watch time, more trust, more viewers, more conversions. Right? Continuous retargeting loop.
As your audience grows, your retargeting becomes more powerful and more profitable as well. Right? So these are two extremely powerful systems used on Instagram.
Right? Post to your free training. Use ManyChat.
Use retargeting. And then on YouTube, we can use the YouTube flywheel flywheel VSL. We post a lot of videos.
We'll link that to one training on YouTube. And you don't have to do as long as of training as I'm doing.
There's people right now who's using this strategy, and their flywheel VSL as, 30 long or an hour long. And I just wanted to make a like, give as much value as I could, right, and do the do the the workbook and all of these things as well.
Right? So this is basically what I recommend in terms of traffic.
It's organic plus paid, the the traffic nirvana using Instagram and YouTube. And now, if you go into the workbook, let's go through the traffic section.
Right? So part one, choose your traffic channels. Right?
Check the channels you will use to drive traffic to your funnel. Will you do Instagram reels?
Will you do YouTube? Will you do both? If you wanna do something else, if it's gonna be LinkedIn or or TikTok or x, you can obviously write that down here as well.
Will you run retargeting ads? So make a decision. Yes or no.
I will start organic and only add retargeting later. I obviously recommend that you do both and run retargeting ads. And you can start running retargeting ads for as low as $10 a day, right, which is super, super cheap.
And they normally say that for $10, you will show an ad to every single individual in your audience if it's 10,000 people.
So for $10 for every 10,000 people. That's like a rough estimate. It's it's not as easy as that, but, like, for $10 a day, you can reach a lot of people in your audience for just $10 per day.
Part two, posting frequency commitment. Right? So consistency is the only thing that makes organic traffic work.
Write down exactly what you're committing to. So Instagram, how many reels are gonna post per day. YouTube, how many videos are gonna post per week.
I think it's great to start with one per week. And then if you wanna do it very seriously, you can give it to two. And eventually, you can do even more than that.
So yes. So this, just write it down. Right?
And then part three, content backlog, top performing competitor content. So go back to a competitor research you did with the Apple strategy section.
That is, like, the the fundamental of everything we're doing. Right? You you hopefully saw how powerful that is.
Find their top performing YouTube videos and their top performing Instagram reels and list them below. So you're going to use these as inspiration to create your own versions.
So how to find top performing content? YouTube, go to their channel, sort by most popular, Instagram, scroll their profile, and look for reels with the highest view counts. Right?
And then you just write down here top 10 competitor YouTube videos, 10, the video title, the link, and then you do the same thing for Instagram. Super, super simple. Like, again, we're using the Apple strategy.
Again, we don't care about being the first. We just wanna be the best. So why if like, why should you try and figure out and try to just guess what type of video to make when you can just look at your top competitors, what videos they're posting, and then you do a similar video.
Right? This is by far the best right view that you can use. 100%.
Right? Now, generate your content ideas using Cloud. So you mapped out what's already working for competitors.
Now use the prompt below to generate your own content ideas based on that research. Copy the prompt below, fill in your competitor content from the tables above, and paste it into cloud. So I'm building an online education business in the following niche.
Describe your niche. Again, you can use WhisperFlow for this as well, as I've showed you before.
So you can just speak into in the cloud, explain exactly what type of niche you're in. I researched my top competitors and found the best performing content.
Here are the top YouTube videos, top 10 YouTube videos. Here are the top 10 performing Instagram reels, titles, and hooks if you wanna use that. Based on this, please generate 10 new YouTube video titles title ideas, 10 Instagram reels.
Make each idea specific to my niche. The YouTube title should be searchable and educational. The Instagram hooks should be attention grabbing, and make someone scroll or stop scrolling in the first two seconds.
Present them as clean number list YouTube ideas first and Instagram hooks. And then, obviously, you can even go a layer deeper than this. You can get Claw to help you create the hook as well for your videos.
So this is basically the the traffic section. It's and the reason why it's pretty straightforward and not too long is because this is literally what you need to do.
This is the only you need to be aware of the systems, and you need to start posting. And, again, if you already have a creator that you're partnering with, you should start to learn how these systems work and then implement those systems for your creator. Right?
And, like, again, I could spend tens of hours going into detail on exactly how to do that, but for the sake of this training, I just like, we're already quite far into this training. So I'm sure you see why.
But here's exactly the system that you use, and this is exactly what we help people to set up as well, and it's so so powerful. Again, this system alone generates Shelby subs a million dollars per week. It's absolutely nuts.
So now let's go through the next section. And now we've talked about the tech. You've set up the tech.
We talked about the presell. You've done all of the research. We talked about traffic.
You know about the you to fly wheel VSL. You know about Instagram, how to use retargeting and ManyChat. Now we're gonna go into promotion because traffic alone isn't enough.
Right? We need to learn, like, how do we actually convert this traffic into calls, and then what do we actually do on the calls. We're gonna talk about that as well.
But we and we've already touched upon promotion. Alright? We've we've already touched upon, you know, a webinar and a flight with VSL and and the VSL and the landing page and all of these things over targeting ads, but now we're just gonna go and and dive super deep into it.
So let's do that now, and we progress to section number four, which is promotion. Right? And again, make sure that you have the workbook handy.
You need this to follow along and do the work. That is how you're actually making this real obvious. Right?
So traffic into calls. So the job of promotion, like, getting traffic is your step one.
The job of your promotion system is to take that traffic and convert it into booked calls. And every strategy below serves that one purpose. Right?
So we're gonna go through different conversion mechanisms now or promotion mechanism that you can use and that you'd 100% should use for yourself or for your creator. So multiple touch points win. Right?
So most people will not book a call the first time they see you online. Right? A strong promotion system puts you in front of the same person across multiple channels, email, ads, social, webinar until they are ready to act.
I call it stirring the pot. Right? You wanna stir the pot.
You wanna send emails consistently. You wanna post on Instagram consistently. You wanna post YouTube videos consistently.
You wanna run retargeting ads consistently. And every single impression they get of you, they get more familiar with you. They start to learn more from you.
They start to like you and trust you more. And all of that those multiple touch points is what ultimately gets them to find find the like, one day something happens and they just book a call and buy.
A quick story. I was watching this guy on YouTube. I found him on YouTube.
I was watching a video. I was like, oh, this guy is interesting.
He I was intrigued by him and what he was talking about. And then I always watched him for, like, a week or so when I was going to the gym. And I always open up a Youtube video from him when I was on my bike just doing the warm up for for fifteen minutes or twenty minutes, and I was watching his videos.
And then, like, the fifth, sixth, or the seventh day, something happened. Something in my brain was like, okay. I need to know from this guy.
I immediately booked a call, paid him like, I think $28,000 to join his mastermind. That's what happened.
I was I I had no intention to buy initially. It was just like interesting guy, started watching more videos. After seven days, something just clicked in my head.
I was like, I need to learn from this guy. There was something that he said or something that I was like, oh, I connected with. And I was like, okay.
I I I just need to learn from this guy. Paid him to an eight k, joined his mastermind, flew out to meet him, and all of that.
Like, it's insane how these things convert. It's absolutely nuts. That would have never happened with the cold ad.
Never. That was a YouTube YouTube videos that I was watching. So the goal is always to call.
Whether someone comes through an email or a targeting ad, a webinar, or a ManyChat DM, every points to one outcome. It's to book a call with your sales team. Right?
Because we're selling a course for higher ticket. We're selling it for $2.03, $4.05, 10 k, 20 k, 30 k.
If you're selling masterminds, like, everything points to generate sales calls. Right? So now let's go through some of these.
Email marketing. Right? So email marketing is by far the most underrated channel.
Right? The most people overlook email. That is mistake.
For every $1 spent on email marketing, the industry average return is $42. That is the highest ROI of any digital marketing channel available. So think about that.
When you build an email list, right, I'm gonna talk about how you do that as well. And, obviously, you have your funnel already, and you can use a workbook as I use or a playbook that is for my YouTube videos like a lead magnet as well to build an email list. The reason why people do this is because you're taking people from a channel that you don't own like YouTube, and you're building your own email list that has the highest ROI of any type of marketing channel out there.
It's nuts. So you own the list. Right?
Your email list is the one audience that you actually own. Instagram can change its algorithm. YouTube can demonetize your channel or take away your like, some people even get their Instagram accounts removed or YouTube channels removed.
And but your email list, nobody can take from you. So you wanna build this traffic on social media and generate that email list, and now you can start emailing this list as well, which is very, very powerful. And you wanna start building the this list from day one.
Like, every person opts into your funnel, downloads your lead magnet, or signs up for your webinar, they go into your list. And every email you send is a direct line to a warm audience who already knows who you are. It's super, super powerful.
So use it consistently. A regular email list or a regular email to your list, sharing value, telling your story, promoting a webinar, or funnel is the one of the highest leverage activities you can do in your business.
And now if you start posting or when you start posting on YouTube, one, two, maybe even three times per week, use and a lead magnet, you promote a webinar, you run retargeting ads, and people sign up, you build your email list, guess what? You can just continue to promote your YouTube videos with your email list as well.
So every single time you release YouTube video, you email it to your list, and now you get views instantly. Like, it's it's it's super, powerful.
Right? Then we have retargeting ads. We already talked about that before as well, right, in the traffic, um, in the traffic section, but it definitely goes under the promotion as well.
So you only show ads to your warm audience. Retargeting ads are shown exclusively to people who've already seen your organic content. They know your face.
They've already received value from you. The trust is there before the ads run. Right?
Point everything to the funnel. So retargeting ads have one job, bring people back to your VSL page or to your webinar registration. That's it.
Keep the message simple and the destination clear. And, again, if you're somebody who just jumped into this training now and you haven't watched all of the previous sections, this won't make as much sense for you.
That's why you need to go through everything step by step in this video because we covered already retargeting ads in the traffic section. So why this be this beats cold ads? Cold ads goes to people who never heard of you.
They've never seen you before, and the cost per conversion is higher, and the trust is literally zero. Retargeting ads flips the equation entirely. You get lower costs, higher conversion because the relationship already exists.
They're already seeing an ad from somebody that they know. Right?
Sometimes when I like some of the people that I follow, and I scroll on social media, sometimes a reel pops up. And I was like, interesting.
And I start watching the reel. And then I'm like, is this an ad? And then I check it, and and it is an ad.
But my first my first impression of that piece of content on Instagram, let's say, was that it was just another organic content piece from this individual because that's how we normally see it. But then mixed in, you start to see ads where there's a a CTA or a promotion.
And the the the the feeling that I get when I see an ad from somebody I watch an organic content from is completely different because I already know the individual.
I already trust the individual. So I'm much more likely to watch that and also click on that and convert on that because I've seen the organic stuff first. And if I see an ad from somebody, have no idea who it is, I know I immediately I'm like, oh, I never I haven't seen this.
They're pitching. Oh, it's an ad, and I scroll past it. Right?
Then we also have the via self funnel that we've set up. Right? This is also a promotional conversion system.
This is literally like your twenty four seven salesperson. So via cell funnel page, it works around the clock.
Right? Someone lands on the page to watch a video and book a call with you without being in without you being in the room. Right?
It's like a it's it's a sales machine that's on the Internet all the time, your via cell funnel. Right? And you drive everything here.
Every traffic source, Instagram, YouTube, email retargeting, uh, email, uh, emails that you're sending retargeting ads should point to this page. It's the conversion hub of your entire business, and we've already set this up right now.
Right? You already have that system in place, and you can obviously also use a webinar for this, which is super powerful. So the VSL does the selling.
A well built VSL or video sales letter, it builds trust, demonstrates your expertise, calls out the right person, explains the transformation, makes the pitch to book a call. If the VSL is strong, the call is already half sold before it starts. Right?
So a lot of people think that sales is just what to say on the sales call, but you're selling all the time. All every single time you post a YouTube video, every single time you drive those to your YouTube flywheel VSL, every single time you're running retargeting ads, every single time you're posting on Instagram, every single time you send a ManyChat automation, every single time you send an email list or email an email to your list, or every single time you do a workbook or a PDF that people can download, you're selling because you're building trust and building credibility.
People start to like you and know you and trust you. So when they finally go to your via cell funnel and decide to book a call, they they already come into the call knowing and liking you or your brand or your business. It doesn't matter if you take the call or if a sales rep takes the call.
They're all they they've already been sold. Right? So the sales experience is just so different versus you're just running a cold ads.
People peep someone sees this, click it, then books a call, and they just jump on a call and have no idea who you guys are or what your company is or what you stand for or what you believe in or what your offer is and none of that. So, yeah, this is it's this is why using, uh, organic content with retargeting ads and as a sales system, like it via cell funnel or a weekly webinar, is also powerful.
And that's why Shelby can make, like, over a billion dollars per week using it because she's building trust on social media first. So webinars, convert at scale. A weekly webinar lets you speak to dozens or hundreds or thousands of warm leads at once.
Right? You deliver training. You build trust in real time and close the session with a call to action to book a call.
So when you're running those weekly webinars as Shelby is doing as well, as I'm doing as well, you get people from your traffic channels, from your retargeting ads, and you do an in person training live. It's not prerecorded. It's 100% live.
You do a training. You answer questions. And then the call to action of the webinar is to go and book a call.
Right? Because you're selling a higher ticket training or higher ticket course or program or community. So most people just try to sell directly on the webinar, but you use the weekly webinars as same as the VSL funnel to generate more sales calls.
Right? So you sell on the call, not on the webinar. So the webinar does not sell the program or it explains the program, but you don't collect the money there.
The webinar sells the call. Right? The call sells the program, so keep that distinction clear.
You wanna use webinars to generate more calls. You can then redirect people to via cell phone. So after they when they're on the webinar, they wanna book a call, you can just redirect them to via cell phone, and they can go and book a call there.
And, again, Shelby Saap Saap probably does this better than almost anyone out there. As we covered earlier in the trading, she wants Instagram and ManyChat together with the weekly webinar and retargeting ads.
The whole system feeds one weekly event that consistently generates book call calls at scale. Right? And then we have the ManyChat and free community.
We already talked about this. Right? ManyChat as as a convert conversion trigger as covered in the traffic section already.
Keywords our keyword triggers on Instagrams and automated DMs with your funnel link or webinar registration.
Every comment becomes a potential lead delivered straight to your funnel as well. And then you can also use free communities or free course. You can post it on on YouTube.
You can host it on school, for example, as well. Yeah. So hosting a free community on a platform like school or offering a free introductory course as a lead magnet is a super powerful way to build trust and generate calls.
People join for free, receive real value, and convert into paying students over time. It's a slower burn but builds a highly qualified pipeline as well. So, like, again, into each of these different sections, how to set up the webinar, how to set up the BSL, how to set up the free course, how to set up the manage app, these are, like, a lot of content in itself.
And, like, if I did that here on YouTube, it would be tens of hours to go through everything, which now I'm just speeding through everything. Then the main thing now is you know exactly what you need to learn and how to leverage it, then go through the workbook as well. And then you then the next step is that you need to learn how to actually implement all of this as well.
Right? So before we continue now, let's go into the workbook and make this clear.
Right? So we continue now to section number four, which is promotion.
Right? So part one, choose your promotion strategies. Check every promotion strategy you plan to use, uh, to convert traffic into booked calls.
So we'll use email marketing, retargeting ads, self funnel, webinar, mini chat, free community. What will you use? Right?
So you can just start to kinda highlight here which one it is that you want to use. Right? Part two, competitor promotion audit.
So go back to the three competitors you researched or the main one that that you selected. This time, you are looking specifically at how they promote and convert their audience. For each competitor, answering the following questions.
So competitor one. Right? What promotion strategies are they using?
Are they running retargeting ads? Do they have a VSL page? Do they run webinars?
Do they use ManyChat? Do they have a free community? Do they send emails?
Like, what do they do? And also, what promotional strategies do they not use? And so make this do spend some time on this.
Pause the video because this will show you exactly what they're doing. You will see what copy they're using, what do they say in the VSL. Know, join the webinar.
You can record their webinar. Read get their emails or read their emails. You can even book on a like, book a sales call with the team.
They give you exactly how they can serve you everything on a silver platter. Right? So this is the easiest way to just get served on a silver platter, exactly what your competitors are doing, then you can do something very, very similar.
Obviously, you put your own twist to it and your own your own, yeah, your own twist to it. So it's you and your offer.
And and and and it's gonna be different out of the box because you're a completely different individual with a completely different story as well. But this is super, super powerful to do, and we need to leverage this Apple strategy as much as humanly possible.
And you can do this with one competitor, two competitors, and even three competitors here as well. Right?
Then find your competitive advantage. So based on your competitor audit above, answer the following questions. Which promotion strategies are your competitors using that are clearly working that you should be implementing too?
If they're running weekly webinar and that's like their main thing, probably you should do that as well. So try and find out which is like their best strategy, and then which promotion strategies are your competitors not using that you could implement to go ahead to to get ahead of them.
Maybe they are only posting on YouTube, but they're not using the Instagram and the minute chat strategy or vice versa. Maybe they're only doing Instagram, but they're not use using the flywheel BSL.
Maybe they're not even using retargeting ads. Or maybe they are doing TikTok really well, and that's not something you've thought of. So now we can start doing TikTok and also the YouTube and Instagram, right, and run retargeting ads.
Alright? So I just want you to overlook, like, where's the gap?
Right? Where's the competitive advantage when it comes to promotion and the conversion?
And what is the one promotion strategy that could give you the biggest competitive advantage right now? Really think this through and start to note it down. Right?
It doesn't have to be perfect now. I just want you to think through this and put it down on on with with pen and paper because it will be in the back of your head. And it I promise you, just do the work.
It it will make wonders for you. Now, your night to day promotion plan. So keep it simple.
What are your top two promotion strategies, and what is your first action action step to actually to make that happen?
Right? So primary promotion strategy, first action step. Second promotion strategy, first action step.
And when will you have both strategies activated by? So to make it real, when will you implement this and get it live for yourself or for your educational creator? K.
And then also part five, build your promotion plan user cloud. So use the prompt below to take everything you filled out in the section and turn it into clear, actionable, ninety day promotion plan. So I'm building an online education business in the following niche.
Right? I researched my competitors, and here's what I found about them.
Competitor one, they're using this, and they're not using this. Competitor two, competitor three.
And, again, you can use WhisperFloat to speak this into it. Just brain dump it in there. Right?
Or you can just write it out. Based on this research, my primary promotion strategy will be this, and my second dairy promotion strategy will be this. The promotion strategies available to me are these.
Please create a simple nine to day promotion platform that covers what I should set up in the next set up and launch in in the first thirty days, what I should be executing consistently on in day thirty to sixty, what is we're optimizing and scaling days in day sixty to 90. Keep it practical and actionable.
I'm just starting out. Focus on the strategies I've selected and how I can use my competitive advantage to get ahead of my competitors, please, or present it as clean as a clean week by week phase by phase plan that it's easy to follow.
Right? And this is why it's so powerful to use WhisperFlow as well because you can you you can give so much context here.
Instead of you sitting and writing everything out, you're speaking to the computer. Give as much humanly context as you can.
You can even link like, take screenshots of your competitors, or you can do all of this stuff and just feed Cloud as much as you humanly possibly can, and it will give you a promotion plan using Cloud.
This is extremely powerful. Like, I can't like, most people just go on social media.
It's like, oh god. Let me just start posting. And they start posting something.
They have no idea what they're posting. With this, you will get a clear plan based on what's already proven to work from your competitors. It's absolutely nuts.
Now let's go into sales. Right? So the next thing we're gonna talk about now is we've talked about the tech.
We talked about the pre sell, the traffic, the promotion. Now we're gonna talk about sales. And, again, I I wanna reiterate this at at every single step that we go through is that you need to take each step in its sequential order.
If you just jump into this portion right here, it won't make any sense. You have to pre watch everything previously and do all of the work in the workbook as well because it builds up to what we're gonna talk about now, which is sales. Right?
And again, make sure that you have the workbook handy, and we're gonna do quite a lot of work here. I'm gonna give you some really good stuff when it comes to sales.
So first of all, let's talk about sales and what sales actually is and what it's not. Sales is a scary thing, especially when we start out. And when I grew up, my dad has been in sales his entire life.
He has been been teaching people about spin selling that we'll talk about now here as well. And my dad is very extroverted, you know, can make anybody laugh, can talk, can be befriend everybody. And when I grew up, I was like I was more of an introvert.
I was like, I'm not like my dad. I I can never go into sales. And then I just later figured out that I was actually pretty damn good at sales.
And I also noticed that, um, some of the best salespeople out there are introverts. Right? So don't see sales as this pushy thing that you're like a sales guy with a suit on.
Like, it's not what it is. So let's just break this down. So sales is not what you think.
You do not have to be an extroverted, pushy, or aggressive salesperson to be a great salesperson.
Right? Some of the best closers in the world, people closing million dollar deals, they are introverts. Right?
Sales is not about convincing. It's about understanding and building trust and presenting a solution to their problem and learning how to listen. Listen more than you talk.
It's not about this pushy pushy aggressive talk talk talk and that kinda force them to buy. That's not what sales is at all. And the more higher ticket stuff you're selling, you need it it's sales is more understanding and listening and and having a solution for them and and all of these things that we're gonna talk about now.
Obviously, you need to know a little bit about objection handling and actually making the close, but you need to learn a system to follow, and I'm gonna give you that system. We're even gonna give you a script, but it's more about understanding and building trust.
Right? And yes. So let's just continue.
So the real job of a salesperson, your job on a sales call is to understand the individual situation. Right?
Identify their problems and guide them to the right direction. Sometimes that decision is to buy. Sometimes it's not.
The best salespeople close more because they care more about the fit about more about the sale. Obviously, they wanna make the sale.
They wanna make the money, but they focus on the fit and do the like, go through the situation questions and make sure that they understand the current situation. They identify the problems, Identify their needs.
Identify use the implication need payoff questions that I will talk about here as well to just make sure that the individual that you're selling to sees that your thing that you're selling is the best fit for them. Right?
And yes. Let's just continue.
So trust is built before the call. This is also a huge thing. By the time someone books a call with you, they've already watched your content, seen your retargeting ads, visited your resell page, or attended the webinar.
They know you. They already like you. They already trust you.
And the call is not conversation. It's a warm one.
Like, you're running cold ads and if you're talking with a lot of people who have no idea about your business, about your brand, or what you do, sales is gonna be way way harder. And then you will probably need to be a way better salesperson to be able to go through this this entire journey with individual to make the sale.
Right? But I also know for a fact there's one individual on the Internet right now who has a huge brand, and he has a lot of salespeople.
And some of these salespeople, when they quit working for him and they start working for somebody else that I also knew or know, they said that those salespeople are actually not that good salespeople.
They are actually not that good. They're just used to basically reading a script and following exactly what to say word for word, and then they make money. And then they would and they make that money because the sale is already made before somebody even jumps on a call.
The trust is already built. When somebody jumps on a call with that business, they are they're already they're already sold.
They're pretty much ready to give their credit card because they've sold on on organic content, that email list, and social media, and YouTube, and Instagram, and all of that. So the actual sales call is so much easier.
And then when this sales individual quits that job, and they might have closed super high closing ratios, super high show up rates, all of these things. And then they start working for somebody else who don't have that same brand, don't have that trust built, and then they start trying to sell that, and then they don't perform at all.
Right? So sales is happening more.
It's more than just the sales call. Sales is happening all the time. And the better you can do content and build that trust before the call, the easier you will the easier time it will happen with with sales as well, which is why it's also so powerful for you operators to partner with somebody who already has this trust because you don't need to be the best salesperson in the world.
So sales happens everywhere. Right? Your content is sales.
Your VSL is sales. Your webinar is sales. Your targeting HR sales.
Everything you've built up to this point has been warming up the prospect So when they get on a call, they're not asking, like, who are you? They're asking, like, how do I get started? Or they wanna learn a little bit more about the details, what the cost is, what the payment plans are, or they wanna make sure that it's just like it's actually what they're what they're looking for for help with.
Right? Now we're gonna talk about the SPIN Selling framework. So SPIN, this is the framework I'm using, and I've been using forever, and our team are using as well.
So SPIN is a proven sales framework, and it was it was created by Neil Reckham, and he wrote this book called SPIN Selling. And it's built around asking the right questions in the right order to guide a prospect to their own decision. Right?
SPIN stands for situation, problem, implication, and need payoff. So let's break it down. Right?
So s, situation questions. So these questions open the call. You're gathering context about where the prospect is right now.
You wanna keep this phase pretty short as well. Too many situation questions and board the prospect. Uh, get, uh, what you need and then move on.
And that so a situation example of situation questions is, like, for example, what have you been trying so far? What have not been working out?
What are you currently doing? Etcetera. I'm just I like what is your main traffic channel?
Like, you're just asking questions about the current situation. And the reason why I wanna keep this short is because the prospect you're speaking to is not really getting any value from the situation questions. Right?
It's you are basically getting the most amount of value because you're just gathering their current situation, gathering information about what they currently are. Some people call this the the discovery phase as well.
You're discovering where they are right now. Right? And it's not the most fun for the prospect because they already know this.
They're just basically giving you information about who they are. So very like, normally beginner sales reps, they spend too much time in asking situation questions and not enough implication need payoff questions that we'll talk about soon.
And the best closer, the closers who close the the most in according to my own experience and also in the book, what they talk about in the book, is that the more advanced or more the better salespeople, they don't ask as many situation questions.
They ask more need payoff and and implication questions. Then the p, that stands for problem questions. So these identify the most or what the prospect is struggling with, what is not working, what have they tried, where are they stuck, and you are surfacing the pain.
Right? You you like, situation questions, what are you currently doing, and how has that been working?
And then problem questions is that you start to identify what are the things that are not working. And then, uh, you you identify, like, the main problem that they're trying to solve.
Right? That's a problem question. Then where you go from there is implication questions.
So it's the implication of not solving the problem. Right? So this is where most beginners stop too early.
Implication questions go deeper into the problem. What happens if this does not get solved? What does that cost them?
Entire, money, relationships, opportunity? You are not telling them the implications. You're asking them questions to get them to tell you, and this is far more powerful.
So the worst thing the worst experience you can have on a sales call and I bought a lot of stuff online from a lot of different salespeople, and I've been on a lot of sales calls myself as the sales rep or the closer. The worst experience you can have though as the prospect is just having a guy or a girl, an individual, telling you everything.
They're just yapping and talking and talking and talking, and then they do that for forty five minutes, then they come to the end and they ask you, what do you think? And I'm like, bro, like, I've been sitting here for forty five minutes listening you to talk all the time. I've had 100 different questions, but you haven't even invited me to ask that question.
You clearly don't understand my current situation. You clearly don't understand the problem I'm trying to solve. You clearly don't understand anything from me.
Why should I think that you have something to sell me that I need? Right? So in this spin framework, it flips it.
You're asking questions. And the reason why it's so much more powerful for the sales rep to tell me what I need, he or her is is or he or she is asking me, like, asking me certain questions.
And as I'm asking or answering those questions back, I am being part of the solution as well.
And since I'm since the individual asking me something and telling them, naturally, I know that the sales individual or the sales rep or the closer knows my story. They knows my pain points.
They know what I'm looking for. They know what problems that I have. And with implication questions, what happens here, which is very powerful, is that when I when this rep asked me something, they're like, okay.
What's the problem? K. The problem is not is that I'm not, uh, getting enough traffic right now.
And then an implication would be it would be like, okay. So what do you how how does that affect your business? And then I have really have to think, like, yeah.
Like, if I'm not getting enough traffic, I won't get enough leads, and, like, we are not getting enough calls that we need, obviously.
And then you might ask me, okay. So if you wanna get to this goal of yours of building this big business with this monthly revenue, Do you think that you need more traffic?
Yes. I do. Okay.
Why? Yeah. Because I need those more leads.
Okay. So what happens if you don't get more leads and don't get more booked calls? And then it was like, yeah.
Then I probably won't hit my goal. Right? And then he could dive in even deeper into the implication of not reaching my goal.
Right? Because then I won't maybe make enough money to hire the people that I want to hire or or move to where I want to move to or whatever it is. Right?
So implication questions is basically identify a problem, then you dive deeper into the problem. What are the implications of not solving the problem? And beginner salespeople, they don't dive deep enough.
Most beginner salespeople, they ask a question, they identify a problem, and then they move on. And then they might surf like, ask another question that surfaces another problem, and then they move on.
But really, really good salespeople and closers, they dive deeper into the problems. Like, what's the second, third, fourth level of consequences or implications of not solving the problem?
And then you get the prospect to tell you what those implications are, and now you make it a lot more real. And you gather some really, really powerful data as well that you can circle back to later when it comes closer to to actually closing the deal because now you know this, and it's real because it's in the conversation.
And now we can circle back to it to remind them on on on that as well. Right? Because the prospect is going through a journey.
When when somebody speaks, it becomes real. Right?
It becomes they go through a journey in their head. Like, they're they're imagining these things, what's going through.
So if they if you don't ask these questions and they speak it to you, they might be aware of it, but you're not they're not consciously bringing it out there. Right?
So it's super, super powerful to ask these questions. And then need payoff questions. What is the payoff when the problem is solved?
Right? What does their life or business look like on the other side? Right?
Again, go two, three layers deep on this as well. Get them to describe the outcome in their own words. When a prospect articulates their own desired fee future, they're selling themselves as well.
So this is also what beginner do. They identify, okay.
I wanna scale it to this amount, or I want I wanna achieve this body, or I I wanna get this relationship, or I wanna get better at this hobby or this sport, whatever it is. And beginner salespeople, they basically just write that down. Okay.
Now I know what you want, and then they continue. But and then better sales reps, they're all they're diving deeper into the desire. Why do you need this?
Like, what would happen if you sold this thing? What would how what would your life look like if you actually got there? How would that help your business?
How would that help your relationships? How would that help your health? And then they tell you about that, and then they can dive even deeper into it.
Right? So what separates goods from great? Right?
Beginners ask way too many situation questions. They spend the whole call on discovery and never go get to get to the depth that actually drives the decision.
And the prospect ends the call feeling like they just fill out the form, essentially. That's the worst thing you can do. Just asking a bunch of situation questions.
Beginners skip implication and need payoff. They identify the problem and then jump straight into pitch. Uh, they tell the prospect why this matters instead of letting the prospect tell them why this matters.
Right? This is a critical mistake. You need to learn how to ask really good implication and really good need payoff questions as well.
So great salespeople, they go deep. They ask fewer situation questions. I spent the majority of the call on the implication need payoff.
By the time the by the time they present the offer, the prospect has already talked themselves into wanting it. They've already told you the story and told you why they need to solve this problem.
Because if they don't solve this problem, this implication is gonna happen, this implication is gonna happen, and this implication is going to happen. And they also told you about what they want, where they wanna go to, and they've told you about pay off payoff number one, two, and three if they get there.
Right? So instead of just knowing the problem and what they want, the the current situation, the problem, and their desired situation, They've not told you about the implications of not fixing the problem, and they've also told you about the payoffs of actually fixing it.
It's that is what makes the conversion go through. It makes it so much more powerful, and most people don't do this.
So ask questions and listen. The worst experience on a sales call is a sales rep who talks the entire Time.
The prospects never get to express their situation, their problems, or what they're actually looking for. So ask the right questions, take notes, and listen far more than you talk, especially in the beginning. Because the only way I will know that the rep knows what what I'm looking for is if they ask me to tell me about what I'm looking for, and I I get the chance to actually explain to them what I'm looking for.
And if then if the rep, uh, sales rep can then even retell to me back my story, right, after a when he asked me a question, I've told him everything I want them to know, and then the sales rep can tell me all of that back to me. Like, okay, Max. So let me see if I get this straight.
So you're currently doing this. You have been testing these things. You have this problem.
You wanna solve this because if you don't, this, this, and this isn't going to happen. You wanna get to this pay phase, and you wanna get to this outcome because that's gonna help you with this payoff, and this payoff, and this payoff.
Is that correct? Right? If somebody can retell that back to me after I've told you all of that, I I first of all, I'll be very impressed because they've I it's clear that they've listened to everything I've told them, and now I know for a fact that this individual knows me.
They knows exactly what I'm looking for and what solution I'm looking for. So now I am also trusting this individual way more to have a solution for me because they know now know exactly what solution I'm looking for and the problems I'm trying to solve. Right?
So it's it's this is basically what sales is. Also, retell the story back what you just said. Right?
After the discovery phase, retell everything the prospect has just shared with you in your own words. This is one of the most powerful things you can do on a call. It proves that you're listening.
It proves you understand their situation in detail, And only when the prospect feels truly understood will they trust that you have the right solution for them as well.
So when you present the offer, they already know they already know you understand exactly what they need and, uh, that your solution is specific with them. That was a super long sentence that I've been writing.
Now do your research before the call. So review the intake form before the call. Right?
When they fill out the form, you they give you some information there. Look up the prospect online, know their situation, know their business, know their goals before you say hello. And walking into a call prepared is one of the highest leverage things you can do to increase the close rate as well.
So now what we're going to do is that we're gonna go into the workbook again. And I prepared a sales script here for you. Right?
So you have everything that you need here to do a sales call. If you're a creator, this is how you sell your program. If you're an operator, this is how you sell the program for the actual creator.
Right? So do all of the following in the five minutes before the call starts. So you find a quiet room with no interruptions.
You have a pen and notepad. It's extremely important to have a pen and notepad because this is how what you you you note down as you're asking the questions what they're telling you so that you then can retell the story back to them. Review the prospect's intake form before the call, know their situation, their challenge, and what they have said that they need help from you from.
Right? And also look them up online if possible. Do they have an Instagram page?
Do they have a YouTube page? Do they have a website? LinkedIn.
The more you go in knowing about them, the better. Have your notes from the intake form visible so you can reference them naturally during the call. Release all attachment to just getting yes.
Right? And your only job on the call is to accurately understand this person's situation, determine whether you can generally help them. So don't be focused on, like, I have to make this sale.
I have to make this money. More, obviously, you want that, but you need to be focused on these other things. Be focused on understanding them and making sure that you help them to understand that you have a solution for them.
Right? And let go of any emotional baggage from the day or previous calls. Be calm, present, and focused.
You might have three calls already, and the the last call you had didn't go well. Maybe the individual was a bit rude, or maybe they showed up late, or maybe they had a hard time understanding what you were saying or what you were doing or what you were presenting.
So every single time you do a new call, you kinda have to reset and see this this is a completely new individual, and you just have to reset yourself, which can be tough sometimes, but it's just something we have to do. And then you basically join the call exactly the call that's scheduled.
Right? So you'd obviously, you don't dial them, but you get the point. You you start the Zoom call at the minute that that the call is ready to start.
Right? And and you should really be on the Zoom call, like, five minutes before if possible.
Then part one, small talk. So keep this short. One to two minutes maximum.
The goal is to make them feel comfortable before we get into the structure of the call. So you can just ask them, like, hey, Nam. How's your day going?
Where are calling from? Awesome. Well, let's just get get right into it.
So first couple of minutes, just some small talk. Right?
Oh, John. How's it going? I normally like, okay.
Where are you from? Okay. Cool.
Yeah. I'm from Canada. Okay.
I'm from Sweden originally. I currently live here. Blah blah blah.
Maybe you see that they have, uh, an award on on the wall in the background. Just something like just open up the call. No, like, just friendly opener.
Right? Then the next thing you go to is that you set the agenda. This is very, very important.
So you take the lead immediately, right, and tell them exactly how the call is going to go. And this builds confidence and removes uncertainty from the prospect. So what you wanna do when you set the agenda is that you just wanna set some rules for how the call would go.
So you can you will tell them that here's how the call will go, and it's very good for the prospect as well because now they know what to expect. We're gonna do this, then we're do this, then we're gonna do that.
So normally, how I do it is just like, okay, John. So normally, how I do those calls is that, first of all, I just wanna ask you some questions to understand what you're currently doing and what you're looking for. Then after that, I would love to explain what we do, and I've prepared a custom pitch deck for you where I will walk you through exactly what we do.
And then after that, we can go into and talk more about pricing and if it makes sense for you, if you wanna work with us. We can go through all of that details and then take it from there. Does that sound good to you?
And then they say, okay. Right? And I only continue the call once they've told me okay.
And this is how we set the agenda. It's very simple. I'm gonna ask questions, then I'll present to you what we do, and then we can explain the or talk about the details and how to go forward.
Right? So I've basically written that out here. So here's how the call will go.
I'm starting by asking you some questions about your situation, what you're looking to achieve. I want to make sure you fully I fully understand what you're, uh, where you're at before I say anything about what we do or how I can help. Then if it sounds like I can generally help and we're a good fit, I will walk you through what I offer and how it works.
And at the end, you can decide whether it makes sense for you to move forward or not. Like, you you can adjust this as well, it's more in your own words. You you just heard me kinda rift this off the point as well.
Right? The main thing is just, like, explain to them how the call would go, ask questions, present what we do, and then we can talk about the details. Right?
Part three. So why are they here? Opening questions.
So this is your first real question. It opens the door for them to tell you their stories. So let them talk.
Do not interrupt. So you can just ask them, so, John, like, what motivated you to take the time to actually book a call today? Right?
So it if they give you, like, a surfer level answer, try to go deeper. Right? So what do you mean by that?
Or can you tell me more about that? Or how long have you been dealing with this? Or what have you already tried to fix this?
Or why do you think this problem exists? So just, like, try to understand, like, why they wanted to book a call. And if they don't really give you a clear answer, just go a little bit deeper as well to, okay.
But why are we here today? Like, what are what is it that you're trying to solve? Then we can go into some situation questions.
Right? So gather the context you need to understand the current reality. Keep the face focused.
You are not interrogating them. You're building a picture. Right?
So tell me a little bit more about what you do and what you need help with right now. Um, how are you currently getting clients or customers? Obviously, you will have to adjust this so it fits your offer what you're doing.
Alright? If you're helping somebody to write a book, if you're helping somebody to get better at basketball, or if you're helping somebody to get find a a wife or or a husband, or, like, in relationships or fix their marriage or whatever it is, you obviously have to adjust this.
Right? But you get the point here. It's situation questions.
So what does your current setup look like? Are you doing this full time or alongside something else? What is your current monthly revenue from this?
Like, note, do not spend too much time here. Get the core facts and then move on. Beginners make the mistake of asking too many situation questions and boring boring the prospect.
Right? So create some situation questions based on what you want to learn from them.
Right? And don't don't have too many of them. Then you can go into some problem questions.
Right? So the p and spin. So now you're identifying the pain.
Right? What is what is not working? Where are they stuck?
What have you tried that that has not worked? Right? So what is the biggest challenge you're facing right now when it comes to your topic?
What is the thing that is holding you back the most right now? Is there anything that you've tried that has not worked the way you hoped? What happens if this problem does not get solved?
Right? What does that mean for you? So here, it's just you wanna ask some questions to identify, like, what what is the main problem or problems that you're trying solve?
You just wanna get that up to the surface as well. Right? What are the main things?
And then we're gonna use this to then dive deeper into the implication questions as well. Right? So this is where most beginners talk too early.
Implication questions go deeper into the problem. You're not telling them why the problem matters. You're asking them questions that get them to tell you.
Go two, three, maybe even four layers deeper is this. So, like, how long have you been dealing with this problem? What has this been costing you in time, money, or opportunity?
What happens to their goal or business or life if this doesn't change in the next twelve months? Have this had an impact on other areas of their life? If nothing changes, where do you see yourself in twelve months from now?
Listen carefully. Take notes. The prospect is telling you exactly what the stakes are.
This is gold. And really, when you know that you're asking a really good implication question, either they will tell you that's a really good question.
And also what you will see is that they will start to look up to this side or, like, looking up to the left and just start, like, being quiet a bit. And when they do that, their mind is just spinning.
Right? They're they're when you're asking a question like, situation question, you can just answer off the cuff.
Right? They're just, yeah, I'm doing this, I'm doing that, blah blah blah. Okay.
What problem do you have? You have this problem. And then when you use the implication questions to dive deeper into into the problem, then they will have to be, like, thinking a bit.
That is where the gold is. That that is truly where the magic is. When you get them to think, to really, like, think through what the answer is.
And not only is it good for you as the sales rep that you're getting a good answer, but the individual now is starting to go through a journey in their head. They're starting to unpack this problem.
Yeah. Like, what does actually happen if I don't solve this problem? Yeah.
Like, I might I it will I will probably have this implication. You can be like, okay. Tell me more about that.
Now they have to go think even more. Yeah. Like, what is that implication even like?
And then they might discover things that they've never even thought of. They're like, yeah. You Yeah.
Like, this thing will actually happen. Oh, dang. Like, if if I don't fix this problem, I have this implication.
This implication will actually create all of these other implications as well. So they might discover on the call that the the problem and the implication of not solving the problem is way bigger than they thought. And maybe you will also identify those implications.
Right? But they're not telling you them, so then you can ask them questions so that they tell you about that. You can help them to discover those implications or those problems by asking them questions.
You never want to tell. You want to ask so they tell you because now they're going through the journey in their head. Super powerful.
Then we have the need payoff questions. Right? So now we can flip it as well.
Right? Move from the problem to the desired outcome. What does life look like when this is solved?
Like, go just as deep here as you did with the implication side. So if we could solve this, what would that mean to you? What does your life or business look like on the other other side of this?
If you achieved your goal, what would happen or what would that open up for you? Why is getting to that outcome important to you personally? Right?
What would change for you beyond just income results or outcome itself? Again, do not answer these questions for them. Ask and listen.
The more they describe their own desired future in their own words, the more they are selling themselves. Right?
So these are just some example questions. Like, as when you know the spin framework, you will kinda do this off the cuff.
You will like, okay. That's a desire. Let's just go deeper into that.
What is the payoffs of that? How can I help them discover payoffs or implications that they've not maybe even thought about? Then part eight, retell the story.
Right? So this is one of the most powerful things we can do on a sales call. After this the discovery phase, pause and reflect everything back to them.
Prove that you were listening to them. Prove that you understand their situation. So here's just a script.
Okay? So let me make sure that I get this clear before I send before we continue. So right now, you're doing this.
The biggest challenge you've been dealing with is this. You've been dealing with this for this long, and it's been costing you these implications. And where you want to get to is your desired outcome, and because of that, that means that they can mean, like, the personal reason or payoff.
Is that accurate? Have I missed anything? Like, this is just an example.
It's just template. The main thing is that as they are telling you all of these things on the call, you write it down, and then you retell the story back to them. And then you wait for the response, and if they say yes, that is accurate, you've just proven that you understand them correctly, and only now do you move forward.
And the reason why and why you wanna prove to them that you understand them is because now they can kinda relax. They can let their shoulders go down because now they can be like, okay.
Now Max is going to show me exactly what what their solution is and how it works, and he's gonna present it to me, keeping it and and he knows exactly what my problems are and what I want.
Right? So hopefully, that makes sense.
Right? If I know their current situation, and they know that I know their current situation, the problems and pains and and desires, they also know that I would be able to present a really good solution for that because I know what they've been going through.
Right? Then we have part nine, ask permission to share. So do not pitch without permission.
So this one line makes a significant difference. Right? Okay.
So based on everything that I've just, uh, that you everything you've shared with me, I think we can generally help with with that. Would you like me to just tell me you a little bit more about what we do and how that works?
And then you wait for confirmation, then you move forward. Right? So super simple.
It's like, okay. I've I've retold them the story. I've retold them everything.
There's like, yes. That's accurate. Maybe they add a little bit on top of it.
I'm like, hey. Okay. Perfect, John.
So based on everything you've told me right now, I think what we do can generally help you a lot. And so if it's okay with you, I can just go into my computer now and share what we do and explain how we can help you solve these problems. And then it's like, okay.
Sounds great. And then you dive into it. It's just basically segue or transition into into presenting your offer.
And then you you basically present your offer. You talk about the outcome, not the features, not the modules, not the process. Like, you can there's two different schools on this.
Like, some people keep this very, very simple. Right? So they keep they did either you have a pitch deck.
I love that as well. We use that a lot just for the sake of this workbook. Another thing I I and another another thing a lot of people are doing as well is that you keep it very, very short.
Right? So you just tell them that we help this specific target market. We we to achieve this transformation through this program.
And the way it works is that you explain the structure of how you help and how it works. And then the the result for most people I work with is that they achieve this. Then you stop, you let them ask questions, and then answer only what they ask, and then stop again, and let them lead the conversation from here until you until they ask you about the price.
So this is a type of sales that's working really, really well. Right? Instead of you creating a the same pitch for every individual that you have, you keep it very short and very high level.
So you explain, like, we help those people to achieve this outcome. We have this program. Here's kinda what we do.
And normally, the people that I work with achieve this outcome normally in this time frame. And then you stop. And then they would be like, okay.
Okay. But how does this work? How does it work with this?
And then you explain that. And then they ask, okay. But how does this work?
Yeah. This is how we do that. And how does this work?
Yeah. Well, that's here's how we do that. So you basically you get them to basically now they're asking you questions.
And now you're basically building the pitch for them on what you do based on exactly what they are interested in. So this is a very, very powerful way to do it. And then eventually, they will ask, okay.
But so how much does this cost? And then you go into the next stage.
Um, this is one way to do it. That's very powerful. Another way to do it is to have a pitch deck where you're, like, walking them through a pitch deck.
But for the sake of this video, not to keep it tens of hours long, this is a really, really good way to present the offer. Right? So you explain them high level what you do and how it works, and then they will ask you questions, and then you answer those questions.
And then eventually, they will ask you about the price. So state the price. Only share the price when they ask for it.
So then you just say the investment of the full program is this, and then you stop. You don't feel the silence. You don't, uh, wait for like, you wait for them to respond.
The silence after stating the price is one of the most important moments of the call, so do not cave. Because if I if somebody asked me, okay. So how much is it?
And then I say, yeah. So the investment of this program is $5,000. And then they they will have 100 things going through their head.
They will they will think about their financials, 5 k. Is this worth it? Okay.
I have this problem. Like, if I invest 5 k to solve this problem and I get, like, just solve this thing, will that be worth it? They will be going through a million things in their head and will sit there and think.
Right? And you just have to sit you just have to let them think. That's what you need to do.
And sometimes you can sit there for, a minute or two, sometimes even longer. And they're just sitting there and thinking, and it can be very uncomfortable. Right?
And you just want to you've stated the price what it is, and now they're thinking, and now you're waiting for them to respond. Right? And then part 12 is is objection handling.
Right? So here are some of the most common objections on how to respond. So I need to think about it.
And you can say, of course, I want to be I want this to be the right decision for you. Can I ask what specifically do you still need to think about? Because I'm here right now, and if there's something we haven't covered, I would rather discuss it now when we're on the call.
And then we'd say, like, yeah. Like, the main thing I wanna think about is actually this thing. And then you circle back to that.
You talk about it, and you try to solve it on the call. Or I need to speak with my partner or spouse.
I totally understand. When will you be speaking with them? Get a specific date and time and get a clear follow-up for them as well.
Right? Or maybe you can solve that on the call as well. Right?
Maybe their spouse or partner is actually close by. Maybe just bring them into the call. Right?
I can't afford it. I hear you. Can I ask, is this the right is it that this isn't the right fit, or is it that you want to make this work, but the investment feels like a stretch right now?
Right? If they want to make it work, okay, so how can we make it work for you? Maybe you can help with a payment plan.
Right? You just want to get to the root of the problem because what happens a lot on on on sales calls is that people throw up smoke screens. And they're telling you something because they don't actually want to tell you what what the actual problem is.
They just wanna get off the call. They know the price now, and it might be because of something the smoke screen can be a thousand things.
Maybe you said something ten minutes into the call, and that bugged them a bit. It's like, oh, this is actually not what I'm looking for.
And now and then they're kinda interested, but then when it comes to to to, like, actually make paying for it, that thing that you mentioned ten minutes into the call, it's kinda bugging them. And they've kinda made up their mind now that, like, this is probably not for me because you told me that they're doing it this way.
And I've tested that before, that didn't work. So I I I don't know. This is probably not not the right solution for me.
So they throw up a smokescreen that, yeah, go and think about it or whatever it is. So you what you the best thing we can do on the sales call is just try to, like, what is that thing that is bugging them? Why do they throw up a smokescreen for you?
And then you can be like, okay, John. Like, just be completely honest. Like, from everything we've talked about on this call, does it make sense to you?
Like, did you like everything we talked about, or is there anything we talked about that you don't like, you don't feel like like like like you need? And then he might be like, yeah. Like, honestly, the thing we talked about, like, 10 into the call, this thing, like, I've tried that before, and I actually don't I don't think it's for me because that thing hasn't really worked for me before.
And then that's great. So now you know that, then you can dive back to it. And a lot of the time, it might be a misunderstanding, or we might have another solution for it.
And then I'm like, oh, okay. Well, that clears up a lot of stuff, and then they might buy.
Or now there might be a lot more interested again, etcetera, etcetera. Right? I've tried programs like this before.
Didn't get results. That's fair. I appreciate you being honest about that.
Can I ask specifically what didn't work because I want to make sure that whatever held you back before isn't something that we would run into here? You listen.
You address a specific concern. Then you ask, what would need to be true for this to be completely worth it for you?
It would be like a no brainer for you. Or, you know, it's not the right time. When will it be the right time?
And what would need to change between now and then for it to feel right? Right? Get them to articulate the right time, what that actually looks like, and after they realize there is no perfect time.
Right? And then the real decision. Right?
Use this if the prospect is still on the fence. We have yeah. And you have addressed all their questions.
You can say like, John, the real decision you're making here isn't really about whether you're gonna work with me or not. The real decision is whether you're gonna be ready to achieve the outcome that they've described or whether you want to keep dealing with the problems and implications that they've described earlier in the call as well.
Right? That's the actual choice in front of you, and either answer is fine. I just wanna make sure that you're making it clearly.
Right? And then you stop, and then you let them sit with it. And, obviously, you can then save the script and have it in front of you on the call as well.
And the goal is not to read it word for word. It's to internalize it and structure it and the so the conversation feels natural while you stay on track as well.
Right? The real thing good thing with this final thing is that you're just trying to get a clear yes or no from them. The worst thing we can get on a sales call is a maybe and I don't know.
And if they still need to think about it, you want to book a call from the meeting. So you if they're not ready to decide right now, that's fine, but at least make sure to book a call, another call.
Okay. So I I I have some time for tomorrow, Tuesday, at 2PM. I can I can call out some time?
I'm actually gonna do another thing, but I'll actually skip that for you. If if you're actually interested and you wanna do this thing and you wanna think through it until tomorrow, let me set up another call for you tomorrow. Can you just confirm to me that you are able to do that?
Yes. I can do that. Now they're verbally telling you on a call that they can make the follow-up, all of these things.
Right? So if they wanna think about it, at very least, a follow-up meeting on the meeting, not afterwards. Don't send an email.
You book the call on the call. And, also, if you're getting a no, that's great because now you know. Right?
You can get them to a clear yes or a clear no. Just having a maybe, I don't know, I'll have to think about it, blah blah blah, that's the worst thing. So this is a great answer to do or question to ask just to get like, if you don't wanna do this, it's fine, but then I know because then I don't need to spend a lot of time following up with you right now.
And also, obviously, yes is really good because then they become a customer. Right? But we want a clear yes or clear no.
And if if not that's not possible, book a meeting as close, like, tomorrow if possible. Right?
Alright. Now what we're going to do is that we're gonna go from sales, and we're gonna talk more about the actual course. Right?
So now in the next step, we're gonna dive into how to build a world class product. I will show you the systems I use for that, how we plan it out, and it's really a good section. So let's do that right now.
So now we're gonna talk about how to build a course. Right? And building a course can be pretty complex.
We need to figure out how to plan it, how to build the slides, how to record it, how to edit it, and then take this thing that you know or your educational creator knows and then synthesize it into something simple that your customers can go through step by step, click by click. And if you're somebody who's serious about starting growing your own online education business, we offer 100% free course advisory calls.
And we have helped now literally thousands of people to start growing and grow their own online education businesses. Right?
And on these calls, we can just show you how we can help you not only with building the course, but giving you more hands on help and support to help you get there faster and easier from help from me and from my team as well. So if you're interested in that, you can just go to course.com/start and book a call, and we'll see you there.
Now back to the training. Now let's dive into section number six and talk about how to build a word class course either for yourself as a course creator or for your op or if if you're an operator and you're partnering with an educational creator.
And as always, make sure that you follow along in the online course workbook. This is what's gonna get the actual results for you. Now build it last, not first.
So this should obviously be be obvious for you by now. Right?
So the order matters. So you do not build the course until you have completed every single step before it. Right?
That we've we've set up the tech. We've created the presold offer. We've driving traffic.
We've learned sales, And we presold, like, our first five to 20 seats of the actual course, and then we build it. And you've gone through all of the steps in the workbook. You know how to create your presale offer.
You know why we do it. We know all of these things. You have the tech.
You have the funnel. You have all of these things set up. Right?
And only now is when we're actually going to start creating the course. So validation before creation. So most people find or most people build first and they sell second.
That is backwards. If you have already sold seeds, you know the market wants what you're building. Right?
You're not guessing. You're delivering on a proven demand. Right?
And from the Apple strategy, you can create a really, really good initial offer and even have an outline of what you're what you're going to solve and the problems you're going to solve in your course from your competitor research with the Apple strategy. Right?
So we want to validate that we have something to sell and people are willing to pay for it before we actually start building the actual service delivery. And again, with the pre sale offer, we give them those you know, the first model will be done in two, three, or maybe even four weeks. Right?
So the course is the reward. Getting to this step means the hard part is done. You have proof of concept, you have paying students, and now you build the product that delivers on the promise that you already made.
And also, what I wanna mention on this before we continue is the the another reason why it's so powerful to do this is because you are when you have your first presell individuals that goes through your presell offer, you will basically build the course with them.
Right? You will do your one on one calls with them. If that was a bonus for the for the people who bought the presell offer, you will get a testimonial from them.
You will talk with them very, like, very intimately, like, very closely with them, and they will tell you exactly what they want to have solved in the course. So you will have actual customers who bought your thing telling you what they wanna learn.
So your first product will be really, really good because you're solving those problems that they need help with. Right? And you're also doing the one on one alongside with this, but it also gives you a lot of feedback as well.
So what makes a great course? A clear beginning and a clear end. A world class course is not the collection of videos.
It's not. It's a transformation with a starting point and a finish line. When a student completes every video in order, they have completed the transformation.
That is the standard. And, obviously, here on YouTube right now, right, you can take this course as inspiration. This course, though, on YouTube that I'm doing right now, it's kinda condensed course.
Like, every single point that I'm talking about, I could go even deeper into, and we do that inside of our paid program. Right? When I talk about ManyChat, when I talk about ads and retargeting, when I talk about YouTube and the fly, when I talk about the offer, like, I go I show you literally click by click, step by step how to do everything.
If I did that here on YouTube, it would be, I don't know, a very, very long video, and I wouldn't be able to condemn like, this video is already pretty dang long. Right? Because I have a lot of things that I want to cover.
But a world class course is literally step by step, click by click. It has a clear beginning and a clear end. And I believe me, I've been through a lot of bad courses.
I bought courses for half $1,000,000. It's it's even more than that in the Dow. And a lot of them has been very bad.
It's just been videos with no clear plan. They have had really good marketing and really good sales, but the product has not been good.
And then I've been through some courses that are really, really good as well. And every single course that are of high quality is that there's some planning behind it.
Like, there's some steps to go through, and it's step by step, click by click, and it's a clear transformation. The course is not just information. It's a transformation.
You help them to go through the transformation, which you want because then it's how you get better testimonials and case studies, and that's how you can generate over, like, close to 1,005 star trust bullet reviews that I've generated as well. It's because the product is good. So every video builds on the on the one before it.
Every module builds on the one before it. Nothing is scattered. Nothing is out of order.
The student never has to think about where to go next. The path is literally laid out for them. You do this, then you do this, then you do this.
Right? So information is not the product.
The real value of a great course is not the information itself. It's the information laid out in the sequence so clear and logical that the student only has to follow it.
That is what separates a great course from a bad one. It's not just information. You make it easier for them to consume the information in step by step order so that they complete the transformation.
We don't buy courses to just get info. We we get your information.
We're buying them to go through a transformation. And also, something I want you to keep in mind is the more actionable you make some make something, the more valuable it it becomes. I recently bought a course from an individual who has a very good very good marketing, very good sales.
And then when I joined the course and I went through the course, it was very informational. It was basically he was just sitting and talking to the camera, literally. But there was no actionable steps in it.
They had some actionable things in there, but it was very very it was not a lot at all. So it was informational? Yes.
Did I learn things? Yes. Was it actionable?
No. So I didn't think the course was as valuable as it could have been. It was if it was actually actionable as well.
And, obviously, in this course, we have the workbook that you do, and it's actionable. We show you how to set up the tech. That's very actionable.
And that's how you create make it valuable as well. Right? But, again, this course is kinda condensed.
It's like the start of, like yeah. I'm going through all of these seven points in in in a pretty quick fashion. But it's still hopefully pretty valuable, I hope.
So bad courses are all over the place. Scattered videos, no clear road map, no logical progression. The student gets overwhelmed or confused, and then they stop.
A great course removes every reason to stop. It's just like you do this, this, this, this, and then you do this. Right?
Step by step, click by click. So the course framework. Five modules is a great it's it it doesn't it can be I think five modules is, like, ideal.
You can have six. You can have seven. You can have eight.
You can have four as well. I think five is really, really good. Each module represents one major step in the transformation.
Complete all five modules, and the student has completed the full journey. Right? And I will show you how we plan this out.
Because creating a course, for a lot of people, it's it's this big scary thing. It's like, oh, I don't know how to I don't even know where to begin.
But when you go through this process, will show you today, this is how you break it down. And we can use AI for this as well to make the process very easy. Using Claw together WhisperFlow, we can make this a very seamless transition.
I will show you exactly how to plan it out. Right? 10 videos per module, five to 10 videos.
So so, like, each module breaks down into approximately 10 videos, five to 10 videos. Each video is one specific step. Watch one video one, complete that step.
Watch video two, complete that step, and everything builds on everything else. So each module, it's like each module is like five the the five main things that they need to go through. Right?
Um, for example, if somebody needs to learn to play golf, first of all, they probably need to learn the fundamentals. Here's how you here's how you hold your grip.
Here's how how you hold the club. Here's how why you stand with your feet. Here's, like, how you kinda here's how you stand.
Here's the stance that you use. Here's how you keep your head. Uh, here's your upswing.
Like, here's your, uh, here's your tempo. Like, all the the fundamentals. Right?
And then module two might be, like, the gear. So, like, to start with golf, you you need some clubs. You need a bag.
You need a a what do you call that? A glove, golf glove.
You need maybe a pair of go golf shoes. Right? And then module number three might be on, like, your practice, your first practice session.
Right? So it's different modules. Right?
And then each module has videos breaking down. Like, each month, the first module on golf fundamentals, that's going through the stance and the grip and the etcetera, etcetera, etcetera.
Right? And then the gear, it breaks down the shoes that you recommend, the glove glove you recommend, you need, like, the clubs you need to get started, the the bag, like, all of these things. Right?
So each module is, like, the overall steps, and then in each module, you'll have videos. And then in each video, you also have steps held to like, if the first module is the grip, right, then you need to have steps on how like, here's how you hold the grip, etcetera. Right?
So steps inside every video. Each video all also has its own step by step structure. The big picture breaks into modules, modules breaks into videos, videos breaks into steps, and every layer is chunked down until nothing feels overwhelming.
Right? This is how we plan out the course. Right?
This is how we take something very abstract and something that feels very overwhelming, and we just chunk it down. We break it down to step by step instructions.
I will show exactly how to do this. So the structure in one sentence. Five modules, 10 videos per module, steps inside every video, that's the whole framework.
Right? And you can use six modules and seven videos per module. Like, it doesn't have to be 10 videos per module, but this is, like, kind of what I see the the the most normal kind of structure for a course.
Right? So more than just videos. It's like a course when you're selling a course.
It's not just a course. You also have a community aspect to it. Right?
So great course is not just content. It lives inside a community where student can ask questions. They can share progress, and they can support each other.
And a community keeps student engaged and accountable in a way that the videos alone can never do. Right? So you have a community aspect to it.
You have q and a calls. Right? Regular group coaching calls where students get can get live answers to the specific questions.
This is where the transformation accelerates. It's one of the biggest differentiators between a good course and a great one. Right?
So you have a community. You have q and a calls. You can have workbooks, you can have exercises.
Right? So watching video is passive. Right?
Just watching a bunch of information. You just sit there and take it in. So completing an exercise, though, that's active.
Workbooks and exercises turn information into action and action into results. Right? So every module should have something the student completes, not just watches a bunch of videos.
Right? So that's why I started with the most actionable stuff in this course that you're going through right now, this free training, is the tech. And why did I start with the tech?
Because it's fun. Like, I get you to do things, and that's how I get you invested into it as well. You're see progression.
And also, as we're going through more of this theory, as we're going through these other steps on, like, traffic and promotion and sales and course and all of these things. Right?
We also have the workbook that you can work alongside with as well. We make it actionable, and that's how we make it more valuable, and you get people to complete it to get to complete the transformation and get the result from it as well. Now so what what are the tools we need to start to plan and build the course?
So Trello is the tool that I use to map out the full course structure before you record every a single video. So you map out your five modules, you map out your video titles, and then you map up the steps inside of each video.
And you see the whole picture before you actually build any any of it, and I use trello.com for that. It's free to use. I will show you how to set that up.
Then Keynote. So we build our actual slides. Like, the slides you're watching right now on my screen, it's built on Keynote.
If you use a PC, you can use PowerPoint. Right? Or you can even use Google Slides.
It doesn't matter. I I have a MacBook, so I use Keynote. And every video in the course is a screen recording from a clean slide deck.
And this means the content is professional, easy to follow, and also simple to update. And then also, like, I teach people how to build those slides as well.
You can see, like, right now, for example, I have a title, I have bullet points, and each time I go to a bullet point, the previous bullet points gets gets, uh, the opacity becomes less.
Right? So the the main thing that is, like, standing out on the screen right now is the keynote bullet point. And then how I build out my keynotes is that if when I go to my next point right now right?
So I will let me just do a little like, a test with you. Right? So now I go to this point.
So now I'm re Tella. Right? So Tella.
Record and edit your videos in Tella. Simple, fast, and build exactly this kind of screen recorded course content. You go to course.com/tele, get get a 20% discount.
Now what happened? Now you're watching it me again. Right?
Now you're watching it me to the right of the screen. And what happened most likely is that when I when I opened up the telepoint, I was reading out that point to you.
You were reading every single word with me as I was reading that point, and now you're watching it me. Right? So that's I am 99% sure that that's what happened.
Right? Because that's how I can guide you through the training as well. I use opacity to open up the point, I then read the point, and then I give context after the point as I'm speaking right now, and now you're looking at me.
So probably you're just sitting there smiling right now and just nodding because that's exactly what happened. And it's these are the things that you need to learn as well when you're building a course just to make it good.
And I'm gonna walk through the Trello, the Keynote, and Tella here as well. Tella is the the recording tool I'm using right now, and you can get a 20% discount if you wanna use Tella as well.
And then, obviously, school is the tool that we use to host the course, to run the community, and deliver the q and a calls in one place. And school is where students access everything, the videos, the community, the live coaching sessions. This is where you process your payments.
This is where you do everything. And you've also started, uh, already started free trial with school. We talked about that earlier in the training.
We've covered the tech. School is hands down the best. I've tested all platforms, Kajabi, WAP, Teachable, Circle, all of these different ones.
Right? Mighty Networks, etcetera. School is by hands down the best, and it starts as low as $9 per month, which is honestly a joke.
It's so cheap. So, yeah, let's just go through all of these ones.
First of all, also what I should have put here, actually, now when I think about it, is Claude using AI. So let's just yeah. Before we start going through yeah.
Let's just open them up. Right? So first of all, we have Trello.
It looks like this. You can go to trello.com. You can sign up.
It's 100% free. And, basically, what Trello is, it's just a tool when you can create lists. So I can do, like, week one here, then I can do week two.
I can do week three. I can do week four. I can do week five.
So these are basically the different modules. Right? And then inside of week one, I can have a like, video one is gonna be the welcome video.
Week two is gonna be called something else. Right? And then inside of each card here, this is basically the video.
So here we have the different modules of the course. Here we have the different videos of the course. And inside of each video, I can also here start to map out, like, in the first welcome video, I wanna cover this.
Alright. So I wanna cover this point, point one.
And then I wanna do let's see here. Why did it just do that?
Point 1.2, etcetera. Right?
And I'm gonna show you how to go through this as well. And we can like, it's very powerful to leverage Claude and leverage AI and leverage WhisperFlow to start to get a the first kinda layout of the course as well.
And we can use by just speaking into Claude using WhisperFlow, we can we can start to get this structure created very quickly, and I will show you how to do that now. Right?
And then after we've done all of this, then we can go into Keynote. Right? So Keynote is obviously what I use right here.
You can use Google Slides. You can use PowerPoint.
Like, in our full course as well for our customers, we give them the templates. We give them more instructions. Like, I have a full training on exactly how to build keynotes, how to build slides, and the best practices.
I I can go super, super deep into it, but we use that. And then for Tela, Tela is the the tool that I use to record the video. So we just open up tela.com.
Or actually yeah. If you go to tela.com, right, you go to pricing, you can see that it's 13. So if you go to monthly here, it's $26 a month, $39 a month, or enterprise.
But if you go to course.com/tele alright. So remember this, 26 and 39.
If you go to course.com/tele and you go to pricing, now you get it for $21 instead of 26 or premium for 39 for $31 instead of 39.
So get a 20% discount. Tella is amazing. It's basically a recording software where I do my screen recordings with this video.
It's the tool that we you can edit in it. Everything is browser based. You don't need to download anything.
Everything is happening in your browser. You can use, like, this whole layout of this video. Right?
Where you have the screen to the left, and then you have the video to to the right, and then you can make a transition to make it full screen. Like, all of these things, and then you can minimize it back again. All of these things are done with Tella, and it's so simple.
And it renders it for you. You can you can export the videos from here. It's it's such a it's a really, really good tool.
And then you can download the videos to your computer. You can upload it to school, and that school has its own video hosting.
So you don't have to pay for separate video hosting, which can be very expensive, by the way. We were using, like, Vistia.
Vistia is a tool you can use for video hosting. Vimeo is another tool you can use for video hosting. And they they're basically charging you based on how on the bandwidth that you're using, how many people are watching your your course videos.
And we came up to a point where they wanted us to pay, like, 12 or $15,000 per year just to host our course videos. I was like, that's insane.
And you get that for free for $9 a month with school. You have included video hosting, which is absolutely nuts. Like, most people don't understand how how expensive it is to just, like, host your videos for a course for on some of these places.
I mean, school, you get it for $9 per month. It's it's absolutely insane. So Tella, here you can start a free trial with this as well, I'm pretty sure.
Like, you you get 20% off yeah. It's for the first three months. I thought it was actually forever.
But you you had free first three months, and I'm pretty sure as well that you get a a free trial with it also. Start for free right here. Yes.
Um, and then we obviously have schools. You've already signed up with school. And then what we do, right, when we plan this out, as I would show you now in the workbook, then once we've planned it out everything in Trello, that's after that, we go ahead and we build the slides, then we record the slides using using Tella, and then we upload everything to school.
And another thing I wanna mention here when it comes to recording, this recording here, right, the way that I record my my my videos is that I literally just did what I just showed you before. Right?
I write out the bullet points, I read the bullet point, and then I give context to the bullet point. Then I go to the next bullet point.
I read the bullet point word for word, then I get context to the bullet point. Then I read this bullet point, then I give context to the bullet point. And this is and and if I need to show anything or, like, screen share, I just do that.
You don't need to you don't need a teleprompter. You don't need to script your course. You don't need to do anything, and it doesn't have to be perfect.
Right? This this is basically me in one sitting, one recording, just showing you in a screen recording and giving you the value, just talking openly about it. And if you're creating your own course, you should you should do the same thing.
You know your expertise. I will show you how to map everything out, how to make it step by step, how to make a clear structure for the course. You just walk them through.
And it it's not about how you say it. Right? It the main thing is what you say and the point that you're giving.
Right? And you don't have to do that perfectly. You don't need to script.
Like, a lot of people get tripped up for that. Like, it needs to be this perfect edited thing. No.
It doesn't. You just have to bring out the point and then show them the actionable steps. So now after I've gone through all of these things, right, I've given you the overall, the overview of what we're doing when we're building a course, then I'm screen sharing, and then I go into our workbook.
Right? So now we're at the, here, the course step number six.
Right? And now I'm just gonna do a screen share of walking you through how we do this. Right?
So just keep that in mind. Like, creating a course doesn't have to be harder than that.
Now, let's go through the workbook. So you've done your competitor research.
You've refined your niche and presold your first seats. Now it's time to map out the skeleton of your course before you build a single slide or record a single video. The framework is simple.
Five weeks five to 10 videos per week, five keynotes per video or key points per video. Every video builds on the one before it.
Every week builds on the week before it. By the end of week five, the student has completed the full transformation. So here, you can just map out, like, what is the overall transformation.
Right? Where is this where where the student starts, where they finish. Let's say they are complete beginner at golf.
They wanna get to they wanna get to 36 in handicap. Or they have 36 in handicap, and they wanna go to twenty twenty in handicap.
Or they're currently a a the handicap is currently 30, and they wanna go go to a single, uh, single handicap, which is like nine handicap or eight handicap.
Or they're currently nine handicap and they want to go to scratch golfer. Like, what is the transformation that you're offering? Just write it out here.
Right? And then we wanna name your weeks. So each week is one major step toward a transformation.
Write the title for each week below. So week one, introduce them to the journeys, like, what's the title of week one? What's the title of week two?
What's title of week three? What's the title of week four? What's title of week five?
And guess what? Here is a great place to use Claude in combination with WhisperFlow.
Right? So I I would just build out a a a course of the coffee. Right?
So let I'll just and it doesn't have to be perfect. Let me just just tell show you how I do this now. So I just open up WhisperFlow and just speak into Claude.
And now I need to okay. Let's see here. So let's see if we can just yeah.
I wanna change the mic here, so I wanna use this mic.
Alright.
And then the tech here is working.
So I need your help to map out and name the five modules for my golf online course. So I will help beginners, complete beginners, who have never played golf before, and I will help them to get to 36 in handicap.
And so I need to teach them from the pure beginner, from absolutely no experience playing golf, and I need to help them to the the transformation I will help them go through is from a complete beginner to somebody who knows the fundamentals.
They know the grip. They know their stance. They know how to position themselves over the ball.
They know a little bit about tempo. They know about the the fundamentals about the swing, all about that.
And so that will probably be week one, which is fundamentals. Week two, I'm thinking can be about the gear. So, like, the golf glove, you know, what clubs they need, the bag they need, the shoes they need.
Maybe they need to buy some golf balls. Maybe they need to buy some I don't know what they call that in English.
Like, in Swedish, we call them golf pigs. I don't know if you call it that in English.
And so that will probably be module number two. Module number three will probably be, like, the practice session.
So something about, like, different practice stuff they can do, like on the golf range, some exercises for that, around the green and putting, and some exercises around that, maybe on the pitching range and shipping and and and pitching and and some bunker shots.
And, yeah, so that would probably be module number three. Module number four would probably be some more about theoretical about golf, like the rules about golf and how you act on the course and what happens if you get into the water or if you have to penalty shots or out of bounds, how to kinda act on the course, like, the the rules of goals.
And then week number five will probably be, like, your first kinda how to your first golf round, like, kinda what to think about all of these things.
So first thing I need you to do is just to help me map out the names of the five modules in my course. And each module will then have, like, five to 10 videos in each module. But now I just need help to, like, just name my five modules in in in a week by week fashion.
Right? So I just end that, and then I put it here. I press enter on Claude, and then we will see what Claude can help us map out the naming of the actual modules, the fundamentals, your gear, practice that actually works, uh, the rules, and etiquette, and your first round.
Uh, and then I can just tweak it here. So I would like I like the the name, the fundamentals. It's just two word.
Your gear is just two word. Practice that actually works. I think the name of that module is a little bit long.
The rules and etiquette, I guess that's good. Three words is fine.
Your first round is fine as well. I just want to, like, module three to probably have, like, two or three words.
Alright. So then I can go through this. So here are the modules.
Practice and grounds, range in green.
Train to play, practice zone, drill some reps, practice grounds.
Yeah. I think practice grounds is good.
Okay. So we have fundamentals, your gear, practice grounds, the rules in it to catch your first round. So now I can just take these.
I can copy them. I can go into Trello, and I can start to word this.
Right? So week one, fundamentals.
Week two, your gear. Week three, practice grounds.
Week four. Right? So now we're mapping out the transformation.
Right?
Week five, your first round. And I would probably just make this even shorter, the rules.
I think that's good. Clean? Alright.
Good stuff. And then if you go back into the so that's step two.
Right? So you can just talk into Claude, brainstorm what you want your modules to be named, and that's the process. And then you write that down here, and you also update it in Trello.
Now, step three, build it out in Trello. So once you have your week titles, take everything in Trello or take everything into Trello.
In Trello, create one column per week. That's what we just did. Inside of each column, one card is a video.
Right? And inside of each card, which is a video, you list five key points that video will cover. So here's exactly how to do that or or how what each Trello card should look like.
So you have week one, your week of the or the name of that week title. Then you have your video title. Right?
So so instead of video number one, you're covering five different points. Right? And then in video two, you're covering five different points.
And then in video three, you're covering five different points. And then you continue this format for all of your videos inside of week one, and then we do that to week five.
Right? So now I'm gonna give you some more instructions on how to do this. So now I wanna build out, let's say, for the sake of this video, just five videos here.
Right? So now I can use Claude again. Alright.
So now what I wanna do is for week one on the fundamentals, I wanna have five videos. And I wanna have, like, a welcome video where I welcome them to the actual program.
I then want to go through the fundamentals. Probably, we should talk about the stance, the grip, the swing.
I also want to cover yeah. Maybe you can ask me some questions as well.
Like, what do you think we should keep in the fundamental section? I wanna have a really good welcome video into the program and then have, like, five videos or four videos after that where I where I cover, like, the the most important kind of fundamentals before they go into module number two.
So if you maybe you can help me brainstorm a little bit what you think we should keep in this week, and we can start to map it out together. Right?
And now, like, I play golf, but I don't know I don't really I'd never I'm doing this off the cuff. Like, if if you already know what your court should be about, right, then it will probably help a lot.
So here we have, like, welcome. We have the setup, the grip, the swing, ball positioning, and alignment.
I think do you want to include tempo and rhythm?
Like, for now. Right? I can go back and forth with this.
But for now, I could just have this one called welcome number two. I can call this one the the setup.
I would probably call this one the stance. And then I do video three. It's gonna be called the grip.
And then video four is gonna be called the swing. And then video five, let's say, is called ball positioning and alignment. Right?
You get the point. I'm just doing this off the cuff. Alright.
And then inside of each video, I can go into each video here. And then and what I would do is just, like, do this for all of the for the entire course. Right?
So now we start to map out the videos for each course. You can do that as well. Then I can do this.
So now what I want to do is to map out the five points that I'm gonna cover in the first video in the welcome to the program. So here, I wanna have a point where I talk about important things to remember.
I want to talk about how to get help and support. I want to talk about my story as well. I wanna talk about the overall transformation, and I also wanna talk about the the the road ahead that they will what they will learn in the course, essentially.
So I just need five bullet points that I need to talk about in the welcome video of the program so that I then can build out slides from these points. Put that in here as well.
So my story, the transformation, the road ahead, important things to remember, how to get help and support. Right? So let's say I'm super happy with this.
I can just take this. I can put that into the first video. So now I can start to map out for every single video I know that I wanna mention or I wanna go over these five things.
And I can do that for the second video, third, fourth, fifth video. So this is how you and then from this, right, this is how you plan out your five modules, your five to 10 videos per module, and also the the five to yeah, five bullet points, three to five bullet points per video that you wanna cover inside of each video as well.
So this is how you map out the course. You take this very abstract, this very hard thing, you you synthesize it, or you you basically chunk it down into something that's very step by step, very click by click.
And then when I go into actually building my slides, I have the whole program outlined here, and I can just go into the first one. Okay. In this video, first of all, I'm gonna cover my story, I'll talk about the transformation, where they are now and where they will be at the end, and the road ahead, a quick overview of the five modules and what they will learn in the course.
I will talk about some important things to remember, maybe about, like, mindset, patience, consistency, and what success looks like, and then talk about how to get help and support, or how they can leverage the community, how they can leverage the q and a calls, how they can leverage the one on one calls, all of this thing.
Right? And then can do the same thing for the stance, the grip, the swing, and the ball positioning. And then when I so so this is also really good to do, right, when you are if you're an operator, you can show this to your creator.
Here's what I'm thinking we should do. Right? You can help them to do the whole plan out with them.
You can do what I just did. You can sit on a one to two hour call with them and just start to map this out with Claude and map this out with WhisperFlow.
You can use Trello. You can map everything out. You can deliver this to to a client very, very fast.
Like, here's the outline of the course. You can help them to build out the keynotes, to map everything out. Obviously, they will probably have to they will have to record the course, obviously.
But you can help them a lot with, like, mapping out, planning it out, what should be in each video, what should the keynotes look like, all of these things. Right?
And if you're a creator, obviously, do the same thing. And then you you have the outline for it.
And also, if you are when you're launching this and you're doing the presell offer, you can just use this on the sales call. You can show them, like, here's what we're planning to build. It's not built yet, but this week number one, it's gonna be done in three weeks from now.
And then you can also get feedback from them, like, hey. I actually want this video or I don't really care about that, but I really want to make sure we mention this. So this is how you can also get feedback from the customers to build the course with them after we've actually bought the pre preset offer.
Right? Yes. So, obviously, there's I I could spend hours and hours on this, show you exactly, like, more in-depth about Trello, more in-depth about keynotes, about building the slides, best practices, what to keep in mind, like, show you exactly how to, like, record with how to edit with Tella, how to upload it to school, how you should structure school.
All of these things we cover inside of course. Right? But this, again, you can literally take this and run with it, and this is the exact structure that we use.
Right? So, yeah, that is basically how we use it.
Right? And so complete all of this in the workbook now as well. Complete the Tella and or Trello, rather, and now we can continue with to the final step.
Right? So we're going through a lot of this, and I have to kinda not speed through it, but, yeah, you get the points. We've done the tech.
We've done the pre sell, the traffic promotion, sales. We've talked about the map out of world class course and what goes into it, the tools that you need. And now I wanna talk about the operator.
So let's go into that now. So if again, I wanna mention this now.
If you're somebody who just fast forwarded to this part of the training and you just open up this YouTube video and you wanna just go to the operator part of the training, well, here's the thing. You have to watch all of the previous steps because in this part of the training, I'm gonna show you what you do as an operator and how you can partner with an educational creator and start working with them.
But unless you watch the one steps one through six, you won't know what to do for them. Like, all everything that I teach in one step one through six is I'm teaching that in the angle as a creator, as course creator, or as course operator.
And as an operator, you have to know step one through six. Like, if you don't know step one through six, like, it won't it will be impossible for you to actually partner with an educational creator. So don't just jump into the this training now and just start with this.
You have to start from the beginning. Go through everything. We go into the course.
You have to complete everything in the workbook. If you don't, nothing is gonna make sense. Right?
So if you you know who you are. If you're watching this, don't be one of these people who just jump into this training. Start with step seven.
You have to go through everything. If you don't, nothing is gonna make a whole lot of sense at all. Alright.
So with that said, make sure you have the workbook handy as well, and let's dive into it. So what a course operator does and also, even if you're a creator, this is very powerful for you to know because what the operator is doing is will still be relevant and interesting for you to know as well.
So make sure that you watch this also. So what a course operator does. The operator model.
As a course operator, you partner with an educational creator who already has an audience, trust, and expertise, but they don't have a product. They don't have a course.
You help them to build and run the course business on the behalf on their behalf, and you earn 20 to 50% of all the revenue generated. This is the operator model. We covered this in the beginning of the training as well.
But this is a huge opportunity for people who want to go into the online education space, leverage online education space, leverage the creator economy without having your own audience and without having your own expertise on what to create in the actual course. Right?
And so yes. So the opportunity numbers, you partner with the creator. Let's say they have a 100,000 followers on Instagram.
You help them presell their course. Let's say you only make 30 sales at $3,500 each.
That is $105,000 in revenue. At 20%, you just made $21,000.
At 50%, you just made $52,500 pure profit. You have no expenses.
You have no product of your own. You have no audience of your own. This is a huge opportunity for people to go into this space.
And there are a ton hundreds of thousands of educational creators and very, few operators. Right? This is why I'm so excited about this part of the training for people to become operators as well.
So hundreds of thousands of creators are waiting. Right? There are educational creators everywhere who have spent years building an audience, but they have no course and no digital product to sell.
They either don't not have the time to do it, they do not know how to do it, or they don't want to deal with the business side, like all the tech and the funnels and the offers. And the gap is your opportunity. And the the the workbook that we're giving you as well, like how to create the presell offer, how to create all these things, they they don't know how to do that, and they they they wanna do it.
I recently had this talk with a guy, 100,000 followers. Been in the real estate he's been he's a real estate investor. Started posting on Instagram two years ago.
He's a 100,000 followers. He came to us like, hey, I I don't wanna do this myself. I wanna get your guys' help to do it.
And I was like, right now, we don't have time to do it. And he was like, okay. But, like, you can do it yourself, I told him.
Like, and he's like, I don't I don't wanna do it myself. I don't have time to do it myself. I'm doing my real estate investing.
I'm posting Instagram. I need somebody who can help me with the tech and the funnels and the offers and the selling and all of these things. I I don't wanna do it.
I don't have time for it. I'm willing to give away, like, 40% of my business if I can partner with somebody. Like, this is where the opportunity lies.
It's huge. And there's hundreds of thousands of them. Right?
So everything you've learned applies. As an operator, you use every single step covered in this training, the tech setup, the presell, the traffic, the promotion, the sales rep, and the course framework. You are the operator delivering all of this on their behalf, right, of your of your creator partner or on the behalf of your creator partner.
Right? So how do you actually find a creator to partner with? Right?
And I will go through how to do this in the workbook as well. Like, search on social media. This is great.
Go to Instagram. Go to YouTube, and look for educational creators in any niche that you're interested in or passionate about. Right?
Look at fitness, health, relationship, business, hobbies. Every niche has educational creators with large engaged audience and no course product to sell. And all of these educational creators, they know about the power of online education.
All of them do. They see all of their competitors are doing it, and and they wanna do it, but they just don't know how or have time to do it. So a great way to find a creator to partner with, search on social media.
Use your network first. This is very powerful. Do you know a creator personally?
Right? If yes, reach out to those. If you don't, do you have a friend who knows an educational creator?
If so, ask for an introduction. If none of your friends or friends and family knows an educational creator, do you have a friend who knows a friend who knows an educational creator? Right?
The fastest and easiest path to partnership is through shared is through a shared connection. And mutual introduction build trust immediately and gets the conversation started far faster than a cold message on social media ever could.
This is, like, the best way to do it. You probably know an educational creator. If not, you most definitely know someone who knows an educational creator.
And if that's not even the case, you 100% have a friend's friend who knows an educational creator. So start looking for this. It's super, super powerful.
And I'll you I'll give you some really, really cool, um, assets here as well that you can use to to find and partner with the creator as well. Any niche works, pretty much. You're not locked into any specific industry.
The model works in any niche where an educational creator has built an audience. Pick something you're generally generally interested in and start there. Right?
And it's but it's very important that it's an educational creator. You don't wanna partner with a TikTok dancer. Like, it won't make sense.
You need it needs to be somebody who has an audience that's actually teaching something. And they're very they're very simple to to identify. Like, their content, they're making educational create content.
They're teaching. They're teaching on YouTube or they're teaching on Instagram. They're so easy to find.
Don't have to work with the biggest people in in the space as well. You can work you can find a micro creator who only has 50,000 followers, and you can do this, and you can make it super valuable for them and make a lot of money from it. So here's how to reach out.
Every here's something I want you to know. Every creator, they check their messages. All educational creators are checking their Instagram DMs, their primary inbox, their general inbox, and their request inbox.
Your message will be seen. The question is whether you follow-up enough for them to respond. Like, you might not think that educational creators or creators on Instagram are not checking their inboxes.
They're checking them all the time. Believe me. I know a lot of them.
They're they're obsessed with checking them. Like, they they like, they don't know who's gonna message them. Maybe they get a message from from another big creator that or from somebody who who are interested in doing something together or create content together, whatever it is, they're always checking their inboxes.
So if you send them, they will see that you've sent them a message. The the the question is though, will you follow-up enough for them to actually notice you so you don't because they get a lot of messages, so it just it disappears.
If you follow-up, you're constantly constantly being on top of it. You don't have to feel like you're spamming them, and I'll give you a real life example of this. So follow-up relentlessly.
Do not send one message and then just wait for weeks. And you're like, oh, it didn't work. I sent the message.
You send a personal message every three or four days with a minimum of over three months. Right? One of our members followed up for three full months before getting a response and became and that became a real partnership.
Timing matters. They may be busy right now. Keep going.
And I have a personal story from this as well I'm gonna talk about. This guy was following up with me for seventy two days, I think it was. And I just I didn't even I I think I opened his messages, but I didn't respond because the timing wasn't good.
Like, I was working on this thing. I was building this thing. I was working on building on something else.
I was traveling to The US, like, all of this chaos going on. And then one day, I completed all my tasks, and I was like, okay. Let's see who has messaged me.
I started going through. I found this guy. He's like, oh, he's been messaging me for, like, seventy two days following up relentlessly.
I was like, oh, respect to him, first of all. And then I he sent me a Loom video. I watched Loom video.
I like, oh, this is actually interesting. And then we start to have a call. I haven't bought anything from him yet, but I'm actually very interested in what he has to offer.
And that is just because he followed up relentlessly. If you sent me one message and didn't follow-up, I would never seen it. Wouldn't have happened.
So, also, make it personal. Right? Generic outreach gets ignored.
Send a personal message, a personal Loom video is great as well, like a personal video to them. Loom is a great tool for that. Show that you've done your research on their content, their audience, and the opportunity you're bringing to them.
All it takes is landing one great creator to work with. That one partnership can literally change everything. Right?
And then when once you do get in contact with them, again, we're gonna gonna give you the actual steps inside of the workbook, you wanna do a partnership call with them in in two different calls. Right? So partnership call number one.
The first call, when you get in contact with this educational creator and they're somewhat interested, the first call, it's not a sales call. It's a conversation. You want to see if you like each other, first of all, if the creator is genuinely interested, and you wanna see if there's a potential fit.
You you don't wanna pitch here. There's no pressure here. Just an open, honest conversation about the opportunity.
If they seem interested, you book a second call. So the first call, you just wanna make sure, is this guy or girl actually a nice individual? Would it actually but if you're gonna partner with them, you will also want to make sure that is this actually an individual that I wanna work with?
Right? So the first call is just a conversation. You can talk about, like, their audience.
You show them that you have you don't need to have anything prepared in terms of, like, a keynote or slides or a sales pitch or anything. It's just a conversation. Obviously, you want to do your research before and to prove to them that, like, you've been following them, you've been watching their content, you believe in what they do, and you can talk to them about their opportunity, about about online education, all of these things.
Right? But the first call is just like an open conversation. And then partnership call number two, if the call number one went really good and you book another call, this is where you lay out exactly what you would do for them.
Right? The work you would do for them. Walk them through the full picture, like you I will set up the tech for you.
I'll build the funnel. I will help you to run traffic, help you to do many chat, to do retargeting ads, manage the promotion, help you with the offer, handling the sales team, building the launching, and then the the course, help you map out the course and plan out the course.
And this is where the partnership start to get more serious. Again, it's not a sales call. You're not going in here just, like, suit suited up and try to pitch them and hard close them.
It's still just a conversation. It's a partnership call to explore this. And then, naturally, this conversation, if it becomes more interesting and they believe in you and what you have and you can show them what you're gonna bring to them, what you're offer to them, they will get more interested.
And that's where you then can go into actually, you know, writing the contract and all of these things. So think partnership, not sales.
You're not trying to close a deal here. Like, it is not a sales call to sell the product. You're trying to start a relationship.
The best operator partnerships are built on genuine trust and mutual benefit. Approach it that way from the very first message, from the beginning.
Right? And, also, this is a very powerful tip I can give you. And this is what a friend of mine who's doing this did really, really well.
Just meet in person if you can. If you live close to the crater or you can travel to them, do it. Right?
Sit down in person accelerates trust so much faster than any number of sales calls or calls or messages could ever do. So if there's an opportunity to meet face to face, take it. Right?
I had this one guy who told me the story when he got started. He was just like, this individual he wanted to partner with partner with lived in in another state. He had to spend like a thousand bucks.
And when he got started, that was a lot of money. Like a thousand dollars is a lot of money. He spent like a thousand dollars, fly there back and forth, the Airbnb slash hotel or whatever, but it did it.
And that landed him a client that has built a very, successful online education business now. And he is the operator, and he's he's earning a lot of money from that. So but it it and that partnership would have never happened.
And he he showed, like, I'm actually serious enough to fly out to you and and show you and walk you through all of these things that we can do do together. And if you're doing a partnership, if you're gonna work together on launching this thing, meeting in person, shaking hands, eating food together, spending one to two days together is, like, the most powerful thing you can do.
The most powerful thing to do you can do. If I was an educational creator, somebody reached out to me, I was like, I get a really good feeling about this individual, and they're even willing to take the step of traveling to me and coming to me, sitting down with me, and showing me this opportunity and how it works and how we can potentially work together, I would be extremely impressed.
Very, very impressed. So that is also very, very good advice I can I can give you?
Cool. So let's go into the workbook now. Let's see.
Where do we have it? Right here. So operator.
Right? So part one, define your operator goals. This is what I want you to do first.
Before you start reaching out to creators, get a clear get clear on what you're trying to build and what you need to make it work. Like, what is your monthly income goal as an operator? Is it 10 k per month?
Is it 20? Is it 50? Is it 100?
Like, what is your income goal as an operator? Right?
And use the formula below to figure out exactly what you need to make income go to reality. Like, your target monthly income. Right?
Course price that you will help the creator sell, how much will that be? Revenue share percentage that you will ask for. Your revenue per sale, so course price times your percentage, number of sales needed per month to hit your goal.
So that is the target income divided by your revenue goal. Right? Example, if the income goal is $20,000 per month, the course price is $33,000, you have a 30% revenue share, you get $900 per sale, you need 23 sales per month to hit your goal.
Make it real. Write it down. Print this out.
Write it down by hand with with a pen and paper. Super, super powerful. Also, what will the setup fee what setup fee will you charge?
Right? So setup fee is a one time fee that you charge the creator to cover the work of building their tech, their funnel, and systems. You can charge like 1 to 5 k.
If you get real experience, you can charge even more than this. But one when you start the the partnership with them, you charge a setup fee. And for that setup fee, you just get paid to, like, set up all of this stuff that needs to get done, and they will get a bunch done delivered.
They will have their whole CRM system, their whole high level, their whole funnel, their automations. You can maybe even include there that that will help you to map out the structure of the course, all of these things.
Right? So you can make this like, what they get for the setup fee, they will get a ton of value for that, a crazy amount of value for that, and you also make the partnership real.
So just, like if if you're just gonna do everything for free, they haven't paid you anything. You know, they might not take it as seriously or they just expect they're gonna do all of this stuff work for free. It just makes it real.
You should do it's a value exchange. You should 100% charge for a setup fee here. Absolutely.
Part two, define your ideal creator. So not every creator is the right fit. Get clear on exactly who you're looking for before you start doing any outreach.
Right? So what niche or what niches are you targeting? Is it like fitness, personal finance, relationship, real estate, mindset, parenting, cooking, music?
Like, what industry are you interested in? And choose something here that you're passionate about. Choose something that you like.
It would just make it so much more fun. If you can work with it if you're super interested in golf, if you love playing golf, what better business to build as an operator if you can partner with an educate educational creator in the golf space?
Maybe he's doing trips. Maybe he will bring you on to golf trips and play golf with you. Like like, you know, you can choose something that is fun to do.
Right? Also, what is your minimum follower requirement? So, like, how many followers do you want this creator to have on Instagram and on YouTube?
Right? And if you can find an educational creator, you don't have to take the biggest one with millions of followers or even hundreds of thousands of followers. Maybe you want them to have, like, at least 50,000 followers and at least, like, 50,000 followers on YouTube as well.
Like, put a requirement on it. And, like, people who have smaller, like, 50,000 followers, obviously a lot, but there's a bunch of them and they're not the biggest ones out there, you can still help them make a lot of money.
If somebody has a very engaged Instagram following of 50,000 followers and 50,000 followers on YouTube and they're also consistently growing, you with all of this you've learned here with the with the ManyChat and the Instagram and the and the retargeting ads and YouTube flywheel and the funnel and the offer and the pre sell off.
All of these things, you can help them make a lot of money, and hence, you can make a lot of money as well. What other criteria matter to you? Like, for example, they post educational content consistently.
Like, check here if that is something that you if that matters to you, obviously. They post educational content consistently. They have a strong engagement.
They do not already have a course or program. They're responsive in the DMs. They are based in a country where you can easily work together.
What else? What else? What other criteria matters to you?
Also, what will you do for the creator? Check everything that you will do. Right?
So check off, like, will you set up the tech, the high level account? You build a VSL funnel.
You will set up their email list and automation, build and manage their retargeting ads, set up many channels on Instagram, run the weekly webinar, build and structure the course, hire and manage their sales team, manage their CRM sales pipeline. Will you help them to to build out the YouTube flywheel? Like, what will you do?
Just plan out as much as possible. Just make it real.
What will you do for them? Right? Then part three, the Dream 100 outreach track.
Right? So now your job is to build a list of 100 educational creators. 100 is a lot, but if if you can do this, now what I'm gonna show you, there's pretty much impossible not to land a a somebody you can work with.
Right? The more you identify, the better your chances of landing your first partnership. Use the Dream 100 outreach tracker spreadsheet to track every creator, every follow-up, and every reply.
You can download your Dream 100 outreach tracker here. So if I open this up, it's this Dream 100.
I would just go and up open it here. Alright. So this tracker, basically what you do here yeah.
So the tracker includes the following columns. So you have the creator name, the niche, Instagram handle, YouTube channel, estimated followers, contact, so we're gonna DM them or or email, notes, and then follow-up columns.
Right? And let's see here. Yes.
So here you can just go on social media. Again, first of all, what I recommend, look, do you know any educational creators? Note all of them down.
Ask your friends. Do they know an educational creator? Note all of them down.
If do you have, uh, your friends do you have a friend who has a friend who knows an educational creator? Note all of them down.
Go to Instagram. Search for every educational creator you can find on Instagram. Like, open up Instagram and just search, like, golf like, just search for golf and see what you find, if that's what you're interested in.
Try and find as many educational creators you can. Just note them down. If you can build a list here of 100 people, that's, like, insane.
Just do it. Spend a full day doing this. What niche are they in, like their Instagram handle, their YouTube channel, their followers, a combination of Instagram and YouTube.
How will you contact them? Like, leave a link to their Instagram DM. Or if it's an email, how will you contact them?
Any useful notes here. And then here, you can just do the notes.
I should actually open this. Yeah. It's it's a drop down here.
Right? So, like, status. So this is gonna be, you know, is it is it active or are you currently following up, or is it a is it a dead one?
They told you they're not interested. Right? And here, you just have the follow-up dates.
So, like, January and this if if you the first date here, when you put in January 1 here, let's say, it will automatically give you the dates here to the right of the dates that you need to follow-up. And then in this update this drop down here, follow-up one reply, you just like, did the reply to this one? Yes or no?
Right? So you you send the first one January 1. Did the reply?
When you come to January 5, yes or no? You send another one, and you just do this. Right?
You just keep following up. And again, like, I got when I responded to that guy who followed up with me, he was, like, basically right here.
It took him seven to two days for me to get back to him. So if you send one message, don't expect anything.
If you send two messages, don't expect anything. If you send three, don't expect anything. Like, you need to follow-up for at least 20 replies over seventy six days at the bare minimum.
And if you have a 100 list here of people times 20, you're basically sending two two thousand messages over the span of three months, basically, or seventy six days. Now you're that's how you increase your chances.
That's how you that's how you can get calls with people. That's how you can get introductions to people. You have to do the work.
So and you see what I'm saying. Most people, they're not ever do this.
They don't do the work. But if you just if you're sending 2,000 messages, you get one person to respond to one of your messages, and that becomes a partner for you.
That can literally change your life. You can have a business generating $5.10, $20.50, $100,000 per month an operator doing this.
Pretty insane. Right? So do the freaking work.
And there's so much potential out there. There are not a lot of operators out there. I'm telling you.
There's not. As a right there are not a lot of operators, and there's hundreds of thousands of educational creators. Do this.
Please do this. And the reason why I want you to do this is because if you can land this client and make money from them, you can build a really good business on it. And if also, what's in it for me?
The reason why I'm teaching all of this, if it can help you to land an educational creator and you make some money from it, you will probably want to learn even more from me. And so hopefully, you start working with me, and we can do some one on one calls and can help you to scale this thing as well.
So please do this. This is where the money is made. Money is made in the follow-up.
You've probably heard that a thousand times. It's so true. Right?
A note on following up. Most creators will not respond to your first message or your second or your fifth or your tenth. Right?
That is not a no. It's timing. They probably have so much other stuff going on.
Like, you just need to keep sending them personalized messages because one day, they will wake up and they're like, oh, what should I do now? Like, I completed everything I was to do. Okay.
Oh, here's a guy. Oh, this is interesting. Oh, he's been following up with me for freaking two months now.
Let me send him a reply. It's not because they're ignoring you. It's because there's so much else going on in their life right now.
So don't be afraid to follow-up. Keep following up, but you have to do it personalized. Right?
Let's see here. One of our own members followed up for seventy two days straight before he responded. The conversation turned into real relationship.
The operator who land the partnership are not the ones with the best first message. They are the ones who show up consistently and do not quit.
Follow-up every three to four days. Be personal. Be patient.
Be patient and take all it takes is one great creator. Right?
All it takes is one creator. Let's continue. Outreach message.
Use these messages templates as a starting point. Personalize every single one. Reference their content, their audience, and something specific about what they do.
Generic message just get ignored. Right? So message number one, initial outreach, Loom video.
Your first message should always be personalized Loom video. Two to three minutes maximum. Record yourself on camera.
Reference something specific about the content. Explain the opportunity clearly. A video stands out in every single inbox.
You can send a video message, follow-up with five, six messages, send another Loom. Like but creating a first great impressions with the with the Loom video is really, really good.
So here's just a script outline for your Loom. So open up with a genuine compliment about something specific in the content. Introduce yourself in one sentence.
Explain that you help educational creators launch and scale in the first online course business. Tell them you believe their audience is a perfect fit for this. Say you would love to have a quick conversation to see if it could be a good fit.
Keep it on the three minutes like, three to five minutes. Just be yourself. Just just don't make it perfect.
You could look, hi, Naim. I've seen you following on this platform on Instagram a while and love what you do, specific videos or series you've been watching.
My name is Max, and I help educational creators like yourself launch and scale their online course businesses, handling all all of their tech, their funnel, their sales system, the course build in exchange for revenue share. I think your like, maybe you should even mention revenue share yet. I should actually have kept that up.
Like, don't even mention that yet. Now you just wanna get them interested in what you do. I think your audience would be perfect fit for this, and I would love to have a quick chat to see if it makes sense.
No pressure at all. Just wanna put put it on your radar. I'll drop a link below if you wanna find out more.
You can drop a link to your funnel. Now you have a professional website, and you have your video there. They can go and book a call, and just keep following up.
Keep following up. Alright? Then you have follow-up messages here, like follow-up two, which is day four.
Right? I just wanted to bump this message a few days ago, your inbox is busy. I generally think there's a real opportunity here for you, and I'd love to show you what I mean.
Would you be open for a quick minute chat? Just keep following up. Keep following up.
You have a bunch of different and, like, keep this as inspiration as well. You can use Claude. You can use WhisperFlow to just talk with Claude to help, like, ask for, like, personalized follow-up messages that you can send.
You can copy paste them, but, obviously, you wanna make them personalized as you're following up as well. It's it takes you two seconds to send a follow-up message. So every single day when you wake up, you're just like, okay.
Today, I need to follow-up with this, this, and this person. Just go through the list. Boom.
Spend one to two hours on that every every single day following up with all of the people you're reaching out to. Before you know it, you're gonna have somebody to respond. Quick story as well.
When I first started my first ever business, my consulting business, I did this. I was following up for, like it took me, like, four to six weeks. Crickets.
I didn't hear anything. Then one day, I got a response. It's one it was one of the biggest companies in my industry.
They responded back. He ended up paying me over 10 and a half thousand dollars a month. Then I got a referral from him another 10 and a half thousand dollars a month, and I was making 20 k, then scaled it to 50 k per month in profit.
And it all happened from just doing this. So when you start, don't get, like, momentum builds. Don't get discouraged if you're or if you're, like, fifteen or, like, sixty days into this, or if you're, like, thirty two days into this, you're like, oh, I'm sending these messages.
I've been doing it for a month. Nothing is happening. Like, keep messaging.
Your pure goal now, if you wanna become an operator, is that you wanna have 100 creators, and you want this list to be full. And if you do that if you do that and you follow-up over almost, yeah, seventy six days, you've been sending, like, 2,000 messages and nobody responded back to you, then send me a message on Instagram and say like, send me a screenshot of this and tell me, hey, Max.
I did this. I didn't get a single conversation. This is a scam.
This is bad. And, like, do that to me, please. Like and but I also know if you do this and you start to get messages to get introductions, maybe even land a client, please let me know.
Send me a DM on on mess on Instagram. Send me an email. Like, let me know.
Comment on my YouTube video. Whatever you wanna do, just let me know because I am so confident for those of you guys who are watching this now who are actually taking this seriously and you do this work, some really good, really good things can happen.
So please do it. Right?
And then part five, the partnership call. Once the creator responds and is interested, you move them into the partnership calls.
The full script and structure for both calls is covered inside of course. Here's an overview. So, like, everything we do, like, you can take inspiration from the previous sales cost structure we had as well, but, like, there's so much more I I can cover this.
Like, the the contract, the offer, your first ninety days, how to onboard them. There's so many things.
And if I put that as in this YouTube video, it's it's too much. It would literally be a mega trading. So the first thing you only need to focus on in this.
Right? And everything I'm teaching here, you can land your first client doing this as well. So partnership call number one.
This is not a sales call. This is the goal is to have an open, honest conversation, see if it's a genuine fit, ask questions, listen, and find out if they are interested in the opportunity. If they seem like a good fit, then you book the second call.
Partnership number two, this is where you do your presentation, walk them through exactly what you would do for them, cover the tech setup, the funnel, the traffic strategy, the sales system, the course build. This is where the partnership gets serious. From here, you move into the offer, the contract, and onboarding.
The full scripts of both partnership calls, the contract template, and all the onboarding processes are all covered inside of course, and this is the beginning of your operator journey. Build your dream 100 list and start your outreach today, and follow-up until you land your first partnership.
That's like, all it takes is one freaking partnership. So and again, if you're an operator, make sure that you watch all of the previous videos or previous sections rather in this training as well.
So now, here's the thing. We're actually getting to the end of this this training right now, and we've covered a lot. So before I just like, it's first of all, if you watch this entire thing, I applaud you.
I respect you deeply. And again, there's so much more more we can cover here. There's so many steps that we can cover as well.
So if we just go through here, now what's next as well. Right? So you basically you made it.
Most people who download this workbook, they they never make it to the end. You did that. It all puts you ahead of the majority of people out there.
You now have a framework for finding your niche, researching your competitors, building a presale offer, driving traffic, promoting your offer, closing deals, building a world class course. And if you choose the operator path, you know how to reach out and partner with educational creators to build a scalable income without a product or audience of your own.
This is the exact same system that helped us generate over $4,200,000 in our first two years. The same system how we built the $230,000 per month online course and $100,000 in in thirty days and and $100,000 check from our mostly, and it's the same system that has has earned us over got close to 1,005 star Prosper views and hundreds of student results from people have used it to build real businesses in online education industry as well.
So this workbook is just the beginning. Right? So what comes next?
Everything in this workbook is an introduction to what we teach inside of course or our full training program, community and support system. Inside of course, you get everything step by step, click by click training across every module, private computer, of course, creators and operators building alongside you, live q and a calls.
You get director support from me and our expert coaches. You get our full sales script, contract templates, outreach systems, operator onboarding process, everything you need to go from where you are to fully running an online education business as a creator or as an operator.
So this free training and this workbook, it gives you the map, course give you the gives you the vehicle, the fuel, and someone in the passenger seat helping you to navigate. Right? You can click here to book a free one on one advisory call as well.
We walk you through of how everything is working. So if you enjoyed going through this training and this workbook, you're absolutely going to love what we have inside of course. This is just like an overview of what we do.
Right? In the training, we have even more step by step click by click instructions. So book your free advisory call with our team.
It will help you identify your path, if you should become a creator or an operator, we'll map out exactly how to get started. If you're ready to build your scalable income in the fastest growing industry on the planet, this is literally your moment. On this free sixty minute call with an adviser on the course team, we'll help you to identify which path you should take, which one is the right for you, creator operator, map out your first ninety days inside of our course system, answer any questions you have as well about how this actually works in practice.
Regardless of whether you decide to work with us or not, will walk away with a clear path for your next steps. We do this because the biggest thing holding most people back is not the lack of information. It's lack of clarity and, like, it's step by step instructions.
And sometimes, one conversation is all it takes to get that clear clarity, and we're offering those calls for free. So you will leave with a better understanding of where you are, what comes next, and how to start building some real momentum. No pressure, no obligation, just clarity on your next step.
Again, you can go here and click to book a call. And that's just a final word here from me as well. You did not come this far just to stay capped.
You are not here to burn yourself out of trading hours for dollars. You're here to build something bigger, a business that works for you, an income that is no longer tied to your time, and an impact that continues to grow through every student that you serve. Right?
Let the online education playbook be your first step. So that is it for this training. Thank you so much for going through all of this training.
We have covered a lot. And, yeah, I guess that's it. The final slide I have in here as well is course.com/start.
So, yeah, I'm almost feeling my throat now. I've been speaking a lot now, recording all of this thing.
But thank you so much for watching. It's been a pleasure to have you here. Hopefully, you learned a thing or two.
Do the work now. Watch the video inside of this training, complete the workbook.
And if you are just like you know that you wanna become a creator or an operator, you want our help, you want one on one help, you maybe even wanna come here to Miami, spend time with me in Miami to work one on one or go through our program, join our community, work with our coaches, all of that, go to course.com/start. Again, I applaud you for coming this far, and I hope to talk with you soon.
Let's go.
The Hook
The bait, then the rug-pull.
Seven and a half hours, one workbook, and one promise: by the end, the reader will know exactly how the highest-margin online business actually works — whether they want to sell their own knowledge or run the back-end for an educational creator who already has an audience.
Named ideas worth stealing.
02:33list
The Four Business Models
- Service business
- Physical products
- Software
- Knowledge business
The four common ways to make money online ranked on margin, scalability, startup cost, and team-required — knowledge wins on every axis.
Steal forAny 'why this category' opener for a course or coaching sales page.
4:27:11concept
The Apple Strategy
Don't be the first, be the best — pick a proven market and build the best-in-class product inside it, the way Apple built the best phone instead of the first phone.
Steal forReframe for any 'crowded market' objection in a sales call or VSL.
4:22:19list
Presell Offer Formula
- Scarcity (5-20 spots)
- Urgency (deadline)
- Pricing (full vs presell + discount)
- Modules delivered weekly
Validate demand by selling the vision before the product exists, with limited seats, a deadline, and a discount that closes when the deadline hits.
Steal forAny beta launch, founders-circle pricing, or 'pilot cohort' offer.
5:06:33concept
Traffic Nirvana
Organic content earns the trust, retargeting ads earn the conversion — the combination is what every seven-figure course business is running.
Steal forAny creator funnel that's stalling on cold ads or stalling on organic alone.
5:51:34acronym
SPIN Selling
- Situation
- Problem
- Implication
- Need-payoff
Neil Rackham's four-phase call structure — keep situation short (it's for you), spend the rest of the call letting them articulate the problem, implications, and the payoff of solving it.
Steal forAny high-ticket sales call, partnership call, or discovery call.
6:30:56list
Course Framework
- Five modules
- Roughly ten videos per module
- Each video has its own step-by-step structure
The skeleton: five modules cover the macro transformation, ten videos per module cover each inner step, and every video itself follows steps.
Steal forOutlining any new course, training, or workshop from scratch.
7:04:41list
Operator Outreach Stack
- Personal Loom video
- Relentless follow-up (60+ days OK)
- Partnership call 1 = fit conversation
- Partnership call 2 = deal terms
Win educational creator partnerships through personal outreach, sustained follow-up, and two separate calls — the first to like each other, the second to make the deal.
Steal forAny partnership-driven sales motion, not just creator outreach.
How they asked for the click.
VERBAL ASK
7:25:30product
“Everything in this workbook is an introduction to what we teach inside Kourse — our full training program, community, and support system. You get every module step by step, the community, live Q&A calls, direct access to me and our coaches, our full sales script, contract templates, outreach systems, and the operator onboarding process.”
Soft pitch landed only in the final five minutes after seven full hours of free value — earns the ask by overdelivering first. Workbook URL also dropped in the intro (kourse.com/workbook) as a lead capture.
MENTIONED ON CAMERA
FROM THE DESCRIPTION
PRIMARY CTAWhere the creator wants you to go next.
OTHER LINKSAlso linked in the description.
Visual structure at a glance.
